Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
Coffey
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under
the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or
online at http://www.gutenberg.org/license
Ontology
Or the
Theory of Being
By
Peter Coffey, Ph.D. (Louvain)
Professor of Logic and Metaphysics, Waynooth College, Ireland
Longmans, Green and Co.
London, New York, Bombay, Calcutta, and Madras
1918
CONTENTS
Preface.
General Introduction.
Chapter I. Being And Its Primary Determinations.
Chapter II. Becoming And Its Implications.
Chapter III. Existence And Essence.
Chapter IV. Reality As One And Manifold.
To
The Students
Past And Present
Of
Maynooth College
PREFACE.
It is hoped that the present volume will supply a want that is really felt
by students of philosophy in our universitiesthe want of an English
text-book on General Metaphysics from the Scholastic standpoint. It is the
authors intention to supplement his _Science of Logic_(1) and the present
treatise on Ontology, by a volume on the Theory of Knowledge. Hence no
disquisitions on the latter subject will be found in these pages: the
Moderate Realism of Aristotle and the Schoolmen is assumed throughout.
In the domain of Ontology there are many scholastic theories and
discussions which are commonly regarded by non-scholastic writers as
possessing nowadays for the student of philosophy an interest that is
merely historical. This mistaken notion is probably due to the fact that
few if any serious attempts have yet been made to transpose these
questions from their medieval setting into the language and context of
contemporary philosophy. Perhaps not a single one of these problems is
really and in substance alien to present-day speculations. The author has
endeavoured, by his treatment of such characteristically medieval
discussions as those on _Potentia_ and _Actus_, Essence and Existence,
Individuation, the Theory of Distinctions, Substance and Accident, Nature
and Person, Logical and Real Relations, Efficient and Final Causes, to
show that the issues involved are in every instance as fully and keenly
debatedin an altered setting and a new terminologyby recent and living
philosophers of every school of thought as they were by St. Thomas and his
contemporaries in the golden age of medieval scholasticism. And, as the
purposes of a text-book demanded, attention has been devoted to stating
the problems clearly, to showing the significance and bearings of
discussions and solutions, rather than to detailed analyses of arguments.
At the same time it is hoped that the treatment is sufficiently full to be
helpful even to advanced students and to all who are interested in the
Metaphysics of the Schools. For the convenience of the reader the more
advanced portions are printed in smaller type.
The teaching of St. Thomas and the other great Schoolmen of the Middle
Ages forms the groundwork of the book. This _corpus_ of doctrine is
scarcely yet accessible outside its Latin sources. As typical of the
fuller scholastic text-books the excellent treatise of the Spanish author,
Urraburu,(2) has been most frequently consulted. Much assistance has also
been derived from Kleutgens _Philosophie der Vorzeit_,(3) a monumental
work which ought to have been long since translated into English. And
finally, the excellent treatise in the Louvain _Cours de Philosophie_, by
the present Cardinal Archbishop of Mechlin,(4) has been consulted with
profit and largely followed in many places. The writer freely and
gratefully acknowledges his indebtedness to these and other authors quoted
and referred to in the course of the present volume.
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
I. REASON OF INTRODUCTORY CHAPTER.It is desirable that at some stage in
the course of his investigations the student of philosophy should be
invited to take a brief general survey of the work in which he is engaged.
This purpose will be served by a chapter on _the general aim and scope of
philosophy_, its distinctive characteristics as compared with other lines
of human thought, and its relations to these latter. Such considerations
will at the same time help to define _Ontology_, thus introducing the
reader to the subject-matter of the present volume.
II. PHILOSOPHY: THE NAME AND THE THING.In the fifth book of Ciceros
_Tusculan Disputations_ we read that the terms _philosophus_ and
_philosophia_ were first employed by Pythagoras who flourished in the
sixth century before Christ, that this ancient sage was modest enough to
call himself not a wise man but a lover of wisdom (, ), nd
hi c ing nt prein widm but e rch r widm. Hwever,
depite the dic imer, the term _phiphy_ n c me t igniy
_widm_ impy, me ning by thi the highet nd mt preciu kind
knwedge.
Nw hum n knwedge h r it bject everything th t in ny w y
within hum n experience. It h _extenivey_ gre t v riety in it
ubject-m tter, nd _intenivey_ gre t v riety in it degree depth
nd ce rne nd perectin. _Individu ct_ the p t, cmmunic ted
by hum n tetimny, rm the r w m teri _hitric _ knwedge. Then
there re the individu thing nd event th t within ne wn
pern experience. Mrever, by the tudy hum n ngu ge (r
ngu ge), wrk the hum n mind nd prduct hum n geniu nd
ki, we g in knwedge _iter ture_, nd the _ rt_the ine
rt nd the mech nic rt. But nt merey d we ue ur ene nd
memry thu t ccumu te n un rted tck inrm tin but
i ted ct: mice neu m ment urniture which cntitute
the buk hum n knwedge in it _e t deveped_ rm_cgniti
____vug ri,___ the knwedge the cmp r tivey uneduc ted nd
unreecting c e m nkind. We ue ur re ning cuty t
reect, cmp re, c iy thee inrm tin, t interpret them, t
re n but them, t iner rm them _gener truth_ th t embr ce
n m n ie nd detiny.
Hence we rrive t thi impe nd widey ccepted deinitin
phiphy: _the cience thing thrugh their utim te re n nd
c ue dicvered by the un ided ight hum n re n_.(5) The irt
p rt thi deinitin m rk phiphy rm the peci cience,
the ecnd p rt m rk it rm upern tur thegy.
We mut remember, hwever, th t thee three dep rtment
knwedgecientiic, phiphic , nd reve ed re nt i ted
rm ne nther in ny m n mind; they ver p in their
ubject-m tter, nd thugh diering in their repective
t ndpint they perme te ne nther thrugh nd thrugh. The
ep r tin the peci cience rm phiphy, thugh
dumbr ted in the pecu tin ncient time nd m de mre
deinite in the midde ge, w cmpeted ny in mdern time
thrugh the grwth nd prgre the peci cience
themeve. The ine dem rc tin between phiphy nd
upern tur thegy mut be determined by the prper re tin
between Re n nd F ith: nd n tur y thee re tin re
ubject deb te between phipher wh beieve in the
exitence n uthentic Divine Reve tin nd phipher wh
d nt. It i the duty the phipher uch t determine by
the ight re n whether Supreme Being exit nd whether
Divine Reve tin t m n i pibe. I he cnvince hime
the exitence Gd he wi h ve itte diicuty in inerring
the _pibiity_
Divine Reve tin. The _ ct_
Divine
Reve tin i
m tter nt r phiphic but r hitric
ree rch. Nw when m n h cnvinced hime the exitence
Gd nd the ct
Divine Reve tinthe _pre mbu idei_ r
prerequiite cnditin F ith, they re c edhe mut ee
th t it i eminenty re n be r him t beieve in the cntent
uch Divine Reve tin; he mut ee th t the truth reve ed by
Gd c nnt piby tr mme the reedm hi wn re n in it
phiphic inquirie int utim te prbem cncerning m n nd
the univere; he mut ee th t thee truth m y piby ct
be cn which wi keep him rm ging tr y in hi wn
invetig tin: knwing th t truth c nnt cntr dict truth he
knw th t i he re che
cncuin re y incmp tibe with ny
cert iny reve ed truth, uch cncuin mut be errneu; nd
he i biged t recnider the re ning prcee th t ed
him t uch cncuin.(6) Thu, the pitin the Chriti n
phipher, ided in thi neg tive w y by the truth n
uthentic Divine Reve tin, h
ditinct dv nt ge ver th t
the phipher wh de nt beieve in uch reve tin nd wh
trie t ve utim te quetin independenty ny ight
uch reve tin m y hed upn them. Yet the tter phipher
rue nt ny reg rd the independent pitin, which he
hime t ke up in the n me reedm thught nd reedm
ree rch, the uperir pitin, but the ny ne
cnitent with the dignity hum n re n; nd he cmmny
ccue the Chriti n phipher wing re n t be
en ved in the h cke dgm . We c n ee t nce the
un irne uch ch rge when we remember th t the Chriti n
phipher h cnvinced hime _n grund re n ne_
th t Gd exit nd h m de reve tin t m n. Hi beie in
Divine Reve tin i
_re ned_ beie, _r tin bie
bequium_ (Rm. XII. 1); nd ny i it were bind beie,
unjutii be n grund re n, wud the ccu tin reerred
ch pter. Let u r ther, dpting the deinitin re dy et rth, try
next t m p ut int it e ding dep rtment the whe phiphic
dm in.
III. DIISIONS OF PHILOSOPHY: SPECULATIE AND PRACTICAL PHILOSOPHY.The
gener prbem c iying the cience buit up by hum n thught
i
gic prbem n itte cmpexity when ne trie t wrk it ut
in det i. We reer t thi gener prbem ny t mentin widey
ccepted principe n which it i uu y ppr ched, nd bec ue the
diviin phiphy ite i ectin the gener prbem. The
principe in quetin i th t cience m y be ditinguihed indeed by
p rti r tt _diverity ubject-m tter_, but th t uch diverity i
nt eenti , th t _diverity t ndpint_ i nece ry nd uicient
t cntitute ditinct cience even when thee de with ne nd the me
ubject-m tter. Nw ppying thi principe t phiphy we ee irty
th t it h the me ubject-m tter the peci cience t ken
cectivey, but th t it i ditinct rm them in much it
tudie their d t nt rm the t ndpint the prxim te c ue, but
rm the higher t ndpint the utim te c ue thee d t . And we
ee ecndy th t phiphy, h ving thi ne higher t ndpint thrughut
it dep rtment, i _ne_ cience; th t it diviin re ny
m teri diviin; th t there i nt
pur ity phiphie there
i
pur ity cience, thugh there i
pur ity dep rtment in
phiphy.(9) Let u nw ee wh t thee dep rtment re.
I we k why pepe eek knwedge t , in ny dep rtment, we h
detect tw m in impeing mtive. The irt thee i impy the deire
t knw: _tr himur mne cupidit te ciendi_. The n tur eeing
wnder, tnihment, _ dmir ti_, which ccmp nie ur perceptin
thing nd event, prmpt u t eek their c ue, t dicver the
re n which wi m ke them _inteigibe_ t u nd en be u t
_undert nd_ them. But whie the pein knwedge r it wn ke
i thu
mtive ree rch it i nt the ny mtive. We eek knwedge
_in rder t ue it_ r the guid nce ur cnduct in ie, r the
rient tin ur ctivitie, r the imprvement ur cnditin;
knwing th t knwedge i pwer, we eek it in rder t m ke it miniter
t ur need. Nw in the degree in which it ui uch uterir
purpe, r i ught r thee purpe, knwedge m y be decribed
_pr ctic _; in the degree in which it erve n uterir end, r i
ught r n uterir end, ther th n th t perecting ur mind, it
m y be decribed _pecu tive_. O cure thi tter purpe i in
ite
highy pr ctic purpe; nr indeed i there ny knwedge,
hwever pecu tive, but h , r t e t i c p be h ving, me
inuence r be ring n the ctu tenr nd cnduct ur ive; nd in
thi ene knwedge i pr ctic . Sti we c n ditinguih br dy
between knwedge which h n direct, immedi te be ring n ur ct, nd
knwedge th t h .(10) Hence the pibiity ditinguihing between
tw gre t dm in phiphic knwedge_Theretic _ r _Specu tive
Phiphy_, nd _Pr ctic Phiphy_. There re, in ct, tw gre t
dm in int which the d t hum n experience m y be divided; nd
r e ch ditinct dm in ubmitted t phiphic invetig tin there
wi be ditinct dep rtment phiphy. A irt dm in i the rder
_re ized_ in the univere independenty m n; ecnd i the rder
which m n hime _re ize_: _thing_, therere, nd _ ct_. The rder
the extern univere, the rder n ture it i c ed, exit
independenty u: we merey tudy it (_pecu ri_, ), do not
cat it. Th oth o _pactical_ od is stablishd by ou acts of
_intllignc_ and _ill_, and by ou _bodily action_ on xtnal things
und th diction of thos facultis in th ats. Hnc hav a
_spculativ_ o _thotical_ philosophy and a _pactical_
philosophy.(11)
IV. DEPARTMENTS OF PRACTICAL PHILOSOPHY: LOGIC, ETHICS AND ESTHETICS.In
th domain of human activitis, to th ight gulation of hich pactical
philosophy is dictd, may distinguish to dpatmnts of mntal
activity, namly _intllctual_ and _volitional_, and bsids ths th
hol dpatmnt of _xtnal_, xcutiv o bodily activity. In gnal
th ight gulation of acts may b said to consist in dicting thm to
th alization of som idal; fo all cognitiv acts this idal is th
_tu_, fo all apptitiv o volitional acts it is th _good_, hil fo
all xtnal opations it may b ith th _bautiful_ o th
_usful_th spctiv objcts of th fin ats and th mchanical ats
o cafts.
_Logic_, as a pactical scinc, studis th mntal acts and pocsss
involvd in discoving and poving tuths and systmatizing ths into
scincs, ith a vi to dicting ths acts and pocsss aight in th
accomplishmnt of this complx task. Hnc it has fo its subjct-matt,
in a ctain sns, _all_ th data of human xpinc, o hatv can b
an objct of human thought. But it studis ths data not dictly o in
thmslvs o fo thi on sak, but only in so fa as ou acts of
ason, hich fom its dict objct, a bought to ba upon thm. In
all th oth scincs mploy thought to study th vaious objcts of
thought as things, vnts, alitis; and hnc ths may b calld al
scincs, _scintia als_; hil in Logic study thought itslf, and
vn h not spculativly fo its on sak o as a ality (as study
it fo instanc in Psychology), but pactically, as a pocss capabl of
bing dictd toads th discovy and poof of tuth; and hnc in
contadistinction to th oth scincs as al, call Logic _th_
ational scinc, _scintia ationalis_. Scholastic philosophs xpss
this distinction by saying that hil Spculativ Philosophy studis
_al_ bing (_Ens Ral_), o th objcts of dict thought (_objcta
pima intntionis mntis_), Logic studis th bing hich is th _poduct
of thought_ (_Ens Rationis_), o objcts of flx thought (_objcta
scunda intntionis mntis_).(12) Th mntal pocsss involvd in th
attainmnt of scintific tuth a concption, judgmnt and infnc;
moov ths pocsss hav to b xcisd mthodically by th combind
application of analysis and synthsis, o induction and dduction, to th
vaious domains of human xpinc. All ths pocsss, thfo, and
th mthods of thi application, constitut th pop subjct-matt of
Logic. It has bn mo o lss a matt of dbat sinc th days of
Aistotl hth Logic should b gadd as a dpatmnt of
philosophical scinc pop, o ath as a ppaatoy disciplin, an
instumnt o _oganon_ of asoningas th collction of Aistotls on
logical tatiss as calld,and so as a vstibul o intoduction to
philosophy. And th is a simila diffnc of opinion as to hth o
not it is advisabl to st don Logic as th fist dpatmnt to b
studid in th philosophical cuiculum. Such doubts ais fom
diffncs of vi as to th ustions to b invstigatd in Logic, and
th point to hich such invstigations should b caid thin. It is
possibl to distinguish btn a mo lmntay tatmnt of
thought-pocsss ith th avodly pactical aim of stting foth canons
of infnc and mthod hich ould hlp and tain th mind to ason and
invstigat coctly; and a mo philosophical tatmnt of thos
pocsss ith th spculativ aim of dtmining thi ultimat
significanc and validity as factos of knoldg, as attaining to tuth,
as poductiv of scinc and ctitud. It is only th fom fild of
invstigation that is usually accodd to Logic noadays; and thus
undstood Logic ought to com fist in th cuiculum as a ppaatoy
taining fo philosophical studis, accompanid, hov, by ctain
phiphy
ctivity,
ep r te
tin.
ca
ge. Now te
owledge acqured by te tudy of t
g u
der t
commo
apect called _Pyc_. Here te m
d abtract merely from te
dvdualz
g dffere
ce of t ca
ge
dvdual t
g, a
d fxe
t atte
to
o
te great, commo
, e
ble apect telf of vble
ca
ge.
But te m
d ca
abtract eve
from te e
ble ca
ge tat ta
e place
te pycal u
vere a
d fx t atte
to
o
a _tatc_ feature
te ca
g
g t
g. T tatc eleme
t ( ), wic e
i
ellec appree
ds i
_maerial_ i
gs as
aurally i
separable frm
em ( ), he _qua
y_, he exe
o
pae. Whe
he m
d p a maeal obje of all vble, e
ble
popeeo
hh meha
al, phyal a
d hemal ha
ge
depe
dhee ll ema
a a
obje of hough a omeh
g fomed of
pa oude pa
hee dme
o
of pae. Th _aba_
qua
y, _qua
a
ellgbl_hehe a o
uou o
do
uou, a _mag
ude_ o _mulude_ he pope obje of
_Mahema_.
Bu he m
d a
pe
eae fahe ll
o he ealy of he maeal
daa hh f
d e
doed h he abue of ha
ge a
d qua
y:
a
elm
ae fom he obje of hough eve
h lae o
mahemaal abue, a
d eze o
omeh
g ll moe fu
dame
al. The
vey ee
e, uba
e,
aue, be
g elf, of he h
g, he
u
dely
g ubje a
d oo p
ple of all he h
g opeao
a
d
abue, omeh
g deepe ha
a
y of hee abue, omeh
g a
lea me
ally d
fom hee lae ( ): a
d
h omeh
g he pope obje of ma
hghe peulave
k
oledge, hh Aole alled , _phiphi prim _,
the _irt_ r _und ment _ r _deepet_ phiphy.(15)
But he g ve thi tter rder knwedge nther very igniic nt tite:
he c ed it _thegy_ r _thegic cience_, , by a
dnmnan dvd _a a_, m nb a,
cumnan n
nwd Gd. L u w. F A _
y_ cnc _bn and na abu_.(16)
H mnd and bjc a _ac_ abacd m can,
and a _mmaa_ abacd m uany, undamna abu
maa aya . No he uba
e,
aue, o ee
e of _he h
g of ou de a
d mmedae expee
e_,
ha fom he pope obje of h hghe e
e. Bu
hee h
g
he uba
e,
aue, o ee
e,
o fou
d
_eal a
d aual_
epaao
fom he maeal abue of ha
ge a
d qua
y;
_o
deed_ epaaely fom hee o
ly by a
effo of me
al
abao
. Eve
he
aue of ma
hmelf
o holly mmaeal;
o
he pual p
ple
ma
, h oul, e
ely exemp fom maeal
o
do
. He
e
o fa a f phloophy ude he be
g of he
h
g of ou de expee
e, obje mmaeal o
ly
_
egavely_ o _by me
al abao
_. Bu doe h udy b
g h
Mahema, a
d Meaphy, ll
aually ou o o
e o ak: Dd
Aole d
guh beee
ha he alled Phy a
d ha e
oaday
all he peal phyal e
e? He dd. Thee peal _a
aly_
ude of he vaou depame
of he phyal u
vee, a
mae a
d
a
mae, Aole debed
dm
aely a paal e
e:
. T dcv,
nducv, cmaav ud, cdn _a _ m c
cau, cncvd a a a aan cnc
nwd
; a cncvd b a _ync_, dducv
xanan n, n m cmmn ac dcd n m
a nc cau a cnc caacc.(18) Suc
ync
nwd n, n m uc cmmn ac a
can, wa add a cnc
nwd, mann by wa
w man by ca
nwd.(19) Wa cad _Pyc_,
, wa w nwaday undand a _Cmy_ and
_Pycy_.(20)
Mamaca cnc A
w add a cnc n u
and c n, _.._ a ca. Bu ju a w dnu
nwaday bwn ca yca and uman cnc n n and,
and y xna nau and man n , w may
dnu bwn ca mamaca cnc and a Py
Mamac: w dnc, a w m u ca
cnc a many nducv mamaca u many dducv.
Fum, Py Mamacwc nva un
adn uma ncanc mamaca cnc, axm and
aumn: uny, muud, manud, uany, ac, m, c.d
n uuay m a aa damn n ca cucuum:
bm a da w a y a n damn
Mayc.
B unn mdn dvn Mayc w may n a
a m wa n ud by A. W w baby Andncu
Rd ( 40 B.C.), w, wn aann a cm dn A
w
, acd nx n d a _Pyc_, yca a,
a a and amn ma w
ban un
mmuab and mmaa bjc _a ma_;
abd () , _pot phyc _, the oo
_ fter the
phyc_: hence the n me _met phyc_,(21) pped to th hghet
ecton of pec tve phoophy. It w oon notced th t the term, th
forttoy pped to ch nvetg ton, conveyed
very ppropr te
decrpton of ther cope nd ch r cter f nterpreted n the ene of
_pr _-phyc , or _tr n_-phyc : n mch the oject of thee
nvetg ton
_hyperphyc _ oject, n oject th t ether
potvey nd re y, or neg tvey nd y tr cton, eyond the
m ter condton of q ntty nd ch nge. St. Thom comne oth
me nng of the term when he y th t the tdy of t ject-m tter
come n tr y _ fter_ the tdy of phyc, nd th t we n tr y p
from the tdy of the ene to th t of the pr ene.(22)
The term _phooph prm _ h now ony n htorc nteret; nd the
term _theoogy_, ed wthot q fc ton, now gener y ndertood
to gnfy _pern tr _ theoogy.
VI. DEPARTMENTS OF METAPHYSICS: COSMOLOGY, PSYCHOLOGY, AND NATURAL
THEOLOGY.Now d y the term _Met phyc_ ndertood ynonymo wth
pec tve phoophy: the nvetg ton of the eng, n tre, or
eence, nd eent ttrte of the re te whch re o tded
n the v ro pec cence: the e rch for the _tm te_ grond,
re on nd c e of thee re te, of whch the proxm te exp n ton
ppsii
he experime
a phsia sie
es; _Psh_, whih he
ermed rai
a i
ppsii
he empiria biia sie
es; a
d
fi
a Nara The, whih he e
ied _Thedi_
(--), u
g a em
ve
ed by Leb
z fo h eay
v
dao
of he dom a
d jue of Dv
e Povde
e
oha
d
g
he evl of he u
vee.
The p ha a
maed h aa
geme
of he depame
of
meaphy, e Mee, a u
ou
d
heoy a
d
u
fou
ae
e
de
y. I eeoyped fo e
ue a daou
dvoe beee
phloophy a
d he e
e, a dvoe ha had
og
uma
e peula o he
elleual
amophee of he ealy eghee
h e
uy. A a eul of
hee a oo
o ommo
la
guage o u
dea
d
g beee
e
a
d phloophe. The em hh expeed he mo
fu
dame
al deamae, uba
e, moveme
, aue, foe,
e
egy, a
d uh lkeee ake
dffee
e
e
e
e
a
d
phloophy. He
e mu
dea
d
g, aggavaed by a
go
g muual du a
d holy, u
l f
ally people ame
o beleve ha e
f a
d meaphyal peoupao
ee
ompable f
o povely oppoed o eah ohe.(26)
Ho vey dffee
fom he d
ega
g o
epo
hee
zed he ado
al Aoela
a
d hola
o
epo
of he ompleme
ay fu
o
of phloophy a
d he
e
e
u
fy
g huma
k
oledge: a o
epo
hu eloque
ly
expeed by NEWMAN
h _Idea of a U
vey_:(27)
All ha ex, a o
emplaed by he huma
m
d, fom o
e
lage yem o omplex fa.... No,
o o
deful ha,
h all apable, he huma
m
d a
o ake
h
hole va fa a a
gle gla
e, o ga
poeo
of a
o
e. Lke a ho-ghed eade, eye poe loely, a
d
avel loly, ove he aful volume hh le ope
fo
peo
. O aga
, a e deal h ome huge uue of ma
y
pa a
d de, he m
d goe ou
d abou ,
o
g do
, f
o
e h
g, he
a
ohe, a be may, a
d ve
g u
de
dffee
ape, by ay of mak
g poge oad mae
g he
hole.... Thee vaou paal ve o abao
... ae
alled e
e ... hey poeed o
he p
ple of a dvo
of
labou.... A hey all belo
g o o
e a
d he ame le of
obje, hey ae o
e a
d all o
o he h
g hemelve, hough omplee
he o
dea a
d
fo he o
epeve pupoe; o
boh aou
hey a o
e
eed a
d ubeve eah ohe. A
d fuhe, he ompehe
o
of
he bea
g of o
e e
e o
a
ohe, a
d he ue of eah o
eah, a
d he loao
a
d lmao
a
d adjume
a
d due
appeao
of hem all, o
e h a
ohe, h belo
g, I
o
eve, o a o of e
e d
fom all of hem, a
d
ome e
e, a e
e of e
e, hh my o
o
epo
of
ha mea
by Phloophy....
Whou
a
y ay ou
e
a
g uh a
olao
of meaphy fom he
pove e
e, e may,
evehele, adop he mode
dvo
uba
e a
d
pae. Whle eog
z
g he
mae o
exo
beee
he peal e
e a
d meaphy
all ba
he, e may
egad a _Ge
eal Meaphy_ all
que
o he fu
dame
al
p
ple of _be
g_ a
d of _k
o
g_, of _ealy_ a
d of _k
oledge_;
a
d a _Speal Meaphy_ he phloophal udy of phyal
aue,
of huma
aue, a
d of God, he Auho a
d Supeme Caue of all f
e
ealy. Thu, hle peal meaphy ould embae Comology,
Pyhology, a
d Naual Theology, ge
eal meaphy ould embae
O
ology a
d Epemology. Thee o lae dpl
e mu
o doub
vegae ha
a ea
e
e o
e a
d he ame ubje-mae,
amuh a _k
oledge_ k
oledge of ealy,
o a
he _k
o
g
m
d_ (he _ubjeum og
oe
_) a
d he k
o
ealy (he _objeum
og
um_) be holly epaaed o uded
omplee olao
fom eah
ohe. Ye he hole o
e
of huma
expee
e, hh fom he ommo
ubje-mae, a
be egaded by me
al abao
fom he o
d
a
dpo
of he k
o
g m
d a
d he k
o
ealy, a
d a
hu gve e o o d
e of poblem. Epemology hu
o
e
ed h he uh a
d eude of huma
k
oledge; h he
ubjeve o
do
a
d he ope a
d lm of valdy; h he
ubjeve o me
al fao
volved
k
o
g.(28) O
ology
o
e
ed h he obje of k
oledge, h ealy o
deed
he
de, deepe, a
d mo fu
dame
al ape u
de hh o
eved
by he huma
m
d: h he be
g a
d beom
g of ealy, pobly
a
d aualy, ee
e a
d exe
e, u
y a
d plualy;
h he ape of uh, good
e, pefeo
, beauy, hh aume
elao
h ou m
d; h he o
ge
y of f
e ealy a
d he
gou
d a
d mplao
boh of aual exe
e a
d of
ellgbly; h he mode of o
ee exe
e a
d behavou,
he upeme aegoe of ealy a hey ae alled: uba
e,
dvdual
aue, a
d peo
aly; qua
y, pae a
d me, qualy a
d
elao
, aualy a
d pupoe. Thee ae he p
pal op
vegaed
he pee
volume. The
vegao
o
f
ed o
fu
dame
al o
ep a
d p
ple, leav
g he applao
o be
folloed ou
peal meaphy. Fuhemoe, he heoy of k
oledge
k
o
a _Modeae Realm_,(29) he Realm of Aole a
d he
Shola,
egad o he valdy of k
oledge boh e
ual a
d
elleual, aumed houghou: beaue
o alo
e h he ue
heoy, bua a
aual o
eque
e he o
ly heoy hh e
de
he
dvdual h
g a
d eve
of huma
expee
e eally
ellgble,
a
d a he ame me keep he hghe a
d mo aba
elleual
peulao
of meaphy
o
a
a
d holeome o
a h he
o
ee, aual old
hh e lve, move, a
d have ou be
g.
III. REMARKS ON SOME MISGIINGS AND PREJUDICES.The ude
, epeally
he beg
e, ll f
d he
vegao
h volume ahe aba;
bu f he emembe ha he o
e
of ou
elleual o
ep, be hey
eve o aba a
d u
veal, eally emboded
he
dvdual
h
g a
d eve
of h daly expee
e, he ll
o be dpoed o
de
ou
e all ulmae a
aly of hee o
ep a u
pofable o
u
eal. He ll eog
ze ha he epoah of alk
g
he a,
hh a levelled by a
em
e
medeval hola(30) a ea
umeou a
d vaed o adm of
vegao
hee.(31) The mode
pejude hh de
e he vey pobly of meaphy, a pejude
a
g fom Phe
ome
m, Povm, a
d Ag
omyem hh ae
hemelve
o le meaphyal ha
eo
eoull be exam
ed
due
oue.(32)
Bu eally
ode o dpel all uh mgv
g o
e ha o
ly o emembe
ha meaphy, yema o ohee,
oh
g moe ha
a ma
eao
ed oulook o
he old a
d lfe. Whaeve h o
ou op
o
a
d o
vo
may be egad
g he
aue a
d pupoe of hmelf, a
d
ohe me
, a
d he old a lagea
d f he ue h eao
a all he mu
have ome o of op
o
a
d o
vo
, hehe pove o
egave,
o
hee maehoe op
o
a
d o
vo
ae peely ha ma
meaphy. Beak
g fee fo he mome
fom all hoal a
d
eh
al def
o
, le u affm: _To ge a ealy_h he am
of meaphy. So e Pofeo Ladd
he ope
g hape of h
o
evehele alay a
d of
eey have he effe of
volv
g u
a
mage of lluo
a
d u
ealy.
Syema meaphyo quoe aga
he auho ju efeed
o(34) ... he
eeay eul of a pae
, odely,
ell-
fomed, a
d polo
ged udy of hoe ulmae poblem
hh ae popoed o evey efleve m
d by he eal exe
e
a
d aual a
ao
of elve a
d of h
g. Thu o
deed
appea a he lea aba a
d foeg
o o
ee eale
of all he hghe puu of eao
. Mahema aba;
log aba; mahemaal a
d o-alled pue phy ae
aba. Bu meaphy bou
d by vey
aue a
d all
g
alay o keep
ea o he aual a
d o he o
ee. Dve
o
he deph of peulao
deed may; a
d oea
bou
dle
expa
e a
d deep beyo
d all eah of huma
plumme.
Bu f
d plae of a
d
g, fo evey
e u
of da
g
expla
ao
, o
ome b of old gou
d. Fo aualy
hh he o u
dea
dalhough
efleve a
d
epeave ay. To quoe fom Pofeo Roye: The ba of
ou hole heoy he bae, bue fa of expee
e hh you
have alay h you,
amely, he fa: _Someh
g eal._ Ou
queo
: Wha h ealy? o, aga
, Wha he
ulmaely eal?(35)
The o
deful poge of he pove e
e du
g he la fe
e
ue ha bee
he oao
of pejude aga
meaphy
a
vaey of ay. I objeed, fo
a
e, ha meaphy ha
o
oepo
d
g poge o boa of; a
d fom h hee bu a mall
ep o he o
luo
ha all meaphyal peulao
ele. The
ompao
u
fa fo ma
y eao
. Reeah
o he ulmae gou
d
a
d aue of h
g ma
fely moe dfful ha
eeah
o he
poxmae gou
d a
d aue. Aga
, hle he pove e
e have
eaed ou k
oledge ma
ly
exe
ahe ha
deph,
meaphy a
d o
ly meaphy ha a
eae h k
oledge
u
y, ompehe
ve
e, a
d g
fa
e.
A pove
eae
ou k
oledge of he ma
fold daa of huma
expee
e
o he am of meaphy; am o gve a
ulmae
mea
g a
d
epeao
o h k
oledge. I
o ulaa
he
aoe e
e
hh he pove a
d peal e
e ae ulaa
by m
e
g o ou maeal
eed; bu
he hghe a
d
oble e
e
of po
g ou o u he bea
g of all huma
k
oledge a
d aheveme
o
ou eal
aue a
d de
y. Tue,
deed,
dvdual leade a
d
hool of meaphy have ayed fom he uh a
d poke
h
o
fl
g a
d u
ea
voe, epeally he
hey have faled o
aval hemelve of Tuh Dv
ely Revealed. Th, hoeve,
o a
falue of meaphy bu of
dvdual meaphya
. A
d fuhemoe,
u
de
able hal, ha he meaphyal labou of he gea
phloophe
all age have o
bued hly o he e
lghe
me
a
d
vlzao
of ma
k
dpaulaly he
hee labou have bee
o
od a
d o-opeao
h he eleva
g a
d pufy
g
flue
e of
he Cha
elgo
. Of
o meaphyal yem h o e
ely ue
a of ha emboded
Shola Phloophy. The geae
elle of
he Mddle Age, S. Thoma Aqu
a, gave o h phloophy a
expeo
hae a
d he mo ohy a
g-po
of h phloophal
vegao
. The follo
g paage fom a
em
e
epee
ave of
mode
hola hough(36) uffe
ly uggeve o adm of
quoao
:
Amd he almo u
euped d
egao
of yem du
g he
la hee e
ue, he phloophy of S. Thoma ha alo
e bee
able o a
d he hok of m; alo
e ha poved
uffe
ly old a
d ompehe
ve o eve a a
elleual
ba a
d u
fy
g p
ple fo all he
e fa a
d phe
ome
a
bough o lgh by he mode
e
e. A
d u
le e ae muh
make
, hoe ho ake up a
d follo h phloophy ll ome
o h
k, a e do, ha o
he a
aly of me
al a a
d
poee, o
he
e
aue of opoeal h
g, of lv
g
h
g, a
d of ma
, o
he exe
e a
d
aue of God, o
he
fou
dao
of peulave a
d moal e
e,
o
e have hough o
e
moe ely ha
S. Thoma Aqu
a. Bu hough e plae
ou pogamme a
d eah
g u
de he pao
age of he lluou
ame of h p
e of hola, e do
o egad he Thom
phloophy a a
deal beyo
d pobly of ameloao
, o a a
bou
day o he avy of he huma
m
d. We do h
k, hoeve,
o
maue efleo
, ha e ae a
g
o le ely ha
modely
ak
g a ou a
g-po
a
d o
a
a
dad
of efee
e. Th e ay
a
e o hoe of ou fe
d a
d
e
eme ho ae oao
ally pleaed o ak u f e eally do
mea
o lead bak he mode
m
d
o he Mddle Age, a
d o
de
fy phloophy _mply_ h he hough of a
y _o
e_
phloophe. Ma
fely, e mea
oh
g of he k
d. Ha
o Leo
XIII., he gea
ao of he
e hola moveme
,
expely a
ed u(37) o be m
dful of he pee
: Edmu
lbe
gaoque a
mo epe
dum ee qudqud ape
e dum,
qudqud ule fue a quopam
ve
um aque exogaum?
S. Thoma hmelf ould be he f o ebuke hoe ho ould
follo h o
phloophal op
o
all h
g aga
he
o
bee judgme
, a
d o em
d hem of ha he oe a he
head of h _Summa_: ha
phloophy, of all agume
ha
baed o
huma
auhoy he eake, lou ab auoae qu
fu
dau upe ao
e huma
a, e
fmmu.(38)
Aga
, heefoe, le u ae ha epe fo ado
o
evly bu mee eleme
ay pude
e. Repe fo a do
e of
hoe ou
d
e a
d oh e ae peo
ally o
v
ed
o
fehm; bu a ao
al a
d ghful bue o he
dom
o
of Tuh ove M
d.
Mode
hola ll k
o ho o ake o hea a
d pof by
he leo
of he eve
ee
h a
d eghee
h e
uy
o
ovee; hey ll avod he make of he pedeeo;
hey ll keep
loe o
a h he peal e
e
ubday o phloophy a
d h he ve a
d eah
g of
mode
a
d o
empoay h
ke.(39)
A
oveee
g o
fde
e
he poe of he peal e
e o olve
ulmae queo
, o a lea o ell u all ha a
be k
o
fo
ea
abou hee poblem, a o
fde
e baed o
he ao
h
g
poge of hoe e
e
mode
me, he oue of ye a
ohe
pejude aga
meaphy. I a pejude of he half-eduaed
m
d, of he amp-folloe of e
e,
o of leade. Thee lae
ae kee
ly o
ou ha he oluo
of ulmae queo
le e
ely
beyo
d he mehod of he peal e
e. No ha eve
he mo em
e
e
do
o
dulge
peulao
abou ulmae poblema hey
have a pefe gh o do. Bu hough hey may be hemelve que aae
ha uh peulao
ae d
ly meaphyal, hee ae mulude
ho eem o h
k ha a heoy eae o be meaphyal a
d beome
e
f povded o
ly boahed by a e
f expe a d
fom a meaphya
.(40) Bu all
ee h
ke ll eog
ze ha
o
ulmae queo
abou he oaly of huma
expee
e a
be olved by
a
y e
e hh exploe meely a poo
of h expee
e. Nay, he
moe apd a
d exe
ve he poge of he vaou peal e
e,
he moe mpeave a
d
e
beome he
eed o olle a
d ollae
he epaae f
d
g, o
eogae hem o
e a
d all a o hehe a
d
ho fa hee f
d
g f
h he fa a
d o
do
of huma
lfe
a
d exe
e, o deem
e ha lgh a
d ad hey o
bue o he
oluo
of he gea a
d eve eu
g queo
of he _he
e_? a
d
_hhe_? a
d _hy_? of ma
a
d he u
vee. O
e ho a
ee
e
a ell a a
ea
e phloophe ha e
_ popo_ of h
eey
he follo
g em:
The fahe e
e ha puhed bak he lm of he de
ble
u
vee, he moe
e
ly do e feel he dema
d h
u fo
ome afaoy expla
ao
of he hole. The old, ee
al
poblem e up befoe u a
d lamou loudly a
d eve moe loudly
fo ome
ee a
d bee oluo
. The oluo
offeed by a
bygo
e age a ooh
g a lea, f a
o f
al. I
he
pee
age, hoeve, he poblem eappea h a
aue
e ha
almo pa
ful: he deep ee of ou o
huma
aue, he
queo
of ou og
a
d de
y, he
emeddl
g of bl
d
eey a
d ha
e a
d pa
he a
ge, a
gled dama of ou
exe
e, he foble a
d odde of he huma
oul, a
d all he
myfy
g poblem of oal elao
: ae
o hee all o ma
y
e
gma hh ome
a
d ouble u hheoeve e u
? A
d
all eem o le aou
d he o
e ee
al queo
: Ha huma
beee
gh a
d o
g, e., have bee
_alay_
poeo
of he
huma
ae. I ha bee
, moeove, o
fmed
poeo
of hem by
Dv
e Revelao
. A
d ha
o
eeded ehe he e o he poge
of mode
e
e o defe
d hem. Thee fu
dame
al ao
al uh
o
ue a _phloopha pee
_: a fu
d of uh hh , lke all
uh, _mmuable_, hough ou huma
gh
o may develop
deph
a
d lea
e.
Bu hle h o
o
e he le ue ha phloophy, o be
pogeve
o
ode, mu ake aou
of evey
e fa a
d
o
luo
bough o lgh
evey depame
of e
fa
d
hoal, a
d a, a
d leay, a
d evey ohe o ofeeah.
A
d h fo he mple eao
ha evey uh aeo
, hehe of fa
o of heoy, a
e
lageme
of huma
expee
e; a uh lamou
o
he o
e ha
d fo phloophal
epeao
, fo expla
ao
he
lgh of ha e k
o aleady abou he ulmae gou
d a
d aue of
h
g, fo admo
o ou old-oulook, fo adjume
a
d
o-od
ao
h he pevou o
e
of he lae; hle, o
he
ohe ha
d, by vey appeaa
e o
he hozo
of huma
expee
e
may e
h o llum
e, efy o ohee
flue
e, h oulook o
ome ape of .(42)
If, he
, phloophy ha o ake aou
of adva
e
evey ohe
depame
of huma
eeah, lea ha maey a he pee
day a moe laboou ak ha
eve a
he pa. I
ode o ge
a
ellge
gap of p
ple
he applao
o he
poblem aed by he poge of he e
e, o
ely doveed fa
a
d
ely popou
ded hypohee, he ude
mu be famla h hee
fa a
d hypohee; a
d all he moe o beaue hough he medum of a
e
ao
al
epape pe ha ha moe egad fo
ovely ha
uh,
hee fa a
d hypohee ae
o oo
e bough o lgh by e
ha
ha ae ofe
gabled a
d doed veo
of hem ae ulaed
amo
g he mae.(43)
Smlaly,
ode ha a ou
d yem of peulave a
d paal
phloophy be expou
ded, developed, a
d defe
ded a he pee
me, a
yem ha ll embae a
d o-od
ae he aheved eul of mode
e
f eeah, a yem ha ll offe he mo afaoy
oluo
of old dffule
e fom a
d gve he mo eao
able
a
d elable a
e o he eve eu
g queo
g of ma
o
e
g
h o
aue a
d de
y lea ha he
uffe
y of
dvdual effo mu be uppleme
ed by he o-opeao
of
umbe. I
he abe
e of ful
e, omplee
e, adequay,
mo mode
yem
of phloophy, he fagme
ay haae, he u
equal developme
of
he pa, ha aou
vey lagely fo he depa
g aude of he
ma
y ho
oaday depe a
d u
aay fom phloophal peulao
.
Add o h he u
ea
voe h hh hee phloophe peak
o
eque
e of he advoae g
o
g he mplao
of he mo
upe
dou fa
huma
expee
e,he Cha
Revelao
. Bu hee
o
e phloophy hh fee fom hee defe, a phloophy hh
omplee hamo
y h Revealed Tuh, a
d hh fom h he lae
he o
ly ue _Phloophy of Lfe_; a
d ha o
e phloophy he yem
hh, amla
g he dom of Plao, Aole a
d all he ohe
geae h
ke of he old, ha bee
ado
ally expou
ded
he
Cha
hoolhe _Shola_ yem of phloophy. I ha bee
elaboaed by
o o
e ma
, a
d he og
al fu of
o o
e m
d. U
lke
he phloophe of Ka
o Hegel o Spe
e o Jame o Come o Bego
,
o a o
e-ma
phloophy. I a
o boa of he
ovely o
og
aly of he ma
y ee
a
d ephemeal yem hh have
ueeded o
e a
ohe o apdly
ee
me
he old of
elleual faho
; bu ha eve poeed he e
du
g
ovely of
he _uh_, hh eve a
e
a
d eve
e. No alhough h
phloophy may have bee
maeed
boad oul
e a
d applao
by peally gfed
dvdual
pa age, pogeve expoo
a
d developme
, a
d applao
o he valy exe
ded a
d
eve-go
g doma
of expee
e ha ae be
g o
a
ly exploed by
he peal e
e, a
eve be he ok of a
y
dvdual: a
be
aomplhed o
ly by he ea
e o-opeao
of Cha
phloophe
g. I ha
omeme bee
emaked, a Nema
obeve,(45) he
me
have boaed
of he k
oledge of mode
me, ha
o o
de e ee moe ha
he
a
e
beaue e ae mou
ed upo
he houlde. Ye; he
elleual ole of o-day ae he o he
elleual ealh of
he a
eo. We have ado
:
o o depe bu o ue, ally,
judouly, evee
ly, f e ae o ue pofably. Thoma Dav ha
omehee ad ha hey ho demolh he pa do
o buld up fo he
fuue. A
d e have he Cha
Revelao
, a a _lamp_ o ou _fee_
a
d a _lgh_ o ou _pah_(46)
all hoe ao
al
vegao
hh fom he appo
ed ak of he phloophe. He
e,
Le k
oledge go fom moe o moe,
Bu moe of evee
e
u dell;
Tha m
d a
d oul, aod
g ell,
May make o
e mu a befoe,
Bu vae.(47)
omeh
g ele. Aga
, ha _logally_ abolue hh _a
be
o
eved a
d k
o
by u hou efee
e o a
yh
g ele_; hle he
logally elave ha hh e a
o
eve a
d k
o o
ly hough ou
k
oledge of omeh
g ele. A
d
e e uually
ame h
g aod
g o
he ay
hh e o
eve hem, e egad a abolue a
y be
g hh
_by elf_ a
d _of elf_ ha hh e o
eve o be, o ha
hh
ame mple; a
d a elave a
y be
g hh ha
ame
mple o
ly _
vue of ome elao
_ o omeh
g ele.(69) Thu, a
ma
a _ma
_ aboluely, hle he a _fe
d_ o
ly elavely o
ohe.
I obvou ha he pmay a
d ge
eal mea
g of he em abolue
a
d elave a
be appled a
d exe
ded
a vaey of ay. Fo
a
e, _all_ be
g may be ad o be elave _o he k
o
g m
d_,
he e
e ha all k
oledge
volve a a
e
de
al elao
of he
k
o
obje o he k
o
g ubje. I
h de a
d mo mpope
e
e eve
God Hmelf elave,
o hoeve a be
g, bu a k
o
.
Aga
, he
e apply he ame abue o a vaey of h
g e may ee
ha fou
d
o
e of hem
he mo pefe ma
e o
evable, o
a lea
a fulle a
d hghe degee ha
fou
d
he ohe; a
d
ha fou
d
hee ohe o
ly h ome o of ubod
ao
o,
a
d depe
de
e o
, he fome: e he
ay ha belo
g o h
_pmaly_ o _aboluely_, a
d o he ohe o
ly _eo
daly_ o
_elavely_. Th a le mpope applao
of he em ha
he
peed
g ae. Wha e have epeally o emembe hee ha hee ae
ma
y dffee
k
d of depe
de
e o ubod
ao
, all alke gv
g e
o he ame uage.
He
e, apply
g he em abolue a
d elave o he pedae be
g
o eal o ealy, obvou
he f plae ha he
_poe
al_ a uh a
be alled be
g, o ealy o
ly
elao
all ful
e a
d puy uh-o-uh ealy, follo ha he be
g
hh ealze
all ful
e he ealy of _be
g_ he Abolue
Be
g
he hghe poble e
e of h em. Th o
ep of Abolue
Be
g he he a
d mo ompehe
ve of all poble o
ep:
he vey a
he of ha ohe o
ep of be
g
ge
eal hh
ommo
o eveyh
g a
d d
guhed o
ly fom
oh
g
e. I
lude
elf all aual a
d poble mode a
d gade a
d
pefeo
of f
e h
g, apa fom he lmao
, embody
g all
of hem
he o
e hghe a
d he o
ep of ha hh make all of
hem eal a
d aual, _vz._ he o
ep of Aualy o Aual Realy
elf.
Hegel a
d h folloe have
volved hemelve
a pa
he
phloophy by
egle
g o d
guh beee
hoe o oally
dffee
o
ep.(71) A mla eo ha alo euled fom
falue o d
guh beee
he vaou mode
hh be
g
ha elave may be depe
de
o
be
g ha abolue. God
he Abolue Be
g; eaue ae elave. So oo uba
e
abolue be
g, ompaed h ade
a
he
g a
d ex
g
uba
e. Bu God
o heefoe o be o
eved a he o
e
all-pevad
g uba
e, of hh all f
e h
g, all
phe
ome
a, ould be o
ly ade
al ma
feao
.
lluo
. Th ha he Elea phloophe of a
e
Geee
beleved, d
guh
g meely beee
be
g a
d
oh
g
e. Bu hey
ee make
; fo ha
ge
h
g oo obvouly eal o be elm
aed
by all
g a
lluo
: eve
f ee a
lluo
, h lluo
a
lea ould have o be aou
ed fo. I
ode, heefoe, o u
dea
d
ealy e mu employ
o meely he
oo
of be
g (omeh
g
_a_), bu alo he
oo
of beom
g, ha
ge, poe, appea
g a
d
dappea
g (omeh
g _k
e_, a
d omeh
g _dy
am_). I
do
g o,
hoeve, e mu
o fall
o he eo of he oppoe exeme fom he
Eleaby egad
g ha
ge a he adequae epee
ao
of ealy.
Th ha Healu a
d he lae Io
a
dd: hold
g ha
oh
g
__, ha all _beome_ ( ), t t c nge s ll re lty, t t te
st ble, te perm nent, s non-exstent, unre l, n lluson. Ts too s
f lse; for c nge woul be unntellgble wtout t le st n bng
_l w_ of c nge, perm nent _prncple_ of some sort; wc, n turn,
nvolves te re lty of some sort of bng, st ble, perm nent beng.
We must tenwt Arstotle, s g nst bot of tose one-se
conceptonsol to te re lty bot of beng n of becomng; n procee
to see ow te st ble n te c ngng c n bot be re l.
To convnce ourselves t t tey re bot re l, very lttle reflecton s
neee. We ve ctu l experence of bot tose elements of re lty n our
conscousness n memory of our own selves. Every um n nvu l n te
enjoyment of s ment l f cultes
nows mself s n bng,
self-entc l beng, yet s const ntly unergong re l c nges; so t t
trougout s lfe e s re lly te s me beng, toug just s cert nly
e re lly c nges. In extern l n ture, too, we observe on te one n
nnumer ble processes of growt n ec y, of moton n nter cton; n
on te oter n sml rly ll-perv ng element of s meness or
entty m ll ts never-enng c nge.
consttute sometng n te ctu l orer, n not mere possble objects
of our tougt. An from ts pont of vew te exstence of tng s
c lle te ultm te ctu lz ton of ts essence. Hence te scol stc
porsm: _Esse est ultmus ctus re_.
Te term _ ctus_ m y esgn te t t complement of re lty by wc
potent l beng s m e ctu l (_ ctus_ _ ctu ns_), or ts ctu l beng
tself (_ ctus_ _smplcter ctus_). In te l tter sense we ve
lre y stnguse te Beng t t s mmut ble, te Beng of Go, s
te _Actus Purus_, from te beng of ll mut ble tngs, wc l tter
beng s necess rly
mxture of potent l n ctu l, n _ ctus mxtus_.
Now f te essences of corpore l tngs re composte, f tey re
consttute by te unon of some etermnng, form tve prncple wt
etermn ble, p ssve prncpleof form wt m tter, n scol stc
termnologywe m y c ll tese form tve prncples _ ctus_
_nform ntes_; n f tese c nnot ctu lly exst except n unon wt
m ter l prncple tey m y be c lle ctus _non-subsstentes_: _e.g._,
te form tve prncple or _form subst nt ls_ of w ter, or te vt l
prncple of pl nt. If, on te oter n, tere exst essences wc,
beng smple, o not ctu lze ny m ter l, etermn ble prncple, but
subsst nepenently of ny suc, tey re c lle _ ctus_
_non-nform ntes_, or _ ctus_ _subsstentes_. Suc, for ex mple, re
Go, n pure sprts wose exstence s
nown from revel ton. Fn lly,
tere m y be
n of ctu l essence wc, toug t n tur lly
ctu lzes m ter l prncple _e f cto_, c n neverteless contnue to
subsst wtout ts l tter: suc n ctu l beng woul be t once n
_ ctus nform ns_ n n _ ctus subsstens_; n suc, n f ct, s te
um n soul.
Trougout ll stnctons between te potent l n te ctu l tere
runs te concepton of _te ctu l s sometng more perfect t n te
potent l_. Tere s n te ctu l sometng postve n re l over n
bove w t s n te potent l. Ts s n ultm te f ct n our n lyss;
n ts mport nce wll be re lze wen we come to pply te notons we
ve been expl nng to te stuy of c nge.
Te noton of gr es of perfecton n tngs s one wt wc everyone s
f ml r. We n tur lly conceve some bengs s ger upon te sc le of
re lty t n oters; s vng more re lty, so to spe
not
necess rly, of course, n te lter l sense of sze or qu nttyt n
oters; s beng more perfect, nobler, of gre ter wort, v lue, gnty,
excellence, t n oters. Tus we reg r te nfnte s more perfect t n
te fnte, sprtu l bengs s nobler t n m ter l bengs, m n s
ger orer of beng t n te brute be st, ts g n s surp ssng te
wole veget ble
ngom, te lowest form of lfe s ger on te sc le of
beng t n norg nc m tter, te subst nce-moe of beng s superor to
ll ccent-moes, te ctu lze st te of beng s more perfect t n
ts potent l st te, _.e._ s exstng n ts m ter l, effcent n
e l or exempl r c uses. Te grouns n sgnfc nce of ts ment l
pprec ton of rel tve v lues n tngs must be scusse elsewere. We
refer to t ere n orer to pont out noter scol stc porsm,
ccorng to wc te ger tng s n te sc le of ctu l beng, n
te more perfect t s ccorngly, te more effcent t wll lso be s
prncple of cton, te more powerful s c use n te proucton of
c nges n oter tngs, te more oper tve n ctu lzng ter p ssve
potent ltes; n conversely, te less ctu l
tng s, n terefore
te more mperfect, te gre ter ts p ssve c p cty wll be to unergo
te nfluence of gences t t re ctu l n oper tve roun t. As
p ssve potent lty, s ys St. Tom s,(74) s te m r
of potent l
be defi
ed. We ma desribe
i, hwever, as _he ra
sii
f a bei
frm
e sae a
her_. If
e hi
e
ire disappeared a
d a
her were sbsied fr i, we
shd
reard he frmer as havi
bee
ha
ed i
he aer. Whe
e hi
is p i
he pae f a
her, eah,
db,
deres a
ha
e f pae, b
eiher is ha
ed i
he her. S, as, if we
were
eive a hi
as abse easi
exis, as apsi
i
hi
ess a a ive
i
sa
, a
d a
her as mi
i
exise
e
f
hi
ess a he same i
sa
(a
d i
he same pae), we shd
sider his dbe eve
as
sii
a rea ha
e f he frmer
hi
i
he aer. A
d ahh r _se
ses_ a
esif
a
hi
be
d _seqe
e_ i
se
se phe
me
a, r _reas
_ dees i
rea ha
e smehi
her ha
a a sbsii
f hi
s fr
e
a
her, r
i
s a essai
s a
d i
epi
s f exise
e i
hi
s. N db, if we
eive he whe phe
me
a r perepibe
iverse a
d a he bei
s whih
sie his
iverse as esse
ia
i
e
, a
d herefre depe
de
fr heir reai a
d heir aa
exise
e
a Spreme, Neessar Bei
wh reaed a
d
serves hem,
wh a a
ime ma ease
serve a
f hem, a
d prde her a
d
ew bei
s _ f
hi
ess_, he
sh abse essai
s a
d
i
epi
s f exise
e i
he wrd wd
be impssibe. Gd mih
_a
ihiai
s a
d reai
s. O
he
rar, he mdes f bei
whih
appear a
d disappear i
rea ha
e, i
he ra
sii
f a
hi
frm
e sae a rea differe
sae f bei
, d
appear _de
v_,
_ex
ihi_, as abse bei
i
s f
hi
ess; r disappear
_aier_, _i
ihim_, as abse e
di
s r apses f reai i
hi
ess. The rea ha
es whih ake pae i
Nare are de he
perai
f
ara ases. These ases, bei
fi
ie i
heir peraive
pwers, a
ihiai
s a
d reai
s; fr here is i
vved i
he
frmer
ep
mere he
i
f a rea differe
e bewee
he w
_aa_ saes, ha befre a
d ha afer he ha
e, b as he
i
f sme _pe
ia_ reai persisi
hrh he ha
e,
smehi
apabe f bei
aa s a
d s befre he ha
e a
d
aa herwise afer he ha
e. Fr rea ha
e, herefre, we
reqire (1) w psiive a
d rea differe
saes f he same bei
, a
_ermi
s a q_ a
d a _ermi
s ad qem_; a
d (2) a rea press f
ra
sii
whereb smehi
pe
ia bemes aa. I
reai
here
is
rea a
d psiive _ermi
s a q_; i
a
ihiai
here is
rea
a
d psiive _ermi
s ad qem_; hese herefre are
ha
es i
he
prper se
se f he erm. Smeimes, , ha
e is affirmed, b pre
exri
si de
mi
ai
, f a hi
i
whih here is
rea ha
e, b
a reai
sme her rea ha
i
hi
. I
his se
se whe
a
bje
k
w
r
hh f bemes he aa bje f smebds
hh r
ii
, i is said ha
e, hh he ra
sii
frm
k
w
k
w
i
vves
rea ha
e f sae i
he bje, b
i
he k
wi
sbje. If hh were i
a
re se
se
siive f reai, as ma
mder
phisphers
e
d, he ha
e
i
he bje wd f rse be rea.
Si
e, herefre, ha
e
siss i
his, ha a hi
whih is aa
i
a ive
sae eases be aa sh a
d bei
s be aa i
a
her sae, i is bvis ha here persiss hrh he press
sme reai whih is i
isef pe
ia a
d i
differe
eiher aa
sae; a
d ha, mrever, smehi
whih was aa disappears, whie
sme
ew aai appears, i
his persisi
pe
iai. The abidi
pe
ia pri
ipe is aed he _maer_ r _sbje_ f he ha
e; he
ra
sie
aaizi
pri
ipes are aed _frms_. N a hese frms
whih preede r res frm ha
e are
eessari psiive e
iies i
aai. Whe
, he
, a bei
ha
es frm a mre perfe a ess
perfe sae, he aai f his ess perfe sae a
be
adeqae a
ed fr b seeki
i i
he a
eede
a
d mre perfe
sae: i is
i
his aer sae _aa_, b
_pe
ia_;
r d we a
fr i b sai
ha i is eqivae
i
he
reaer aai f he aer sae: he w aaizi
pri
ipes are
rea disi
, a
d
eiher is wh r eve
paria he her. The
si
ifia
e f his
siderai
wi appear prese
i
ei
be reded b isef
he aa, b
b sme her aread aa pri
ipe.(77) This
asseri
, rih
dersd, is sef-evide
re; fr he sae f
passive pe
iai, as sh, i
vves he abse
e f he rreaive
aai i
he pe
ia sbje; a
d si
e he aa, as sh,
i
vves a perfei
whih is
i
he pe
ia, he aer a
fer p
isef his perfei
:
hi
a
be he adeqae pri
ipe
r sre f a perfei
whih is
i
his pri
ipe r sre: _
em
da qd
habe_.
We have aread a
iipaed he bjei
arisi
frm he
siderai
be
eived as a mere par r reside f
he aer, r rearded as eqivae
ai
ed i
he aer. Eve
ra
i
, as we ms, ha he
e res f sh a ha
e is a ss f
aai r perfei
i
he sbje f ha
e, si here is awas a
ai
whih is
a
ed fr b he ss; here is awas a
ew aa
sae whih, as sh, was
i
he rii
a sae.
be aa
deri
he asa i
fe
e f a
her reaed
ae
, r aa depe
de
a
sh ae
. B i ms,
everheess,
i
sh ai
, be depe
de
, a
d i
fe
ed b, _sme aa bei
her ha
isef_. A
d he reas
is bvis: If b sh ai
i
i
reases is w
aa perfei
, a
d bemes aa her ha
i
was befre sh ai
, he
i a
have ive
isef he aai f
his perfei
, whih i pssessed befre
pe
ia. N db, i
is
mere passive pe
ia i
reard sh aa perfei
s, as
is he ase i
-via ha
e whih ress i
he sbje frm he
ra
siive ai
f sme side ase p
he aer. The ivi
hi
has he aive pwer f asi
r prdi
i
isef hese aa
perfei
s: here is i
erai
bewee
is via pars: hrh
e
ra
r fa i as p
a
her, hs edi
a
aai, a
ew
perfei
, i
his her, a
d hs devepi
a
d perfei
is w
bei
. B eve
sidered as aive i a
aa bei
her ha
he sbje ha
ed: _id qid mver, ab ai
mver_.
The qesi
here arises,
i
refere
e via ae
s,
b _a fi
ie, reaed ases_: Des he aive ase f
ha
e (eher wih he passive pe
iai f he sbje f
ha
e, wheher his sbje be he ae
isef as i
imma
e
aivi, r smehi
her ha
he ae
as i
ra
siive
aivi),des his aive pwer a
_adeqae_ fr he
ew
aai eded i
he ha
e? I bvis des
; fr he
aai aqired i
he ha
e is, as sh, a
ew e
i, a
ew
perfei
, i
sme deree psiive srpassi
he a reai
f he mbi
ed aive pwers a
d passive pe
iaiies whih i
repaes. I
her wrds, if he aai resi
frm he
ha
e is
be f
d i
he immediae aive a
d passive
a
eede
s f he ha
e, he
we are i
eviab referred, fr a
adeqae expa
ai
f his aai, sme aa bei
abve
a
d be
d hese a
eede
s. A
d wha sr f aa bei
are
we referred? T a bei
i
whih he aai f he effe
resides
i
he same wa as i resides i
he immediae aive
a
d passive a
eede
s f he ha
e, ha is _pe
ia_? N;
fr his wd be seess, mere pshi
he diffi
e sep
farher bak. We are bied raher i
fer he exise
e f a
Aa Bei
i
whm he aai f he said effe resides
_aa_:
frma, f rse, as i exiss i
isef whe
er f ha
e whasever. We are
mpeed i
his wa i
fer, frm he exise
e f ha
e i
he
iverse f r dire experie
e, he exise
e f a
ra
se
de
Immvabe Prime Mver, a _Primm Mve
s Immbie_.
A he aive ases r pri
ipes f ha
e whih fa
der r
ie i
he
iverse f dire experie
e are hemseves sbje
ha
e. N
e f hem ases ha
e i
a
her hi
wih
isef
deri
ha
e. The aive pwer f fi
ie ases is
isef fi
ie. B edi
he pe
iai f her hi
s i
aai he rada se p heir w
e
er; he dimi
ish
a
d se heir aive pwer f prdi
effes: his be
s
he ver
are f fi
ie ases as sh. Mrever, he are
hemseves passive as we as aive; i
erai
is
iversa
am
he fi
ie ases whih
sie he
iverse f r
dire experie
e: he a aike have passive pe
iai a
d
der ha
e. Nw, if a
e fi
ie ase i
his ssem a
adeqae a
fr he
ew aai evved frm he
pe
ia i
a
si
e press f ha
e,
eiher a
he whe
ssem adeqae a
fr i. Wha is re f hem
disribive is re f hem ake
a eher whe
here is
qesi
f wha be
s heir
are; a
d he fa ha heir
aive pwers a
d passive pe
iaiies _fa shr_ f he
aai f he effes we aribe hem is a fa ha
apperai
s heir ver
are as fi
ie hi
s. The phe
me
f
i
s ha
e i
he
iverse i
vves he
i
s
appeara
e f _
ew aa bei
_. T a
fr his
sa
sream f aai we are f
eessi arried be
d he ssem
f fi
ie, ha
i
bei
isef; we are fred i
fer he
exise
e f a sre a
d pri
ipe whih ms isef be pre
aa a
d exemp frm a ha
ea Bei
wh a
ase a he
aai ha ress frm ha
e wih si
r ai
i
r
ha
i
i
a
wa Himsef, bease He pssesses a fi
ie
aai i
Himsef i
a speremi
e
ma
er whih ra
se
ds a
he effrs f fi
ie hma
i
eie
e mprehe
d r
haraerize i
a
adeqae r psiive ma
effesmehi
ew, smehi
ha was
here befre. Eve
deermi
e
hemseves i
fe
e hers, r reeive he i
fe
e f
hers, si
e he are
depe
de
i
heir bei
e
a
her. He
e he
eessar i
fere
e ha a bei
, a
happe
i
, a ha
e, reqires he
rre
e f a
Abse
Pri
ipe f bei
. Whe
w hi
s a
eah her he Abse
Bei
ms wrk i
a
d wih hem, he same Abse Bei
i
i
sffiie
.
Sh is he prf
d eahi
ab he Divi
e C
rss wih
ever reare.... Gd wrks i
a a
d wih a. He permeaes a
reai, everwhere; here is
bei
be
d Him r i
depe
de
f His
servi
a
d
rri
pwer. Js as reares are
brh i
bei
hrh Gds m
ipe
e, a
d f
hemseves have
i
depe
de
reai, s d he
eed he
sef-same ever-prese
, a-ssai
i
pwer
i
e i
his
bei
a
d devep i b heir aivi. Ever eve
i
Nare is a
ra
sir, passi
phe
me
, s b
d p wih
dii
s a
d
irmsa
es ha i ms disappear ive pae sme her.
Hw d a mde f bei
s i
mpee dishare is f
i
i
exise
e wih he
rre
e f he Firs Case?(78)
We have see
w ha _i
he rea rder_ he pe
ia presppses he
aa; fr he pe
ia a
i
i
ime, b be eer
a i
press f aaizai
; fr
eve
s, i ms be eer
a aaized _b sme her aa bei
_a
psii
whih Arise a
d sme shasis admi be pssibe.
Wheher, he
, we
eive he aaizai
as bei
i
i
ime r as
preedi
frm a eer
i, i is sef-
radir sppse he
pe
ia as apabe f aaizi
isef.
I is ikewise re ha he aa preedes he pssibe _i
he rder f
r k
wede_. The
ep f a hi
as pssibe presppses he
ep
f ha hi
as aa; fr he pssibe is
dersd be pssibe
b is i
eiibe reai
aa exise
e. This is evide
re f exri
si pssibii; b r k
wede eve
f he i
ri
si
pssibii f a hi
a
be he firs k
wede we pssess i
he
rder f ime. Or firs k
wede is f he aa; fr he mi
ds firs
iive a ms have fr bje eiher isef r smehi
isef.
B i k
ws isef as a
sis ai
a
d herefre aa bei
.
A
d i mes k
w hi
s her ha
isef
b he fa ha sh
her hi
s a p
i eiher immediae r mediae hrh
se
se-
sis
ess; s ha i
ever hphesis is firs k
w
bje is
smehi
aa.(79)
The priri f he aa as mpared wih he pe
ia i
he
rea rder, sess a prf f he exise
e f Gd i
he ma
er
i
diaed abve. I as affrds a refai
f Heeia
m
ism.
The
epi
f he wrd, i
di
a he phe
me
a f mi
d
a
d maer, as he rada sef-ma
ifesai
r evi
f a
pe
ia bei
eer
a aaizi
isef, is a
sef-
radir
epi
. Shasis rih mai
ai
ha
he reaiies frm whih we derive r firs ms absra a
d
ra
se
de
a
i
f bei
i
e
era, are aa reaiies.
Heeia
s seize
he bje f his
i
, ide
if i wih
pre hh, praim i he se reai, a
d e
dw i wih he
pwer f bemi
aa everhi
. I is ma
ifes, herefre,
ha he e
dw pre pe
ia bei
wih he pwer f
aaizi
isef.
Nr a
he fair avid his hare b pi
i
ha
ahh heir sari
-pi
is
aa bei
(wih whih he
shasi phisph f bei
mme
es), e
eiher is i
pssibe r pe
ia bei
, b bei
whih has
eiher f hese
deermi
ai
s, bei
whih absras frm bh, ike he rea
bei
f he shasis (7, 13). Fr hh rea bei
a
be _a
be a
hi
_i
he
rea rder_ wih eiher f hem. There i ms be eiher
aa exise
r ese mere pe
ia. B Heeia
s aim
abse i
deermi
ae bei
be _as sh_ smehi
i
he
rea rder; a
d hh he r disi
ish i frm pe
ia
bei
he
everheess hi
k f i as pe
ia bei
, fr he
disi
a
d repeaed deare ha i a
beme a hi
s,
a
d des beme a hi
s, a
d is
sa
, eer
a
ra
sfrmi
isef b a
i
er
a diaei press i
he
phe
me
a whih
sie he wrds f mi
d a
d maer.
C
rasi
i wih he absra i
er bei
whih he
eive
be he bje f he radii
a meaphsis, he e
dw
i
deermi
ae bei
wih he aive pwer f prdi
, a
d he
passive pe
iai f bemi
, aa everhi
. Ths, i
umbe of hoe aom, a
d ha
ge
volume (of he ame ma) o he
elave de
y o loe
e h hh he aom aggegae ogehe;
hough ome have helda
d ea
ly
o
o
evableha exaly
he ame maeal e
y, a
aom le u ay, may be apable of _eal_
o
ao
a
d expa
o
, a
d o of _eal_ ha
ge of volume: a d
fom he _appae
_ o
ao
a
d expa
o
of bode, a ha
ge hh
uppoed o be due o ha
ge of de
y, _.e._ o deeae o
eae
he dme
o
of he poe o
ee beee
he malle o
ue
pa o moleule. Hoeve h may be, he aemp o edue all ha
ge
phyal
aue o mee _meha
al_ ha
ge _.e._ o paal moo
of he mae (_mola_ moo
), he moleule (_moleula_ moo
), a
d
he aom o ohe ulmae ompo
e
of mae (hehe vbaoy,
u
dulaoy, oaoy o a
lao
al moo
), have
eve bee
afaoy.
Qualave ha
ge de ha
maeal ha
ge, fo
lude ha
ge
pual be
g, _.e._
be
g hh ae oude he aegoy of
qua
y a
d have a mode of exe
e alogehe dffee
fom he
exe
o
al, paal exe
e hh haaeze mae. Whe
, fo
a
e, he huma
m
d aque k
oledge, u
degoe qualave
ha
ge. Bu mae, oo, ha quale, a
d ubje o qualave
ha
ge. I e
doed h _ave_ quale, _.e._ h poe, foe,
e
ege, heeby a
o meely pefom meha
al ok by podu
g
loal ha
ge
he dbuo
of ma houghou pae, bu alo
podue phyal a
d hemal ha
ge hh eem a lea o be dffee
he
aue fom mee meha
al ha
ge. I lkee e
doed h
_pave_ quale hh appea o he e
e o be of vaou k
d,
dffe
g fom o
e a
ohe a
d fom he meha
al o qua
ave
haae of ze, hape, moo
, e, e. Whle hee lae ae
alled pmay quale of bodebeaue o
eved o be moe
fu
dame
al a
d moe loely
hee
he eal a
d objeve
aue of
maeo ommo
e
ble (_e
bla ommu
a_), beaue peepble
by moe ha
o
e of ou exe
al e
ehe fome ae alled eo
day
quale, beaue o
eved o be le haae of he eal a
d
objeve
aue of mae, a
d moe lagely ubjeve podu of ou
o
e
e
og
ve avyo pope e
ble (_e
bla
popa_), beaue eah of hem appehe
ded by o
ly o
e of ou exe
al
e
e: olou, ou
d, ae, odou, empeaue, maeal ae o
exue (_e.g._ ough
e, lqudy, of
e, e.). No abou all hee
peeved quale a
d he ha
ge he queo
ha bee
aed: Ae
hey, a uh, _.e._ a peeved by u, eally
he maeal h
g o
bode hh make up he phyal u
vee, a
d eally dffee
hee
bode fom he qua
ave fao a
d moo
of he lae? O, a
uh, ae hey
o ahe paally o holly ubjeve
phe
ome
apodu, a lea
pa, of ou o
e
e peepo
, ae
of ou o
o
ou
e, hav
g
oh
g eally oepo
d
g o hem
he exe
al mae of he u
vee beyo
d he qua
ave, meha
al
fao a
d moo
heeby mae a upo
ou faule of e
e
og
o
a
d podue hee ae of o
ou
e
u? Th a
queo
of he f mpoa
e, he oluo
of hh belo
g o
Epemology. Aole ould
o allo ha he objeve maeal
u
vee a
be de
uded,
he ay ju uggeed, of quale a
d
qualave ha
ge; a
d hola phloophe have alay held he ame
ge
eal ve. Wha e have o
oe hee, hoeve,
egad o he
queo
mply h, ha eve
f he old of mae ee hu
mplfed by a
fe
g all qualave ha
ge o he ubjeve doma
of o
ou
e, he ealy of qualave ha
ge a
d all he poblem
a
g fom ould ll pe. To a
fe qualave ha
ge fom
obje o ubje, fom mae o m
d, ea
ly omeh
g vey
dffee
fom expla
g a eduble o qua
ave o meha
al
ha
ge. The mplfao
hu effeed ould be moe appae
ha
eal:
ould be mplfy
g he old of mae by a
fe
g omplexy
o he old of m
d. Th o
deao
o
e hh omeme lo
gh of by e
ho adva
e meha
al hypohee a ulmae
expla
ao
of he
aue a
d ave of he phyal u
vee.
If all maeal h
g a
d poee ould be ulmaely a
alyed
o
o
fguao
a
d loal moo
of pae-oupy
g aom, homoge
eou
aue a
d dffe
g o
ly
ze a
d hape, he
eah of hee ulmae
aom fao ould be elf exemp fom
ha
ge a o o
ee
e a
d
dvdualy. I
h hypohe hee ould be eally
o
uh h
g a _uba
al_ ha
ge. The olleo
of aom ould fom a
belef of me
ha alay bee
ha eve
h doma
of ealy hee
ae fu
dame
ally dffee
_k
d_ of mae, k
d hh dffe fom o
e
a
ohe
o meely
he hape a
d ze a
d o
fguao
a
d aa
geme
of he ulmae _aual_ o
ue
, bu eve
he vey uba
e o
aue of hee o
ue
; a
d ha hee ae ome maeal ha
ge
hh affe he aual uba
e elf of he mae hh u
degoe
hem. Th belef hola, aga
follo
g Aole, hold o be a
oe belef, a
d o
e hh ell gou
ded
eao
. A
d h belef
u
volve he ve ha evey ype of aual maeal
e
yhehe meely
oga
, o e
doed h lfe, o eve
alled h
a hghe, pual mode of be
g a
he ae of ma
hmelf
_ee
ally ompoe_, ee
ally a y
he of _poe
al_ a
d
_aual_ p
ple of be
g, a
d heefoe apable of _uba
al_
ha
ge. The aually ex
g maeal be
g hola debe a
_maea eu
da_, he A; uy na
ac, wc acuazd n a acua
nd ma,
y dcb a _maa ma_, A;
acuazn, cyn, mav nc, y dna a _ma
ubana_ (). A
d si
e he pre pe
ia pri
ipe a
aa exis exep as aaized b sme frmaive pri
ipe, a
sbsa
ia ha
e r ra
sii
frm
e sbsa
ia pe a
her is
be pired i
he imai
ai
, whih a
aai
he se
sibe. We ma hep rseves rasp hem
i
eea b he a
a f he shapeess bk f marbe a
d he
fire eded herefrm b he spr, b his is
a
a
a: js
as he sae ress frm he
i
f a
_aide
a_ frm wih a
exisi
maer, s his maer isef, he sbsa
e _marbe_, is
mpsed f a _sbsa
ia_ frm a
d a primrdia, _pe
ia_ maer. B
here he a
a eases.
Frhermre, whe
we
sider ha he prper a
d primar bjes f he
hma
i
ee isef are rprea hi
s r bdies, a
d ha hese
bdies aa exis i
are
as mpsie sbsa
es, sbje
esse
ia r sbsa
ia ha
e, we sha reaize wh i is ha he
ep f _maeria prima_ espeia, bei
a mediae a
d
eaive
ep, is s diffi rasp; fr, as he shasis desribe i,
ra
sai
Arises frma, i is i
isef _
eqe qid,
eqe
qa
m,
eqe qae,
eqe aiqid erm qibs e
s deermi
ar_.(81)
B i is hrh i
eea
eps a
e, a
d
hrh imai
ai
_imma
e
_ a
d _ra
siive_ aivi is as appied ha
eha is,
ha
e
sidered as a press,
he res f he ha
e, ha
e
_i
fieri_,
_i
fa esse_. Imma
e
mveme
r aivi (_mi_,
_ai imma
e
s_) is ha f whih he erm, he eded aai, remai
s
wihi
he ae
whih aer is herefre a
e bh _ae
s_ a
d
_paie
s_. ia ai
is f his ki
d. Tra
siive mveme
r aivi,
he her ha
d (_mi_, _ai ra
sie
s_), is ha f whih he erm
is sme aai eded i
a bei
her ha
he ae
. The _paie
s_ is
here rea disi
frm he _ae
s_; a
d i is i
he frmer,
i
he
aer, ha he ha
e akes pae: _ai fi i
pass_. A ha
e i
he i
ra
i
iverse is f his sr (101).
reai
is aa exise
e a
d is i
ri
si pssibii (7,
_a_).
_Exisi
_ r _bei
_ (i
he pariipia se
se: esse, _exisere_,
) s smple, nefn ble noton. A beng s s to exst wen t
s not merely possble but ctu l, wen t s not merely potent l n ts
ctve n p ssve c uses but s become ctu l troug tose c uses
(_exstere_: _ex-ssto_: _ex-st re_: to st n fort, stnct from ts
c uses); or, f t ve no c uses, wen t smply s (_esse_),n wc
sense Go, te Necess ry, purely Actu l Beng, smply _s_. Tus,
exstence mples te noton of ctu lty, n s conceve s t t by
wc ny tng or essence _s, stnct from notngness, n te ctu l
orer_.(83) Or, g n, t s _te ctu lty of ny tng or essence_.
About ny concev ble beng we m y s
two stnct questons: (_ _) W t
s t? n (_b_) Does suc
beng ctu lly exst? Te nswer to te
former gves us te _essence_, w t s presente to te mn troug te
concept; te nswer to te l tter nforms us bout te ctu l _exstence_
of te beng or essence n queston.
To te mn of ny nvu l m n te re l exstence ( s lso te re l
essence) of ny beng w tsoever, not exceptng s own, c n be
nown only
troug ts e l presence n s mn, troug te concept or percept
wereby t becomes for m
nown object, n _objectum cogntum_. But
ts ctu l presence of
nown beng to te
nowng mn must not be
vn bn, a nn bn, a ana anmaa _abac_, and a
m nad ua, nn m xaun
nwab ay. Bu
ny n a a mnd ab n cnc ndvdua
n by uc abac cnc, a can aan _ncua_
nwd nau ay. Hnc a by m
nc, my and _n add_, w away man nc a ad
by abac nc cc cnc (, _speies_), a
d as hs
apabe f defi
ii
(, _rai rei_). The esse
e, sas S.
Thmas, is ha b whih he hi
is
sied i
is prper e
s r
speies, a
d whih we si
if b he defi
ii
whih saes wha he
hi
is.(85) Ths
dersd, he esse
e is absra, a
d ives he
speifi r e
eri pe whih he i
divida hi
be
s; b we ma
as mea
b esse
e, he
ree esse
e, he i
divida pers
r hi
(_pers
a_, _sppsim_, _res i
divida_). The reai
s bewee
he
bjes f hse w
eps f esse
e wi be exami
ed aer.
Si
e he speifi esse
e is
eived as he ms f
dame
a reai i
he hi
, a
d as he sea a
d sre f a he prperies a
d aiviies
f he hi
, i is smeimes defi
ed r desribed, i
arda
e wih
his
i
f i, as he primar
siive f he hi
a
d he sre
f a he prperies f he hi
. C
eived as he f
dai
f a he
prperies f he hi
i is smeimes aed _sbsa
e_ (,
_ubt nti _). Reg rded the urce the thing ctivitie, nd the
principe it grwth r devepment, it i c ed the _n ture_ the
thing (, _
ara_, frm , _
ao_).(86)
S
e ha make a h
g ha hh , by he ame fa dffee
ae
h h
g fom evey ohe h
g, he ee
e ghly o
eved a
ha hh gve he h
g haae be
g, heeby mak
g
off fom all ohe be
g. I
ealy, of oue, eah
dvdual be
g
d
by all ha fom evey ohe. Bu
e e ge ou
elleual k
oledge of h
g by aba
g, ompa
g, ge
ealz
g,
a
d lafy
g paal ape of hem, e appehe
d pa of he
mpefely gaped aba ee
e of eah
dvdual a ommo
o ohe
lae (ge
e), a
d pa a peula o ha la elf
(dffee
al); a
d hu e dffee
ae lae of h
g by ha
o
ly pa of he ee
e, by ha e all he _dffee
a_ of eah
la, _d
guh
g me
ally_ beee
a
d he ge
e eleme
: hh
o ae eally _o
e_, eally de
al,
evey
dvdual of he pee
hu def
ed a
d lafed.
Bu
he Aoela
a
d hola ve of he o
uo
of a
y
_opoeal_ h
g, hee a da
ge of ak
g ha eally o
ly pa of
he ee
e of uh a h
g fo he hole ee
e. Aod
g o h ve
all opoeal uba
e ee
ally ompoe, o
ued by o
eally d
, uba
al p
ple, pmal mae ( ,
_m ter prm _) n subst nt l form (, ) und ubanay,
a na and acua nc, m n cm nau
nc. Nw
nd, c, cc y, wc a bdy
bn_.._, a , an a
, d, wa, c.dnd un
ubana m wc acuaz ma na nc. In
a a ca nc
nwn u a a
nwn u
m, wc nc a caacc and
acv a acua
nd bdy. Hnc u naua a
, , _ma ubana_ a bdy ud n b
d a cc nc bdy, u cu
nc bdy ay ncud maa a w a ma
ac.
W may
a nc any bn m w n vw. I w
b, n w nunc nncay mb. F u mnd,
abnc nna ncmaby n cnn u cnc any
bjc nnc by. Wav u
w cnd caab xn. Bu wa abu by
n, ac, nc mv, wby w dn
nc, and by unn wc w cncv nc b
cnud? Hw d w
nw a abac nc acn
n wc can acuay x an, nc a a abaccan n
can cmbnan m _b_ bjc u? W can
nw
ny bcau w av xncd uc bjc a acua, bcau
w n by m bjc acuay xncd. And
may u
nwd wa mb bad un u xnc
acua. Snc, mv, u xnc acua n and
ab, w may n u judmn a wa nc a, and wa
a n, nncay b.(91)
I nw w a
uv wa nb an can w an
caacc ju ndcad a bnn b nc, w mu
x u ann a n undamna ac a uman
nc away and bjc _n an abac cndn_. I
cnma nc aa m xnc n wc nc
ubjc ccumanc m and ac and can; a
nc n a ac cndn a my dnca w and dnc
m a ; nc a ndn xnc a any
ac m; cn n n acuazan nc n
xn d n, and nc a caab
ndn acuazan (xc n ca w m an
cnay), _.._ _unvaz_ nc; cman w
cnun n mn, and w nc,
and am can an ( dny dvy,
cmaby ncmaby, bwn n mn) a
dn d _ncay_ and _mmuaby_, and ndndny
acua mbdmn n mn n any bjc xn a any
acua ac m. A au an bwn
cnun abac, b nc, m a b ad uay
accund by ac a nc and nc _n
abac_: daa n wc and m bn vn
u n xnc. Wa may b nd m ac a
uman nc a w abac u, an
un(92). Bu ann a d and nc n mann,
w m av n ac a ucn xanan au ju
d .
W av, wv, aady ud un abu ay
b nc. I by, a a
nwn u,
xand by u xnc acua n? O mu w n
m a
nay, ncay and mmuaby b? Fm mann n wc w
mu and m, can w n anyn abu ay an
Ena, Immuab, Ncay Innc, n w Tu and Enc
an nc, a andd by u mnd, can nd uma
und and xanan? T a un w mu nw ndavu
xamn.
16. POSSIBLE ESSENCES AS SUCH ARE SOMETHING DISTINCT FROM MERE LOGICAL
BEING, AND FROM NOTHINGNESS.T av bn w av d
a acua an a, and ny w acua; a a uy
(nncay) b nc a uc nn a; a acua
an b; a uy b a uc mb. T
vw bad n nu aumn a wav bcm
acua , bcm , by m unnb aac
u
de hh Plao oe uh paage a he follo
g: Bu f
a
yo
e hould ell me hy a
yh
g beauful, ehe beaue
ha a bloom
g, flod olou, o fgue, o a
yh
g ele of he
k
d, I dm all ohe eao
, fo I am o
fou
ded by hem
all; bu I mply, holly, a
d pehap
avely, o
f
e myelf o
h, ha
oh
g ele aue o be beauful, exep ehe
he pee
e o ommu
ao
of ha aba beauy, by haeve
mea
a
d
haeve ay ommu
aed; fo I a
o ye affm
h ea
y, bu o
ly ha by mea
of beauy all beauful
h
g beome beauful ( ). F
aa m a anw v b my and ,
and adn I n
a I a nv a [n
_
fe, by eao
g_, h ee
al,
eeay, a
d mmuable
deal be
g of hee ame ee
e
he Dv
e M
d.
The o
deao
uged
he foego
g paagaph ll,
hoeve, have ho
ha he valdy of h l
e of eao
g
fom poble ee
e o he ealy of a
Ee
al, Dv
e,
Immuable I
ellge
e by
o mea
evde
o fee fom
e lgh upo
he
pobly of poble ee
e.
S
e, hoeve, ou k
oledge of he Dv
e meely a
alogal,
a
d
e God
uo
of poble ee
e, a mao
of
H o
Dv
e Ee
e, ompleely a
e
d ou ompehe
o
,
a
d oally dffee
fom ou abave k
oledge of uh
ee
e, ou o
epo
of he ma
e
hh hee ee
e ae
elaed o he Dv
e Naue a
d he Dv
e Abue, mu be
deem
ed afe he a
alogy of he ma
e
hh ou o
m
d
ae elaed o hee ee
e.
20. ESSENCES ARE INTRINSICALLY POSSIBLE, NOT BECAUSE GOD CAN MAKE THEM
EXIST ACTUALLY; NOR YET BECAUSE HE FREELY WILLS THEM TO BE POSSIBLE; NOR
BECAUSE HE UNDERSTANDS THEM AS POSSIBLE; BUT BECAUSE THEY ARE MODES IN
WHICH THE DIINE ESSENCE IS IMITABLE _ad exa_.(_a_) The ulmae oue
of he _ex
_ pobly of all o
ge
eale he Dv
e
Om
poe
e: ju a he poxmae oue of he ex
pobly of
a aue he poe of he ulpo o edue fom he blok of ood
o mable. Bu ju a he poe of he ulpo peuppoe he
_
_ pobly of he aue, o doe he Dv
e Om
poe
e
peuppoe he
pobly of all poble h
g. I
o, a
Wllam of Okam ( 1347), a hola of he deade
peod,
eo
eouly hough, beaue God a
eae h
g ha uh h
g ae
ally poble, bu ahe beaue hey ae
ally poble
He a
eae hem.
(_b_) No le eo
eou he _volu
a_ heoy of Deae,
aod
g o hh poble ee
e ae
ally poble beaue
God feely lled hem o be poble.(108) The _aualy_ of all eaed
h
g depe
d, of oue, o
he fee ll of God o eae hem; bu
ha poble ee
e ae ha hey ae, a
d ae elaed o eah ohe
he elao
of God o he old of ou de expee
e
eealy bae
a
d fule. Th a phae of ag
om;
a
d, lke all eo, he exaggeao
of a uh: he uh
be
g ha hle e may eah eal k
oledge abou he Dv
e
Naue a
d abue by uh peulao
, e a
do o o
ly o
o
do
ha e ae guded by a
aloge da
fom God
eao
, a
d emembe ha ou o
ep, a appled o God, ae
a
alogal (2).
We a
k
o God o
ly by a
alogy h o
ge
a
d f
e
be
g, a
d o
eque
ly he eale a
d la of he o
ge
a
d f
e old mu
eealy eve a ou em of ompao
.
Bu, amo
g f
e eale, e ee a
ee
al ubod
ao
of
he ex
ally poble o he
ellgble, of h o he
ally poble, a
d of h aga
o he ee
al ype
hh peuppoed by ou hough. Theefoe, _a pa_, e mu
o
de he om
poe
ll of God, hh he f a
d
u
veal aue of all [o
ge
] exe
e, a u
de he
deo
of he Dv
e Om
e
e, a
d h
u
a hav
g
fo obje he Dv
e Ee
e a
d
he ee
al ype
hoe
pobly gou
ded o
he
eeay
mably of he Dv
e Be
g.
Whe
, heefoe,
defe
e of h poo
, Deae ague
ha I
God ll
g a
d k
o
g ae o
e a
d he ame; he eao
hy He k
o a
yh
g beaue He ll , a
d fo h eao
o
ly a
be ue: _Ex ho po quod Deu alqud vel, deo
og
o, e deo a
um al e e vea_he o
ly
o
fu
g he ue. We mgh,
deed, eo he agume
: I
God ll
g a
d k
o
g ae o
e a
d he ame; he eao
hy He
ll a
yh
g beaue He k
o , a
d fo h eao
o
ly
a
be good: _Ex ho po quod alqud og
o, deo vul, e
deo a
um al e e bo
a_, bu boh
fee
e ae equally
u
aa
ed. Fo, hough ll
g a
d k
o
g ae ea
ly o
e a
d
he ame _
God_, h o
e a
d he ame h
g fomally a
d fo
ou m
d
ehe ll
o
elle, bu a ealy a
e
d
g
ll a
d
elle, a uba
e
f
ely above a
y uba
e
k
o
o u: , _pert nt _, the F ther of the
Chrch nd the Doctor of the Schoo c t. Bt of th
tr ncendent t nce we h ve no nttve
nowedge. We mt
therefore ether ndon ttempt to fnd ot nythng ot
t, or ee pprehend t nd degn te t fter the n ogy of
wh t we
now from drect experence ot cre ted fe nd mnd.
And n cre tre w not dentc wth nteect, nor
ether of thee wth the n tre of the eng th t poee them;
o wh t we conceve n God nder the concept of w, we mt not
dentfy n thoght wth wh t we conceve n Hm nder the concept
of nteect, nor m y we wth mpnty confond ether n or
thoght wth the N tre or Eence of the Dvne Beng.(109)
(_c_) Phoopher who deny the v dty of the rgment dv nced y
thet n proof of the extence of tr ncendent Spreme Beng,
dtnct from the word of drect hm n experence, ende vor to ccont
n v ro w y for the ntrnc poty of tr ct eence.
Agnotc ether deny to thee tter ny re ty wh toever (16), or ee
dec re the proem of ther re ty noe. Mont of the m ter t
typewho try to redce mnd to m tter nd t mere mech nc energe
(11)tre t the qeton n t more n deq te nd n tf ctory
m nner; whe the dvoc te of de tc monm,
e Hege nd h
foower, refer to the ppoed Imm nent Mnd of the nvere for n
tm te exp n ton of ntrnc poty. Cert ny th mt
h ve t tm te orce n ome mnd; nd t not n referrng to n
of the re ton of _poe_ eence ch to extence. The poe
eence of contngent eng, ch, h no re ty otde the Dvne
Eence, Inteect, W, nd Omnpotence. Before the word w cre ted
the poe eence of the eng th t conttte t were cert ny
re y dtnct from the ct extence of thee eng whch do
conttte the cre ted nvere. On th pont there c n e no dfference
of opnon. To contend th t t on the etern re ty of the poe
eence th t ct extence pervene, when
contngent eng egn
to ext, wod e eqv ent to contendng th t t the Dvne Eence
th t ecome ct n the phenomen of or experence: whch the error
of P nthem.
Ag n, efore contngent thng come nto ct extence t m y e
vrt y nd potent y n the ctve power nd p ve potent te
of other ct y extng contngent thng: the o
, for nt nce,
n the p ve potent ty of the corn nd n the ctve power of the
n tr gence wherey t evoved from the corn; or the t te n
the oc
of m re nd n the mnd nd rttc power of the cptor.
Bt nether there ny qeton here of the re ton of ch potent
eng or eence
thng h n t c e to the ct extence of
th thng when ct y prodced. Wh tever eng or eence t h n t
ctve nd p ve c e cert ny re y dtnct from the extence
whch the thng h when t h een ct y prodced. Nor there ny
dot or dpte ot th pont. At the me tme mch controvery
de to mndert ndng rng from confon of thoght whch f
to dtngh etween the eence prey poe, the eence
vrt y or potent y n t c e, nd the eence ct y
extng. It ot the dtncton etween the tter nd t extence
th t the whoe qeton r ed. And t mt e orne n mnd th t th
eence, whether t re y dtnct from t extence or not,
tef potve re ty from the moment t cre ted or prodced. The
qeton whether the cre tve or prodctve ctwherey th eence
p ced otde t c e, nd now no onger merey poe, or
merey vrt or potent n t c e, t omethng re _n
tef_h for t term _one re ty_, or _two re te_, _vz._ the
eence re jectve potent ty of extence, nd the extent
ct or perfecton wherey t conttted ct y extent.(117)
The qeton excvey concerned wth the eence whch eg n to
ext when the contngent eng c me nto ct extence, nd whch
ce e to ext when, or f, th eng g n p e ot of ct
extence; nd the qeton whether th eence whch ct y ext
re y dtnct from the extence wherey t ct y ext. Fn y,
the qeton concern the eence nd extence of ny nd every ct
contngent re ty, whether ch re ty e t nce or n ccdent. Of
core t prm ry concerned wth the eence nd extence of
t nce; t t o ppe to the eence nd extence of ccdent
n o f r thee tter w e fond to e re y dtnct from the
t nce n whch they nhere, nd to h ve re ty proper to themeve.
23. THE THEORY OF DISTINCTIONS IN ITS APPLICATION TO THE QUESTION.In the
next p ce, wh t re we to ndert nd y _re _ dtncton n th
m tter? Amgty nd ocrty of thoght n reg rd to the theory of
_dtncton_, nd n reg rd to the ppc ton of the theory to the
preent qeton, h een pro y the mot ferte orce of mch
tedo nd frte controvery n th connexon.
Antcp tng wh t w e condered more fy t
ter t ge (30), we
mt note here the two m n c e of dtncton whch, y refectng on
or thoght-procee, we dcover etween the oject of or thoght. The
hh i des, we a
dersa
d
hi
ab his
are
be
d wha is i
eiibe i
i i
vire f is frm. The
maeria pri
ipe,
he her ha
d, is he pe
ia,
i
deermi
ae pri
ipe, i
isef
i
eiibe. We k
w ha i
a
ie
Greek phisph i was rearded as he , he srd
a
d
i
e
pri
ipe i
hi
s, he eeme
whih resised
rai
a a
asis a
d fe side he spe f sie
e, r
k
wede f he
eessar a
d
iversa. Whie i reveaed he
frms r
ares f hi
s se
se, i remai
ed isef impervis
i
ee, whih rasped hese
ares a
d re
dered hem
i
eiibe
b divesi
hem f maer, b absrai
hem
frm maer. Reai is i
eiibe
i
s far frh as i is
immaeria, eiher i
fa r b absrai
. The hma
i
ee,
bei
isef spiria, is reepive f frms wih maer.
B bei
isef aied wih maer, is prper bje is
e
her ha
he
ares r esse
es f rprea hi
s,
absraed, hwever, frm he maer i
whih he are aa
immersed. The
reas
, herefre, wh a
i
eiibe frm
r esse
e whih, as absra a
d
iversa, is
e fr
i
ee, is
everheess aa r pe
ia ma
ifd i
aa reai, f a
i
eiibe frm r esse
e. If he aer
is maeria i a
be aaized
b i
defi
ie repeaed,
be
adeqae apprehe
ded b i
ee; fr a i
eiibe
pri
ipes f reai are frma, whereas he i
dividai
pri
ipe is maeria.
O
he her ha
d, if a
i
eiibe esse
e r frm be pre
spiria, wh
reaed a
i
deermi
ae, maeria
pri
ipe, i ms be
e
a
e
epa r ia
b as rea: i a
exis
as
e: i is f isef
i
divida: i a
be differe
iaed frm her spiria esse
es
maeria b
frma, r, i
her wrds,
be w
meria a
d
e
speifia, w fr se
se a
d
e fr i
ee, as w me
are:
if he are disi
a a he ms be disi
fr i
ee,
_i.e._ he a
be prper
eived as w members f he
same speies.
I
his si
f he qesi
i is
eas see hw he
maeria pri
ipe, whih, b is aia
e wih qa
i,
i
dividaes he frm, is isef i
dividaed s as be he
sre a
d pri
ipe f a mipii f
meria disi
a
d
i
mm
iabe reaizai
s f his frm. Perhaps he ms ha
a
be said
his pi
is ha we ms
eive qa
i, whih
is he f
dame
a prper f rprea reai, as bei
isef
esse
ia divisibe, a
d he maeria pri
ipe as derivi
frm
is esse
ia reai
qa
i is f
i
f mipi
he
same speifi
are
meria.
Of hse wh reje he Thmisi dri
e sme few
e
d ha i is he
_aa exise
e_ f a
speifi
are ha shd be
eived as
i
dividai
he aer. N db he
iversa as sh a
exis;
reai i
rder exis aa ms be i
divida. Ye i a
be
aa exise
e ha i
dividaes i. We ms
eive i as i
divida
befre
eivi
i as aa exise
; a
d we a
eive i as
i
divida whie absrai
frm is exise
e. We a
hi
k, fr
i
sa
e, f pre pssibe i
divida me
, r a
es, as
meria r
i
divida disi
frm
e a
her. Mrever, wha i
dividaes he
be he
pri
ipe f i
dividai
.(149) Ca
i be
e
ded ha _pssibe_
exise
e is wha i
dividaes reai? N; fr pssibe exise
e is
hi
mre ha
i
ri
si apai exis aa, a
d his is
esse
ia a reai: i is he rieri
whereb we disi
ish rea
bei
frm ia bei
; b rea bei
, as sh, is i
differe
iversai r i
dividai; as far as he simpe
ep f rea bei
is
er
ed he aer ma be eiher
iversa r i
divida; he
ep
absras eqa frm eiher
dii
f bei
.
The vas majri, herefre, f hse wh reje he Thmisi dri
e
i
dividai
, sppr he view ha wha i
dividaes a
are r
sbsa
e is simp he whe reai, he a e
i, f he
i
divida. This a e
i f he i
divida, hh rea ide
ia
wih he speifi
are, ms be
eived as smehi
psiive,
speradded he aer, fr i i
vves a smehi
whih is ia
r me
a disi
frm he aer. This smehi
is wha we
eive
as a _differe
ia i
divida_, afer he a
a f he _differe
ia
speifia_ whih
ras he
ep f he e
s ha f he
speies; a
d b Siss i has bee
ermed _haeeias_ r his
ess.
Wih si
he Sis ermi
, ms f hse shasis wh
reje he Thmis dri
e
his pi
advae he prese
view. The
i
dividai r his
ess f he i
divida sbsa
e is rearded as
havi
speia pri
ipe i
he i
divida, her ha
he whe
sbsa
ia e
i f he aer. If he
are is simpe i is f isef
i
divida; if mpsie, he i
ri
si pri
ipes frm whih i
ress_i.e._ maer a
d frm esse
ia
iedsffie i
dividae
i.
I
his view, herefre, he maeria pri
ipe f a
i
divida ma
, fr
exampe, is
meria a
d i
divida disi
frm ha f a
her
i
divida, _f isef_ a
d i
depe
de
f is reai
eiher he
frmaive pri
ipe r qa
i. The frmaive pri
ipe, , is
i
dividaed _f isef_, a
d
b he maeria pri
ipe whih is
rea disi
frm i, r b is reai
his maeria pri
ipe.
Likewise he
i
f bh pri
ipes, whih is a sbsa
ia mde f he
mpsie sbsa
e, is i
dividaed a
d re
dered
meria disi
frm a her
i
s f hese w i
divida pri
ipes,
b eiher r
bh hese, b b isef. A
d fi
a, he i
divida mpsie sbsa
e
has is i
dividai
frm hese w i
ri
si pri
ipes hs
i
divida
ied.
I ma be dbed, perhaps, wheher his aemp a expai
i
he
rea, i
divida ma
ifd
ess f wha is
e fr i
ee,
_i.e._ he
iversa, hrws a
rea ih p
he prbem. N
db, ever eeme
r far whih is rasped b i
ee i
is a
asis f reaimaer, frm, sbsa
e, aide
,
qa
i,
a, eve
i
dividai isefis apprehe
ded as
absra a
d
iversa; a
d if we hd he dri
e f Mderae
Reaism, ha he i
ee i
apprehe
di
he
iversa aai
s
reai, a
d
mere a ia fime
f is w
reai
, he prbem f reai
i
eiib he reai whih
is
e fr i
ee wih he same reai as ma
ifes
ma
ifd i
is
ree reaizai
s fr se
se, is a e
i
e
phisphia prbem. T sa ha wha i
dividaes a
rea
esse
e r
are, wha deprives i f he
e
ess a
d
iversai whih i has fr i
ee, wha makes i his,
ha, r he her i
mm
iabe i
divida, ms be
eived be simp he whe esse
ia reai f ha
are
isefeaves s si i
i
ra
e as wh sh a
are, whih
is rea
e fr i
ee, a
be rea ma
ifd i
is
aaizai
s fr se
se experie
e. The reas
wh he
are
whih is
e a
d
iversa fr absra hh, a
d whih is
dbed
a ia e
i b a reai apabe f aa
exise
e, a
be aaized as a ma
ifd f disi
i
dividas, ms be sh, we are i
i
ed hi
k, i
he
reai
f his
are a maeria pri
ipe i
aia
e wih
qa
i whih is he sre f a pre
meria, spae a
d
ime disi
i
s.
33. INDIIDUATION OF ACCIDENTS.The re f qa
i i
he Thmisi
her f i
dividai
sess he qesi
: Hw are aide
s
hemseves i
dividaed? We have referred aread (29, _
._) he view
ha he are i
dividaed b he i
divida sbjes r sbsa
es i
whih he i
here. If we disi
ish aai
bewee
wha _reveas_
i
dividai a
d wha _
sies i_, here a
be
db ha whe
aide
s f he same ki
d are f
d i
i
divida disi
sbjes
meria disi
i
bewee
simiar aide
s arisi
i
hese
sbsa
es. B whe
he same ki
d f aide
rers sessive i
he
same i
divida sbsa
eas, fr exampe, whe
a ma
perfrms repeaed
as f he same ki
dwha reveas he
meria r i
divida disi
i
bewee
hese aer a
be he i
divida sbsa
e, fr i is
e a
d
he same, b raher he _ime_ disi
i
bewee
he aide
s
hemseves.
The i
ri
si
siive pri
ipe whih frma i
dividaes he
aide
s f i
divida disi
sbsa
es is, ardi
Thmiss
e
era, heir esse
ia reai
he i
divida sbsa
es i
whih
he appear. I is
ear hw his her a
be appied he
f
dame
a aide
f rprea sbsa
es. If he f
i
f frma
i
dividai
he rprea sbsa
e isef is be asribed i
a
measre _qa
i_, i wd seem fw ha his aer ms be
rearded as i
dividaed b isef, b is w
a e
i r reai.
A
d his is he view hed b ms her shasis i
reard he
i
dividai
f aide
s e
era: ha hese, ike sbsa
es, are
i
dividaed b heir w
a psiive reai.
Whe
here is qesi
f he same ki
d f aide
rerri
i
he same
i
divida sbje, he ime disi
i
bewee
sh sessive
i
divida aide
s f he same ki
d wd appear
mere _revea_
heir i
dividai b as i
diae a differe
reai
f eah
is sbje as exisi
a ha pariar pi
f spae a
d ime: s
ha he reai
f he aide
is i
divida sbje, as here a
d
w exisi
i
he
ree, wd be he i
dividai
pri
ipe f he
aide
.
Wheher a
mber f aide
s f he same _speies i
fima_, a
d disi
mere
meria, d exis sima
es i
he same i
divida
sbje, is a qesi
whih shasi phisphers are
areed:
he
eaive pi
i
, whih has he ahri f S. Thmas, bei
he
mre prbabe. Thse varis qesi
s
he i
dividai
f aide
s
wi be beer
dersd frm a sbseqe
expsii
f he shasi
dri
e
aide
s (Ch. viii.).
I ma be we remark ha i
i
qiri
ab he i
dividai
f sbsa
es a
d aide
s we have bee
sideri
reai frm
a sai sa
dpi
, seeki
hw we are
eive a
d i
erpre
i
eea, r fr absra hh, he reai
f he
iversa he i
divida. If, hwever, we asribe ime
disi
i
s a
f
i
i
i
dividai
aide
s f he same
ki
d i
he same i
divida sbsa
e, we are i
rdi
i
r
a
asis he ki
ei aspe f reai, r is sbjei
presses f ha
e.
We ma a ae
i
here a few her qesi
s f mi
r
impr disssed b shasis. Firs, have a i
dividas f
he same speies he same _sbsa
ia_ perfei
, r a
i
dividas have differe
rades f sbsa
ia perfei
wihi
are a
be aaized i
differe
rades i
differe
i
dividas. Ardi
he mre mm
pi
i
here a
be
differe
_sbsa
ia_ rades f he same speifi
are, fr
he simpe reas
ha ever sh rade f sbsa
ia perfei
sidered i
he absra. A
d i seems be
firmed b he
siderai
ha he i
ri
si pri
ipe f i
dividai
is
hi
, r adds
hi
, _rea disi
_ frm he speifi
esse
e isef.
A
her qesi
i
exi
wih i
dividai
has derived a
eas a
hisria i
eres frm he
abe
rvers whih
i ave rise i
he seve
ee
h e
r bewee
Carke a
d
Leib
iz. The aer, i
arda
e wih he pri
ipes f his
ssem f phisph,he _Law f Sffiie
Reas
_ a
d he _Law
f C
i
i_ am
he _m
ads_ r imae pri
ipes f
bei
,
e
ded ha w i
divida bei
s s abse aike as
be _i
diser
ibe_ wd be _e ips ide
ia_, i
her
wrds, ha he reai f w sh bei
s is impssibe.
Of rse if we r
eive w i
dividas s abse
aike bh i
esse
e a
d aide
s, bh i
he absra a
d i
he
ree, as be i
diser
ibe eiher b r se
ses r b
r i
ee, r b a
i
eeeve
he Divi
e I
eewe
are simp
eivi
_he same hi
_ wie ver. B is here
a
hi
impssibe r
radir i
hi
ki
ha Gd d
reae w perfe simiar bei
s, disi
frm eah her
i
divida, s simiar, hwever, ha
eiher hma
se
se
r
hma
i
ee d apprehe
d hem as w, b
as
e? The
impssibii is
appare
. Were he w maeria i
dividas
he shd, f rse, p he same spae i
rder have
simiar spaia reai
s, b impe
erabii is
esse
ia
rprea sbsa
es. A
d eve
i
he view ha eah is
i
dividaed b is _maeria si
aa_ i is
impssibe
eive
meria disi
qa
ified maers aied a he
same ime he same dime
si
s f spae. If,
he her ha
d,
here be qesi
f w pre spiris, abse simiar
speifia, eve
i
he Thmisi view ha here he i
divida
disi
i
is a he same ime speifi here seems be
sffiie
r
d fr de
i
ha he Divi
e Om
ipe
e d
reae w r mre sh i
divida (a
d herefre speifia)
disi
spiris:(150) sh disi
i
remai
i
, f rse,
i
diser
ibe fr he fi
ie hma
i
ee.
The arme
f Leib
iz, ha here wd be _
sffiie
reas
_ fr he reai
f w sh i
diser
ibe bei
s, a
d
ha i wd herefre be rep
a
he Divi
e Wisdm, is
exri
si he qesi
f heir i
ri
si pssibii: if he
be i
ri
sia pssibe he a
be rep
a
a
aribe f he Divi
i, eiher he Divi
e Om
ipe
e r
he Divi
e Wisdm.
34. IDENTITY.C
sideri
he rder i
whih we aqire r ideas we are
easi
vi
ed ha he
i
f fi
ie bei
is a
eede
ha f
i
fi
ie bei
. Mrever, i is frm refei
fi
ie bei
s ha we
arrive a he ms absra
i
f bei
i
e
era. We make he bje
f his aer
i
defi
ie
b dividi
i ff me
a frm
hi
ess,
eived _per mdm e
is_, r as a
_e
s rai
is_. Ths
he
ara wa f maki
r
eps defi
ie is b _imii
_ hem; i
is
whe
we me refe
he
eessar impiai
s f r
ep f i
fi
ie bei
ha we reaize he pssibii f
eivi
a bei
whih is _defi
ie_ wih bei
rea _imied_, whih is
defi
ie b he ver fa f is i
fi
i, b is pssessi
f
imied
perfei
; a
d eve
he
r imperfe hma
mde f
eivi
i
fi
ie
bei
is heped b disi
ishi
r dividi
i ff frm a fi
ie
bei
a
d
rasi
i wih he aer. A his es prve he rh
f he eahi
f S. Thmas, ha he me
a f
i
f _dividi
_ r
_disi
ishi
_ preedes r
eps f
i a
d mide. Nw he
eps f _ide
i_ a
d _disi
i
_ are se aied wih hse f
i a
d mide; b he add smehi
hese aer. Whe
we hi
k
f a bei
as
e we ms a
ase i frher, k a i
der differe
aspes, a
d _mpare i wih isef_, befre we a
reard i as _he
same_ r _ide
ia_ wih isef. Or, a eas, we ms hi
k f i wie
a
d mpare i wih isef i
he affirmaive jdme
This is isef,
A is A, hs frmai
he ia _Pri
ipe f Ide
i_, i
rder
me i
pssessi
f he
ep f _ide
i_.(151) Ever
affirmaive aeria jdme
assers _ide
i_ f he prediae wih
he sbje (_S is P_): assers, i
her wrds, ha wha we apprehe
d
der he
i
f he prediae (_P_) is _rea ide
ia_ wih wha we
have apprehe
ded
der he _disi
_
i
f he sbje (_S_). The
s
hei f
i
f he affirmaive aeria jdme
_ide
ifies_ i
be defi
ed; b perhaps we ma desribe i as _he ia reai
represe
(eve
i
adeqae) _a mide_ f hem b _
e_
ep? T
sa ha we a
d s bease he revea hemseves s as _simiar_
e a
her is sa wha is
dbed re; b his des
sve
he prbem f he reai
bewee
he
iversa a
d he i
divida i
hma
experie
e: raher i paes s fae fae wih his prbem.
Reveri
w _rea_ ide
i: whaever we a
prediae affirmaive
ab a bei
sidered as _
e_, a
d as sbje f a jdme
, we reard
as rea ide
ia wih ha bei
. We a
_i
fieri_, b _i
fa esse_. The Pri
ipe f Ide
i, whih
appies a rea bei
, wheher pssibe r aa, es s simp
ha a hi
is wha i is. B fr he
dersa
di
f aa bei
as
sbje rea ha
e we ms sppeme
he Pri
ipe f Ide
i b
a
her pri
ipe whih es s ha sh a
aa bei
is
aa wha i is (Pri
ipe f Ide
i), b as ha i _is
pe
ia smehi
her ha
wha i aa is, ha i is
pe
ia wha i a
beme aa_ (Ch. ii.).
We have see
ha, si
e ha
e is
i
s a
ihiai
a
d
reai
, he ha
i
bei
ms i
sme rea a
d re se
se _persis_
hrh he press f ha
e. I is frm experie
e f ha
e we
derive r
i
f ime-drai
; a
d he
ep f perma
e
e r
sabii hrh ha
e ives s he
i
f a rea same
ess r
abidi
sef-ide
i whih is mpaibe wih rea ha
e. B a bei
whih persiss i
exise
e is ide
ia wih isef hrh is
drai
i
s far frh as i has
ha
ed. O
he Neessar
Bei
, whse drai
is abse exemp frm a ha
e, is
_abse_ r _meaphsia_ ide
ia wih Himsef: His drai
is
eer
iwhih is
e perpea,
ha
i
_
w_. A bei
whih persiss
ha
ed i
is esse
e r
are, whih is exemp frm sbsa
ia
ha
e, b whih is sbje aide
a ha
e, a sessi
f
aide
a qaiies sh as via ai
ssh a bei
is said reai
ms
be
f
ded wih a mere _verba_ disi
i
, _e.._ ha
bewee
a
edifie a
d a bidi
, r bewee
rhf
ess a
d
verai. A ia disi
i
is a disi
i
_i
he
eps_:
hese ms represe
e a
d he same reai b i
differe
was: he
e ma be mre expii, mre f a
ased ha
he her, as a
defi
ii
is i
mparis
wih he hh-bje defi
ed; r he
e
ma represe
he bje ess adeqae ha
he her, as whe
we
mpare (i
i
e
si
) he
eps ma
a
d a
ima; r he
e ma be
prediaed f he her i
a
affirmaive jdme
; r he
e ma
represe
he bje as
ree a
d i
divida, he her he same bje
as absra a
d
iversa.(153)
Cmpari
, i
he
ex pae, he pre ia wih he vira
disi
i
, we see ha he r
ds fr maki
hese disi
i
s are
differe
. Ever disi
i
made b he mi
d ms have a
i
eiibe
r
d r reas
f sme sra _f
dame
m disi
i
is_. Nw i
he
ase f he pre ia disi
i
he r
d is
dersd
sis
exsive i
he
eeds f he mi
d isef
eeds whih spri
frm he
mi
ds w
imiai
s whe
fr
ed wih he ask f
dersa
di
r
i
erprei
reai, f maki
reai i
eiibe. Pre ia
disi
i
s are herefre see
be a ass f pre ia reai
s,
_i.e._ f hse _e
ia rai
is_ whih he mi
d ms
sr fr isef
i
is effr
dersa
d he rea. The have
her reai as
bjes f hh ha
he reai he derive frm he
siive r
srive aivi f he mi
d. The are mdes, r frms, r erms, f
he
iive aivi isef,
f he reai whih is he bje
apprehe
ded a
d
empaed b mea
s f his
iive aivi.
The vira disi
i
,
he her ha
d, ahh i as, as a
bje
f hh, is
a
_e
s rai
is_i
asmh as here is
rea dai
r prai rresp
di
i i
he reai i
whih he mi
d
i
rdes i, his reai bei
a rea _
i_he vira disi
i
is
sidered,
everheess, have a r
d, r reas
, r f
dai
(fr maki
a
d i
rdi
i) i
he
are f his
e reai; ha
is, i is rearded as havi
a _rea_ f
dai
, a _f
dame
m i
re_.
I
s far, herefre, as r k
wede is permeaed b vira
disi
i
s, reai a
i
divida, we have bear i
mi
d he reai
f he rea he
aa, f reai as absra a
d
iversa reai as
ree a
d
i
divida, f he simpe he mpsie, f he sabe he ha
i
,
f esse
ia aide
a
ii
a
a
d ever aemp disrimi
ae
i
deai bewee
a rea a
d a vira disi
i
. Nr is i eas a
dw
a
e
era es whih wi serve eve
hereia disrimi
ae
bewee
hem. Le s see wha r
ds have bee
mai
sesed as rea
f
dai
s fr he vira disi
i
.
If a bei
whih is
e b simpe, ma
ifess, i
he sperir
rade f bei
whih i be
s, a perfei
whih is eqivae
ma
esser perfei
s f
d rea disi
a
d separae esewhere, i
separae bei
s f a
i
ferir rder, his is
sidered a sffiie
rea
r
d fr
sideri
he frmer bei
, hh rea
e a
d simpe, as
vira ma
ifd.(154) The hma
s, as bei
vira
hreefdrai
a, se
ie
a
d veeaiveis a ase i
pi
: b
he assmpi
ha he s f he i
divida ma
a
be prved be
e a
d simpe. This, f rse, a shasis reard as apabe f
prf: eve
hse f hem wh hd ha he pwers r faies whereb i
immediae ma
ifess hese hree rades f perfei
are _aide
a_
reaiies, _rea disi
_ frm
e a
her a
d frm he _sbsa
e_ f
he s isef.
Aai
, he bei
whih is he bje f r hh ma be s rih i
reai r perfei
ha r fi
ie mi
ds a
adeqae rasp i b
a
e me
a i
ii
, b ms preed disrsive, b a
asis a
d
absrai
, aki
i
paria aspes f i sessive hrh
i
adeqae
eps; whie reaizi
ha hese aspes, hese bjes f
r disi
eps, are
paria aspes f
e a
d he same rea
bei
. This, i
fa, is r mm
experie
e. B he her assmes
ha we are abe deermi
e whe
hese bjes f r
eps are
me
a aspes f _
e_ reai, a
d whe
he are severa separae
reaiies;
a, eve
, ha we a
deermi
e wheher r
he are rea
disi
e
iies
ied eher frm
e _mpsie_ i
divida
bei
, r
me
a disi
views f
e _simpe_ i
divida bei
.
Fr exampe, i is assmed ha whie he disi
i
bewee
he se
ie
a
d he rai
a rades f bei
i
a hma
i
divida a
be shw
be
a vira disi
i
, ha bewee
he bd a
d he s f he same
i
divida a
be shw
be a rea disi
i
; r, aai
, ha whie
he disi
i
bewee
esse
e, i
ee, a
d wi i
Gd, a
be shw
be
a vira disi
i
, ha bewee
esse
e, i
ee, a
d
wi i
ma
, a
be shw
be a rea disi
i
.
37. THE IRTUAL DISTINCTION AND THE REAL DISTINCTION.Nw shasis
differ
siderab i
assifi
his, ha, r he her disi
i
,
as ia r as rea; b his des
prve ha i is impssibe ever
deermi
e wih eride wheher a
pariar disi
i
is ia
r rea. Wha we are ki
fr js
w is a e
era es fr
disrimi
ai
, if sh a
be f
d. A
d his bri
s s a
siderai
f he es sesed i
he ver defi
ii
s hemseves. A
firs sih i wd appear be a
impraiabe, if
eve
a
i
eiibe es: The disi
i
is rea if i exiss i
he
reai_i.e._ if he reai is _w_ (r mre) _bei
s_,
_
e
bei
_a
eede
, r i
depe
de
f, he
siderai
f he
mi
d; herwise he disi
i
is ia. Bi mih be bjeedhw
a
we pssib k
w wheher r
a
bje f perepi
r hh is
_
e_ r _mre ha
e_ a
eede
, r i
depe
de
f, he
siderai
f he mi
d? I is erai
impssibe fr s k
w wha,
r wha ki
d, reai is, r wheher i is
e r ma
ifd, apar frm a
d
prir , he exerise f r w
iive aivi. This, herefre,
a
hrh hem; a
d b sh riia refei
hse presses, heir
bjes a
d heir prds,
he reai as pereived a
d k
w
a
d
he pereivi
a
d k
wi
f i, we ma be abe disi
ish
bewee
w asses f
ribi
s he a res whih is he
k
w
reai: hse whih we ms reard as pre me
a, as mdes r
frms r sbjeive
sred erms f he me
a f
i
f
ii
isef (wheher perepa r
epa), a
d hse whih we
ms reard as ive
r prese
ed he mi
d as bjes, whih are
i
a
se
se
sred r
ribed b he mi
d, whih, herefre, are
wha he are i
depe
de
f r me
a aivi, a
d whih wd be a
d
remai
wha he are, a
d wha we have apprehe
ded hem be, eve
if we
had
ever pereived r hh f hem. This, ardi
he
shasis, is he se
sea
d i is a perfe i
eiibe se
sei
disi
i
have bee
mere re
dered disi
b he a
ai aivi f
he
iive press, r are hemseves disi
reaiies irrespeive
f his press. Tha i is pssibe arr
sessf, a eas
sme exe
, his wrk f disrimi
ai
bewee
he sbjeive a
d he
bjeive fars f r
iive experie
e, a
sare be de
ied. I
is wha phisphers i
ever ae have bee
aempi
. There are,
hwever, sme disi
i
s ab he
are f whih phisphers have
ever bee
abe aree, sme hdi
hem be rea, hers be
vira: he frmer view bei
i
diaive f he e
de
emphasize he
re f
ii
as a passive represe
ai
f bjeive ive
reard wha is _
e_ reai
der _disi
aspes_: a
d ha if we
reard hese disi
aspes as disi
reaiies we are viai
he
pri
ipe, _E
ia
s
mipia
da praeer
eessiaem_.
Nw hse phisphers wh hd erai
disi
i
s be
vira, a
d
rea, hereb asribe
iive experie
e a
arer sphere f
siive r
srive i
fe
e ha
wd
be awed i b advaes f he reai f sh disi
i
s.
B b di
s are he be rearded as ai
i
qesi
i
iive mdes f
dersa
di
whih wd dispe
se wih sh
ia e
iies,he mdes haraerisi f pre, a
ei
i
eie
es, r he k
wede f he Dei. The bjeive
vaidi f hma
ii
is
i
erfered wih eiher b
e
ari
r b resrii
he dmai
f he mi
ds
siive
aivi i
frmi
sh ia e
iies;
r, herefre, b
aimi
ha erai
disi
i
s are rea raher ha
vira,
r _vie versa_. I ms be remembered, mrever, ha he vira
disi
i
is
pre ia: i has a f
dai
i
he
reai, a _f
dame
m i
re_; a
d i
s far as i has i ives
s a
i
sih i
he
are f reai.
N db, a
pariar disi
i
a
be vira a
d a he
same ime simp rea: eiher view f i ms be err
es: a
d
pssib bh, if i happe
be _de fa_ a _pre_ ia
disi
i
. B he errr f
f
di
a vira disi
i
wih a rea is
s rea as ha f reardi
eiher as a
pre ia disi
i
. Nw he e
de
f mh mder
phisph,
der he i
fe
e f Ka
, has bee
reard a
he aeries i
whih he mi
d apprehe
ds reai as bei
wh a
d exsive frms f
ii
, as bei
i
he reai
eiher frma
r eve
f
dame
a; a
d i
fer frm his a
esse
ia,
sii
a i
abii f he mi
d aai
a
vaid k
wede f reai. B if, as a maer f fa, hese
aeries are i
he reai frma,
a, eve
if he are i
i
f
dame
a, he i
fere
e ha isses i
Ka
ia
sbjeivism is
warra
ed. A
d hse aeries we hd be i
Ka
ia
phe
me
ism f he speaive reas
. Mrever, we a
see
vaid r
d fr admii
he Ka
ia
divisi
f he
hma
mi
d i
w a separae
iive mparme
s, he
speaive a
d he praia reas
, a
d asribi
eah
mparme
iive pri
ipes a
d apaiies e
ire aie
he her. T arrive a a rih her f k
wede hma
iive experie
e as a whe ms be a
ased; b prvided he
a
asis is rea a
a
asis f his experie
e i ma be
eiimae direed wards disveri
wha he me
a
dii
s ms be_i.e._ he
dii
s
he side f he
k
wi
sbje, he sbje havi
he experie
ewhih are
_
eessari prereqisie_ fr havi
sh experie
e. A
d if i
be f
d b sh a
asis ha
iive experie
e presppses i
he k
wi
sbje
mere a se
ie
a
d i
eie
mi
d,
b a mi
d whih pereives, imai
es, remembers reai i
erai
defi
ie was; whih hi
ks reai i
erai
mdes a
d hrh
erai
frms whih b is w
siive aivi i
srs
fr isef, a
d whih i re
izes b refei
be is w
sri
s (_e.._ disi
i
s, reai
s, affirmai
s a
d
eai
s, absrai
s, e
eraizai
s, e.: _i
e
i
es
iae_, ia e
iies),here is
reas
whaever i
a
his fr i
ferri
ha bease he mi
d is s
sied,
bease i has hese mdes f
ii
, i ms
eessari fai
reah, b mea
s f hem, a re, vaid, a
d e
i
e k
wede
f reai. Frm he fa ha hma
mdes f
ii
are hma
,
a
d
a
ei r divi
e; frm he fa ha reai a
be k
w
_ ma
_
hrh hese mdes, hese fi
ie mdes f fi
ie
hma
faies,we ma i
deed i
fer ha eve
r hihes
k
wede f reai is i
adeqae, ha i des
_mprehe
d_
a ha is i
he reai, b sre
ha i is esse
ia
isr a
d f is ver
are i
apabe f ivi
s a
re
a
d vaid i
sih i
he
are f reai.
Fixi
r ae
i
he vira disi
i
we see ha he mi
d is
sppsed b mea
s f i apprehe
d, hrh a prai f disi
eps, wha i k
ws smehw r her be _
e_ bei
. Nw if i
k
ws he reai be _rea
e_, i k
ws ha he frma bje f
ever disi
ep f his reai is rea ide
ia wih he
bjes f a he her
eps f he aer. This
dii
f hi
s
is erai
verified whe
he mi
d a
see ha eah f he disi
eps, hh
_expii_ prese
i
he bjes f he hers,
everheess _impii a
d
eessari_ i
vves a hese her
bjes:(156) fr b seei
ha he disi
eps
eessari i
vve
e a
her bjeive i sees ha he reai apprehe
ded hrh a
f hem ms
eessari be _
e reai_. This is wha akes pae i
he
_imperfe_ vira disi
i
: he
eps presi
d frm
e a
her
frma,
bjeive. B sppse ha he disi
eps presi
d
frm
e a
her _bjeive_, s ha he a
be see
b a
a
asis i
vve
e a
her eve
impii, b prese
he mi
d,
s far as he hemseves are
er
ed, adeqae disi
mdes f
bei
as happe
s i
he _perfe_ vira disi
i
, _e.._ bewee
ra
i ife, se
ie
ife, a
d i
eea ife (i
ma
), r bewee
a
imai a
d rai
ai (i
ma
),he
he a-impra
qesi
arises: Hw d we k
w, i
a
ive
ase f his ki
d, wheher r
hese adeqae disi
hh-bjes are _ide
ia wih
e a
her
i
he reai_? Wha is he es fr deermi
i
wheher r
, i
a
ive
ase, hese bjes, whih are _ma
_ fr absra i
eea
hh, are _
e bei
_ i
he rea rder? The a
swer seems be ha
_i
er
a a
d exer
a se
se experie
e_ a
a
d des fr
ish s wih
embdime
s f hese i
eea ma
ifds,embdime
s eah f whih we
apprehe
d as _a bei
ha is rea
e_, as a
_i
divida sbje_ f
whih he are
epa disi
prediaes.
I wd appear, herefre, ha we a
reah a re
epi
a
d pers
is a rea disi
i
?r are we ake i ha
bease his _feei
_ f his i
divida
i hrh se
se
sis
ess ms be i
erpreed b he _hh-
eps_ f
ei
dividapers
disi
frm hers, hese
eps d
r express wha is rea ive
him
i
erpre? Fi
a, if we a
i
fer frm he aa exisi
maeria reai whih frms he immediae dam f dire
experie
e, r frm he hma
_E_ as ive
i
his experie
e,
he aa exise
e f a rea mde f bei
whih is
maeria
b spiria, b wha ess a
we deermi
e wheher his
spiria mde f bei
is rea
e, r wheher here is a rea
prai f sh bei
s? The si
f hese qesi
s bears
dire
he vaidi f he adeqae r reaer rea
disi
i
, he _disi
i reais majr se absa_.
The phisph whih defe
ds he vaidi f his
disi
i
,whih hds ha he disi
i
bewee
i
divida
hma
bei
s, a
d bewee
i
divida ivi
hi
s e
era, is
i
he fes a
d res se
se a rea disi
i
,is a a
eve
s i
frmi wih
iversa prevaii
mdes f hh
a
d a
ae; whie he m
ism whih repdiaes hese sp
a
es
i
erpreai
s f experie
e as i
vaid b de
i
a rea
ma
ifd
ess reai, a
make isef i
eiibe
b
di
vie
e hh a
d a
ae aike. N ha his a
e
is a disprf f m
ism; b a a eve
s i reaes a
presmpi
aai
s a ssem fi
d i r
i
er a
f
hse
iversa sp
a
es beiefs whih appear be red i
ma
s rai
a
are. O
he her ha
d, he phisph whih
ards wih mm
beief i
praimi
a rea prai i
bei
has re
ie i
ee wih se
se, a
d he
iversa
wih he i
divida, b svi
he impra
prbem f
_i
dividai
_: Wha is i ha makes rea bei
i
divida, if,
wihsa
di
he fa ha i
ee apprehe
ds reai as
absra a
d
iversa, reai
everheess a
exis
as
ree a
d i
divida? (29-33).
38. THE REAL DISTINCTION.I
he
ex pae i ms be remembered,
mpari
he vira disi
i
wih he rea, ha phisphers have
re
ized w ki
ds f rea disi
i
: he _majr_ r _abse_ rea
disi
i
, a
d he _mi
r_ rea, r _mda_ disi
i
. Befre defi
i
hese e s see wha are he sa si
s b whih a rea disi
i
i
e
era a
be re
ized.
The reai
f effiie
asai, f effiie
ase a
d
effe, bewee
w bjes f hh, is smeimes se dw
as a
sre si
f a (majr) rea disi
i
bewee
hem.(157) A
d he
reas
aeed is ha a hi
a
be he effiie
ase f
isef: he effiie
ase is
eessari exri
si he effe
a
d a
be rea ide
ia wih he aer. I is be
ed
ha his es appies reai as aa exisi
, as
prdi
r
deri
ha
e, a
d ha i is derived frm r
se
se experie
e f reai i
press f ha
e. B si
e r
ep f effiie
asai has is rii
i
r i
er
a
experie
e f r w
_seves_ as aive ae
s, as asi
sme
pri
f wha e
ers i
r experie
e, he es seems
assme ha we have aread i
rded i
his experie
e a rea
disi
i
bewee
he sef a
d wha is ased b he sef. I is
brh i
exise
e b he reaive a f a Spreme Bei
,
his, f rse, impies a rea disi
i
bewee
Crear a
d
reare. B i des
seem pssibe i
his ase, r i
deed i
a
ase, prve he exise
e f he asa reai
a
eede
ha f he rea disi
i
, r iize he
frmer as a
i
dex he aer.
Tw disi
hh-bjes are rearded as _rea_ disi
(1) whe
w i
dividas,i
divida pers
s r i
divida hi
sis a rea
disi
i
i
he fes a
d pai
es se
se f his expressi
, a majr
r abse rea disi
i
. I is, mrever,
mere rea b aa.
Tw exisi
i
dividas are awas aa divided a
d separae frm
eah her, whie eah is aa
e r aa
divided i
isef.
A
d he are s i
depe
de
f he
siderai
f he mi
d.
I
he se
d pae, assmi
ha he mi
d a
apprehe
d, i
he
i
dividas f is experie
e, a
i resi
frm he
i
r
mpsii
f separabe fars r pri
ipes, wheher esse
ia r
aide
a [27 (_b_)]; a
d assmi
ha i a
k
w hese fars be
rea separabe (hh aa
e a
d
divided), ha is, separabe
i
he se
se ha eah f a
w sh fars, r a eas
e f hem,
d aa exis wih he her,i reards he disi
i
bewee
ara aide
f
exer
a r a exe
si
; his aer a
, abse speaki
, exis
wih is
ara sbsa
e;(158) herefre hese are abse a
d
rea disi
.
If
e f he fars is see
be apabe f exisi
wih he
her, a
d he aer be sh ha i d
aa exis exep
as
ied wih he frmer, s ha he separabii is
ma, he
disi
i
is rearded si as rea, b
as a _mi
r_ r _mda_
disi
i
. Sh, fr i
sa
e, is he disi
i
bewee
a bd a
d is
ai
, r is sae f res r mi
: a
d, i
e
era, he disi
i
bewee
a sbsa
e a
d wha are aed is aide
a mdes r mda
aide
s. The disi
i
is rearded as rea bease refei
is hed
assre s ha i is i
he reai isef i
depe
de
f he mi
d,
a
d
mere impsed b he mi
d
he reai bease f sme r
d
r reas
i
he reai. I is aed a mda disi
i
raher ha
a
s, _
eiher_ a
aa exis exep i
i
wih he her. Wha is
hed i
reard _aide
a_ mdes is as appied hese esse
ia
pri
ipes f he rprea sbsa
e: _viz._ ha here is here a speia
reas
wh sh pri
ipes a
aa exis i
isai
. Of heir
ver
are he are hed be sh ha he a
be _aaized_ r
_aa exis_ i
isai
, b
i
i
. B his fa, i is
e
ded, des
prve ha he pri
ipes i
qesi
are mere
me
a disi
aspes f
e reai: he fa ha he a
aa exis as sh separae des
prve ha he are
rea
separabe; a
d i is
e
ded ha he are rea a
d aa separaed
whe
ever a
i
divida rprea sbsa
e
deres sbsa
ia ha
e.
This, he
, raises
e mre he qesi
: Wha sr f
separai
r separabii is he es f a rea disi
i
?
Is i separae
ess i
a
d fr se
se perepi
, r separae
ess i
a
d fr i
eea hh? The frmer is erai
he
f
dame
a i
dex f he rea disi
i
; fr a r k
wede
f reai rii
aes i
se
se experie
e, a
d separae
ess i
ime a
d spae, whih marks is daa, is he ke r k
wede
f reai as a ma
ifd f rea disi
i
divida bei
s; a
d
whe
we i
fer frm se
se-experie
e he aa exise
e f a
_spiria_ dmai
f reai we a
eive _is_ i
dividas
afer he a
a f he rprea i
dividas f r
immediae se
se experie
e. Shasi phisphers, fwi
Arise, have awas ake
he ma
ifd
ess f reai, _i.e._
is prese
ai
i
se
se experie
e i
he frm f i
dividas,
f his a
d ha, , _oc lqu_, s n
unquestone n unqueston ble _re l tum_. Not t t tey
n vely ssume everytng _perceve by te senses_ s n
nvu l, n tme n sp ce, to be re lly n nvu l: tey
re lze t t w t s perceve by sense s _one_ lmte
contnuum, occupyng efnte porton of sp ce, m y be n
re lty n ggreg te of m ny nvu ls; n tey recognze te
nee of scrutnzng n n lysng tose pp rent nvu ls n
orer to test ter re l nvu lty; but tey el, n
rgtly, t t sense experence oes present to us some t t t
re unmst
bly re l nvu lsnvu l men, for nst nce.
Next, tey s w t t ntellectu l tougt, by n lysng sense
experence, m sses n ever-growng multtue of bstr ct n
conceptu lly stnct tougt-objects, wc t utlzes s
prec tes for te nterpret ton of ts sense experence. Tese
tougt-objects ntellect c n unte or sep r te; c n n some c ses
postvely see to be mutu lly comp tble or ncomp tble; c n form
nto e l or possble complexes. But weter or not te
_conceptu lly_ stnct, toug mutu lly comp tble,
tougt-objects formng ny suc complex, wll be lso _re lly
stnct_ from one noter, s queston wc evently c nnot
rse untl suc
complex s consere s n ctu l or possble
_nvu l beng_: for t s te nvu l only t t exsts or
c n exst. Tey wll be _re lly_ stnct wen foun ctu lze n
_stnct nvu ls_. Even te _conceptu lly_ one n
self-entc l bstr ct tougt-object wll be _re lly stnct
from tself_ wen emboe n stnct nvu ls; te one sngle
bstr ct tougt-object, um nty, um n n ture, s re lly
stnct from tself n Jon n n J mes; te um nty of Jon s
_re lly oter_ t n te um nty of J mes.
Of course, f conceptu lly stnct tougt-objects re seen to be
mutu lly ncomp tble tey c nnot be foun re lze except n
re lly stnct nvu ls: te unon of tem s only n _ens
r tons_. Ag n t m y be t t te ntellect s un ble to
s conform ble wt
n e l type, wt
he abe
e; a
d
he pee
e _e
joy_. A h age he good
mea
mply he _pleaue-gv
g_. Bu a eao
develop he huma
be
g
appehe
d a
d debe a good
o meely ha pleaue-gv
g, bu
haeve afe a
y
aual
eed o av
g, hehe puely oga
, o
puely
elleual, o moe dely huma
: food good beaue
afe a phyal, oga
av
g; k
oledge good beaue
afe a
aual
elleual h; fe
dhp good beaue
afe a de
eed of he hea. Hee e
oe a a
o
fom
ageeable
he e
e of pleaue-gv
g o ageeable
he moe
pope e
e of uable o ueful. The good
o o
eved
o
he
ao e
e of ha yeld e
ble pleaue bu
he de e
e of
ha hh ueful o uable fo he afao
of a
aual
e
de
y o
eed, ha hh _he obje of a
aual e
de
y_.
Nex, le u efle, h Aole, ha eah of he
dvdual peo
a
d h
g ha make up he old of ou de expee
e ha a
e
d
oad hh
aually e
d. Thee a pupoe
he exe
e of
eah. Eah ha a
aue, _.e._ a
ee
e hh fo a p
ple of
developme
, a oue of all he fu
o
a
d ave heeby
o
ually adap elf o e
vo
me
a
d heeby o
ually
fulfl he am of exe
e. By vey
aue e
d oad
e
d alo
g he pope l
e of developme
.(174) I
he old of
o
ou be
g h
aual e
de
y popely alled appee: _e
e
appee_ of ha appehe
ded a good by e
e og
o
, a
d ao
al
appee o _ll_
egad o ha appehe
ded a good by
elle
o eao
. I
he old of u
o
ou h
g h
aual e
de
y a
eal e
de
y a
d a
alogou o o
ou appee. He
e ha
Aole, ak
g
all gade of eal be
g, debe he good a ha
hh he obje of a
y
aual e
de
y o appee haoeve: he
good he _appeble_ o deable, ha hh all h
g eek:
_bo
um e quod om
a appeu
_.
45. THE GOOD AS AN END, PERFECTING THE NATURE.So fa, e have
a
alyed he
oo
of ha good _fo ome be
g_; a
d e have
gaheed ha mple ha _u_ h be
g, ha o
bue o he
lae ealzao
of e
d. Bu e apply he em good o obje,
a
d peak of he good
e, apa fom he de a
d mmedae
elao
of helpful
e o uably _fo u_. Whe
, fo
a
e, e
ay of a ah ha a _good_ o
e, o of a olde ha he a
_good_ olde, ha peely do e mea
by uh abuo
of good
e
o h
g o peo
? A lle efleo
ll ho ha
ellgble _o
ly
efee
e o a
e
d o pupoe_. A
d e mea
by
ha he be
g e debe a good ha he poe, quale, equpme
,
hh _f fo e
d o pupoe_. A be
g good hoe
aue
equpped a
d adaped fo he ealzao
of
aual e
d o pupoe.
Thu e ee ha he
oo
of good
e oelave h he
oo
of
a
e
d, oad hh, o fo hh, a be
g ha a
aual e
de
y o
dee. Whou he o
ep of a
aue a e
d
g o ealze a
e
d o
pupoe, he
oo
of he good ould be
explable.(175) A
d he o
fomul, The good ha hh be
g dee, o oad hh hey
aually e
d, a
d The good ha hh adaped o he e
d hh
be
g have
he exe
e, eally ome o he ame h
g; he fome
aeme
eolv
g elf
o he lae a he moe fu
dame
al. Fo
he eao
hy a
yh
g deable, hy he obje of a
aual
e
de
y, beaue good, a
d
o _ve vea_. The depo
of
he good a ha hh deable, _Bo
um e d quod e appeble_,
a
_a poeo_ depo
, a depo
of aue by efee
e o
effe.(176) A h
g deable beaue good. Why he
good,
a
d heefoe deable? Beaue _u_ he
aual
eed, a
d _
adaped_ o he
aue, of he be
g ha dee o e
d oad ;
beaue _help_ h be
g, _agee h_ , by o
bu
g oad
he ealzao
of e
d: _Bo
um e d quod o
ve
au
appee
_: The good ha hh u he
aue of he be
g ha
dee . The geae good fo a be
g he ealzao
of e
d;
a
d he mea
oad h ae alo good beaue hey o
bue o h
ealzao
.
No doub,
be
g e
doed h o
ou
e he gadual ealzao
of
h
aual e
de
y, by he
omal fu
o
g a
d developme
of he
ave, aompa
ed by pleauable feel
g. The lae ,
fa,
o a
e
d of ao
elf, bu ahe he
aual o
oma
, he
effe a
d
dex, of he healhy a
d
omal avy of he o
ou
be
g: _deleao equu opeao
em debam_. I he pleaue fel
e
d
g oad he good ha eveal he good o he o
ou age
:
ha , ak
g pleaue
de e
e a he feel
g of ell-be
g,
of afao
h o
e hole o
do
, ave a
d e
vo
me
.
He
e he a
paed pleaue, o
e
d: _bo
um e o
ve
e
au appee
_. I
ha peely doe
h uably o
? Wha u a
y
aue _pefe_ ha
aue,
a
d u peely
o fa a pefe . Bu haeve pefe
a
aue doe o o
ly beaue a
d
o fa a _a ealzao
of he
e
d_ oad hh h
aue e
d. Hee e eah a
e
oo
, ha of
pefe
g o pefeo
, a
d o
e hh a ee
ally o
eed
h he
oo
of e
d o pupoe, a he o
ep of he good elf
. Le u ompae hee
oo
of good
e, e
d, a
d pefeo
.
We have ad ha a ah o a olde ae good he
hey ae adaped o
he epeve e
d. Bu hey ae o o
ly beaue he e
d elf
aleady good. A
d e may ak hy a
y uh e
d elf good a
d heefoe
deable. Fo example, hy he auae
dao
of me good, o
he defe
e of o
e ou
y? A
d obvouly
uh a ee of queo
e mu ome o omeh
g hh good a
d deable
a
d fo elf,
fo o
ake a
d
o a lead
g a
d help
g oad ome emoe good.
A
d h omeh
g hh good
a
d fo elf a la o ulmae
e
da
abolue,
o a elave, good. Thee mu be uh a
abolue
good, uh a
ulmae e
d, f good
e
h
g o be made
ellgble a all. A
d o
ly
o fa a h
g e
d oad h
abolue good, a
d ae adaped o , ha hey a
be emed good. The
ealzao
of h e
de
y of h
g oad he abolue good, o
ulmae e
d, ha o
ue he good
e of hoe h
g, a
d
doe o beaue _pefe he
aue_.
The e
d oad hh a
y
aue e
d he aue of h
e
de
y, _f
al_ aue; a
d he
flue
e of a f
al aue
o
peely
good
e, _.e._
poe of
aualz
g a
d pefe
g a
aue. Th
flue
e of he good
omeme debed a he dffuve haae of good
e:
_Bo
um e dffuvum u_: Good
e e
d o dffue o
ommu
ae elf, o mulply o epodue elf. Th
haae, hh e may eog
ze
he good
e of f
e,
eaed h
g, expla
ed
he phloophy of hem a be
g
deved, h h good
e elf, fom he u
eaed good
e of
God ho he Ulmae E
d a
d Supeme Good of all ealy. Evey
eaue ha o
pope ulmae e
d a
d hghe pefeo
be
g a ma
feao
, a
expeo
, a he
g foh, of he
Dv
e Good
e. I ha o
aualy a
d good
e, d
fom, bu depe
de
o
, he Dv
e Good
e; bu
amuh a
good
e a
expeo
o mao
of he Dv
e Good
e, e
may, by a
_ex
_ de
om
ao
, ay ha he eaue good
_by he Dv
e Good
e_. I
a mla ay, a
d hou a
y
upo
of pa
hem, e may peak of he good
e of eaue
a be
g a _papao
_ of he Dv
e Good
e (5).
46. THE PERFECT. ANALYSIS OF THE NOTION OF PERFECTION.I he
ealzao
of he e
d o obje o pupoe of a
aue ha pefe he
lae, a
d o fa fomally o
ue he good
e of h
aue. No
he
oo
of pefeo
o exaly he ame a he
oo
of
good
e: alhough ha pefe alay good, ha good
o
alay pefe. The em pefe ome fom he La
_pefee_,
_pefeum_, mea
g fully made, hooughly aheved, ompleed, f
hed.
Sly peak
g, o
ly f
e be
g, poe
al be
g, apable of
ompleo
, ha a
be poke
of a _pefeble_, o, he
fully
aualzed, _pefe_. Bu by u
veal uage he em ha bee
exe
ded
o he ealy of he I
f
e Be
g: e peak of he lae a he
I
f
ely _Pefe_ Be
g,
o mea
g ha h Be
g ha bee
Appled o a
y f
e be
g, he em pefe mea
ha h be
g ha
aa
ed o he full aualy hh e egad a e
d, a he deal of
aual apay a
d e
de
y. The f
e be
g ubje o ha
ge;
o aualzed all a o
e, bu gadually; by he play of hoe
ave a
d pave poe hh ae ooed
aue gadually
aualzed, a
d hu pefeed, ga
g moe a
d moe ealy o be
g by
he poe. Bu ha de h poe a
d deem
e he l
e of
e
de
y? The _good_ hh he _e
d_ of he be
g, he good oad
hh he be
g by
aue e
d. Th good, hh he em of he
be
g
aual e
de
yhh ,
ohe od, e
d he
fu
dame
al p
ple(177) hh pefe he
aue of he be
g, he
oue a
d expla
ao
of he poe heeby h
aue pefeed:
_bo
um e pefevum_: _he good he pefe
g p
ple of
ealy_. The e
d elf he good hh pefe, _bo
um quod_; he
pefe
g elf he fomal aue of he good
e of he be
g ha
pefeed, _bo
um quo_; he be
g elf hh pefeed, a
d
heefoe ameloaed o
eaed
good
e, he _bo
um u_. I
popoo
, heefoe, o he degee
hh a be
g aually poee
he pefeo
due o
aue good;
o fa a lak h
pefeo
, a
g
good
e, o , a e hall ee,
o
ologally bad o evl.
Whle, he
, he
oo
of he good mple a elao
of he appee
o
aual e
de
y of a be
g oad e
d, he
oo
of
pefeo
, o pefe
g, o
vey o ou m
d aual ealy mply,
o he aualz
g of ealy. The em pefeo
ommo
ly ued a
y
o
ymou h aual ealy. I
o fa foh a a ealy aual e
ay ha pefeo
. Bu e do
o all pefe _mply_, u
le
ha all he aualy e o
eve o be due o
aue: o lo
g a
lak a
y of h o
ly pefe _eu
dum qud_, _.e._
popoo
o he aualy doe poe. He
e e def
e he pefe
a _ha hh aually lak
g
oh
g ha due o
aue_.
The pefe heefoe
o mply he good, bu he omplee o f
hed
good; a
d eve
logally d
fom he lae,
amuh a he
aualy o
ode of be
g ha
o
-lv
g h
g, o
a
mal lfe a a hghe fom of
be
g ha
pla
lfe, o
ellge
e a hghe ha
, o
ll a
upeo o e
e appee, o
m
d o p a
oble ha
mae, a
d
o o
. No all uh ompao
volve he appehe
o
of ome a
dad
of value. A
emao
of elave value, o elave gade of
pefeo
h
g, u
ellgble exep
efee
e o ome uh
a
dad;
volve of
eey he
uo
of uh a a
dad. We
feel ue ha ome a lea of ou appeao
ae u
queo
ably
oe: ha ma
, fo
a
e, upeo o he bue bea, a
d he
lae upeo o he pla
; ha he loe ma
feao
of lfe
he
amba, o haeve mo
oellula, moop gem may be he loe
hghe o
he ale of be
g ha
he hghe expeo
of he
meha
al, hemal a
d phyal foe of he
oga
u
vee. A
d f
e ak ouelve ha ou a
dad of ompao
, ha ou e o
meaue, a
d hy ae e ue of ou applao
of
uh ae, ou
o
ly a
e ha ou a
dad of ompao
ealy elf, aual
be
g, pefeo
; ha e ely mplly o
ou
uo
of uh aual
ealy a ma
feed o u
vay
g gade o degee h
ou
expee
e; ha hou lam
g o be
fallble
ou judgme
of
ompao
,
ou lafao
of h
g,
ou appeao
of
he elave pefeo
, e may july aume ealy elf o be a
uh
ellgble, a
d he huma
m
d o be apable of oba
g ome ue
a
d ea
gh
o he
aue of ealy.
48. THE GOOD, THE REAL, AND THE ACTUAL.Hav
g ompaed pefeo
h
good
e a
d h be
g, le u
ex ompae he o lae
oo
h eah ohe. We hall ee pee
ly ha evey aual be
g ha
o
ologal good
e, ha hee ae
ealy de
al. Bu hee a
logal d
o
beee
hem. I
he f plae he em be
g
appled _pa exelle
e_ o uba
e ahe ha
o ade
. Bu e do
o ommo
ly peak of a
dvdual uba
e, a peo
o h
g, a good
efee
e o ee
al o uba
al pefeo
.(178) Whe
e debe
a ma
, o a mah
e, a good, e mea
ha he ma
poee hoe
_ade
al_ pefeo
, hoe quale a
d e
dome
, hh ae
uable o h
aue a a ma
; ha he mah
e poee hoe
popee hh adap o e
d. I
he eo
d plae he
oo
of
be
g abolue; ha of he good elave, fo mple he
oo
ma
. Th k
d of good
e ha ofe
oaday yled
_phla
hopy_;
Cha
eh k
o
a _hay_.
(_b_) We have debed he good a he em o obje of
aual e
de
y
o appee. I
he doma
of be
g
o e
doed h he poe of
o
ou appehe
o
, deem
m ule h
aual e
de
y; h
lae alay oe
ed oad he _eal_ good:
eve a am:
alay deed by he Dv
e Wdom hh ha gve
o h
g he
aue. Bu
he doma
of o
ou lv
g age
h
aual
e
de
y o
eque
o
appehe
o
: ake he fom of
ve
a
mal appee o of ao
al volo
. A
d
e h appehe
o
of
he good may be eo
eou,
e ha
o eally good bu evl may be
appehe
ded a good, he appee o ll, hh follo h
appehe
o
_
l volum
paeog
um_may be bo
e oad evl
_ub ao
e bo
_. He
e he obvou d
o
beee
_eal good_ a
d
_appae
good__bo
um veum_ a
d _bo
um appae
_.
(__) I
efee
e o a
y
dvdual ubjea ma
, fo
a
e
ma
fe ha _ohe_ be
g a
be good fo hm
o fa a a
y of hem
a
be h e
d o a mea
o he aa
me
of h e
d. They ae alled
efee
e o hm _objeve good_, a
d he good
e _objeve
good
e_. Bu equally lea ha hey ae good fo hm o
ly beaue
he a
pefe h o
aue by omeho de
fy
g o u
g hmelf
h hem, poe
g, u
g, o e
joy
g hem. Th poeo
of he
objeve good o
ue ha ha bee
aleady efeed o a _fomal_
o _ubjeve good
e_.(180)
(_d_) We have lkee aleady efeed o he fa ha
be
g e
doed
h o
ou
e a
d appee pope, hehe e
e
o ao
al, he
fu
o
of poe
g o aa
g o ha objevely good, o ha
u a
d pefe he
aue of he ubje, ha fo
aual
o
oma
a feel
g of pleaue, afao
, ell-be
g, delgh,
e
joyme
. A
d e have obeved ha h pleauable feel
g may he
Whe
hee vaou k
d of good
e ae exam
ed
efee
e o
he
aue, o
du a
d de
y of ma
, hey ae a mulude of
poblem hh belo
g popely o Eh a
d Naual Theology. The
fa ha ma
ha a ompoe
aue hh he ea of vaou
a
d o
fl
g e
de
e, of he fleh a
d of he p; ha
he peeve
hmelf a double la, a hghe a
d a loe
appee; ha he ubje o eo
h appehe
o
of he
good; ha he appehe
d a d
o
beee
pleaue a
d duy;
ha he feel he lae o be he pah o ulmae happ
e,all
h ae
uae he d
o
beee
eal a
d appae
good,
beee
_bo
um ho
eum_, _bo
um ule_, a
d _bo
um deleable_.
The exe
e of God eablhed
Naual Theology; a
d
be he la e
d of ma
, ha God, he Supeme, I
f
e Good,
h la e
d, a
d ha o
ly
he poeo
of God by k
oledge
a
d love a
ma
f
d h omplee a
d f
al fely.
50. GOODNESS A TRANSCENDENTAL ATTRIBUTE OF BEING.We have ho
ha hee
a logal d
o
beee
he o
ep of good
e a
d ha of
be
g. We have
o o ho ha he d
o
o eal,
ohe
od, ha good
e a a
e
de
al abue of all aual ealy,
ha all be
g,
o fa foh a aual, ha
good
ea
e
de
al o o
ologal good
e
he e
e of
_appebly_, _deably_, _uably_, a aleady expla
ed.
Whe
he he fomulaed
he ado
al hola aeme
,
_Om
e e
e bo
um_: _All be
g good_ ou
d a al
g paadox.
Suely a
o be o
e
ded ha eveyh
g good? A a
e
he
omah
o good; le ae
o good; ye hee ae aual eale;
a
e ex a
d le ae old; heefoe
o evey ealy good. Th
u
queo
ably ue. Bu doe
o o
ad he he ghly
u
deood. The ue mea
g of he he ,
o ha evey be
g
good
all epe, o poee uh good
e a ould jufy u
deb
g a good
he od
ay e
e, bu ha evey be
g
poee ome good
e: evey be
g
o fa a ha aualy ha
fomal,
good
e, o ,
ohe od, he em o obje of
aual e
de
y o dee. Th good
e, hh e pedae of a
y a
d
evey aual be
g, may be (1) he em of he
aual e
de
y o
appee of ha be
g elf, _bo
um b_, o (2) may be o
evably
he em of he appee of ome ohe be
g, _bo
um ale_. Le u ee
hehe a
be ho
ha evey aual be
g ha good
e
o
e o
boh of hee e
e.
(1) _Bo
um b_.I hee a
y
ellgble e
e
hh a
be ad
ha he aualy of a
y a
d evey ex
g be
g _good fo ha
be
g__bo
um b_? Thee . Fo f e eog
ze
evey uh be
g, a
e mu, a _
aue_, a poe
aly of fuhe aualzao
, a e
de
y
oad a ae of fulle aualy hh _e
d_; a
d f,
fuhemoe, e eog
ze ha evey uh be
g a a
y
a
o meely
__ o ex, bu _beom
g_ o _ha
g
g_, a
d heeby e
d
g
effevely oad e
d; e mu adm
o meely ha he full
aa
me
of e
d (
egal o f
al pefeo
) deed by,
a
d pefe, a
d good fo, ha be
g
aue; bu alo ha he
paal ealzao
of e
d, o,
ohe od, he aualy ha
a a
y
a
ha
g
g o
do
of exe
e ( ade
al o
emedae pefeo
) mlaly good fo ; a
d eve
ha
aual exe
e a ompaed h mee pobly ( f o
ee
al pefeo
) deable a
d good fo
aue. Aually
ex
g be
g ae
ellgble o
ly beaue hey ex fo ome e
d o
o de
y ha he full
aa
me
of h e
d o pupoe good fo hemuable, deable,
ageeable, pefe
g hem. I
o fa a hey fal
h pupoe hey
ae a
g
good
e, hey ae bad, evl. Fo he ealzao
of he
e
d he
aue ae e
doed h appopae poe, faule, foe,
by he
omal fu
o
g of hh hey gadually develop a
d go
pefeo
a
d good
e by gadual ealzao
of e
d. If by ade
a
y
of hee poe a
g, o a am by fal
g o o
bue due
pefeo
o he
aue, hee
he be
g a popoo
ae a
of
good
e o fa bad, evl. Bu, eve
o, he
aue of he h
g
peeve fu
dame
al oe
ao
oad e
d, oad he
pefeo
aual o , a
d uggle a ee aga
he evle
o make good he defe
y. A a
e
he omah
eve good _fo
he omah_, o _fo he lv
g ubje_ of hh he omah a
oga
. Fo he lv
g be
g he a
e a
evl, a _falue_ of o
e of
he oga
o dhage fu
o
omally, _a
abe
e of a good_,
_vz._ he healhy fu
o
g of a
oga
. Bu he a
eou goh,
o
deed
elf a
d fo elf, bologally a
d hemally, ha
o
aue, pupoe, e
de
e, la;
o a
e de
y ha
developme
aod
g o hee la good fo pef
aue,(184) _bo
um b_.
I may be aked ho a
he _f_ o _ee
al_ pefeo
of a
ex
g uba
e, hh
oh
g ele ha
he aual exe
e of he
aue elf, be o
eved a good fo h
aue? I o
amuh
a he aual exe
e of he uba
e he f age
he poe
by hh he
aue e
d oad e
d; a
ex
g
aue dee a
d
e
d oad he o
evao
of o
be
g;(185) he
e he ay
g,
Self-peevao
he f la of
aue; a
d he
e, oo, he
hola aphom, _Melu e ee quam
o
ee_.
The agume
ju oul
ed e
d o ho ha evey
aue of hh e a
hlao
, f hey dee he oal eao
of he be
g, ahe
ha
a
exe
e of ee
al pu
hme
, hey u
doubedly h _a a
good_. I a
hlao
o abolue
o
-exe
e _eally_ a good _fo
eve bee
bo
. We may adm, heefoe, ha fo he epobae
hemelve mple
o
-exe
e moe deable, a
d bee, ha
he
aual o
ee ae of exe
e a epobae: beaue mple
o
-exe
e fo hem he mple _
egao
_ of he ealy, heea
he abolue a
d epaable lo of he la e
d, he oal fuao
hlao
a uh ha
deed by hem, bu o
ly a a le evl ale
ave ha
he ee
al
pvao
of he la e
d.(186) If he evl ade
ally a
d aually
aah
g o a ea
ae of exe
e make he o
ua
e of _h
ae_ u
deable fo a be
g, by
o mea
follo ha he
o
ua
e of h be
g
exe
e, mply a
d
elf, le
deable ha
o
-exe
e.
(2) BONUM ALTERI.Eve
, hoeve, f ee ga
ed ha he aual
exe
e of ome be
g
o good fo _hemelve_, mgh
o
expee
e, ove he good o he evl of he exe
e of hee h
g,
ove he queo
hehe o
o ould be bee ha hee h
g
hould
eve have exed, u
l e have o
uled
o a
y olaed
poo
of huma
expee
e bu _h expee
e a a hole_. I
h e
a
f
d uffe
evde
e fo he pevale
e of a be
efe
pupoe
eveyhee. No ha e a
ead h pupoe
evey deal of ealy.
Eve
he
e have o
v
ed ouelve ha all eao
he ok of a
Supeme Be
g ho I
f
e Good
e Ielf, e a
o ga
ha full
gh
o he ee deg
of H Povde
e, hh ould be
eeded
ode o jufy H ay
all h
g. Bu he
e have o
v
ed
ouelve ha he eaed u
vee ex beaue God ll , e a
u
dea
d ha evey aual ealy
mu be good, a be
g a
ome fom o ohe of he o
vo
ha huma
exe
e,
ay,
exe
e
ge
eal, a falue, a
evl. I he a
alogue,
elao
o ll, of ha epm
elao
o
elle; a
d
o le elf-o
adoy ha
he lae. Whle he lae po
o
oal paaly of hough, he fome
volve a lke paaly of all
ll, all effo, all pupoe
exe
ea phloophy of depa,
depo
de
y, gloom. Boh ae equally eo
eou, equally
dave of
phloophal falue, equally epug
a
o he
omal, healhy m
d.
Opmm o
he ohe ha
d expeve of he o
vo
ha good
pedom
ae
all exe
e: _melu e ee quam
o
ee_; ha a
he oo of all ealy hee a be
efe
pupoe hh eve be
g
ealzed; ha hee
h
g
o meely a uh ha a
be k
o
bu
a good
e ha a
be loved. Exe
e
o a
evl, lfe
o a
falue. Th a phloophy of hope, buoya
y, effo a
d aa
me
.
Bu ue, o a
empy lluo
? Well, o ma
a
ha he
aual u
vee he be aboluely, ould, of oue, be abud. If
Leb
z P
ple of Suffe
Reao
oblged hm o o
e
d,
fae
of he pa
fully palpable fa of phyal a
d moal evl
he
u
vee, ha h u
vee he be aboluely poble, he be
ha God ould eae, e a
o
ly ay: o muh he oe fo h
P
ple. The ue opmm ha of he he ho, adm
g he
pevale
e of evl
he u
vee,
he e
e o be expla
ed
pee
ly, a he ame me hold ha houghou eao
he good
pedom
ae, ha God be
efe
pupoe
egad o
dvdual doe
he ma
peval, a
d ha H gloy ma
feed
gv
g o
ao
al eaue he pefeo
a
d fely of k
o
g a
d lov
g
Hmelf. Fo he he, he
, he poblem of he exe
e of evl
he
u
vee aume he ge
eal fom of eo
l
g he fa of evl
God
eao
h he fa of God
f
e poe a
d good
e. Th a
poblem fo Naual Theology. Hee e have meely o
dae ome ge
eal
p
ple a
g fom he o
deao
of evl a he oelave a
d
a
he of good
e.
52. EIL: ITS NATURE AND CAUSES. MANICHEISM.Adm
g he exe
e of
evl
he u
vee, he hola appae
ly hda he admo
fohh by de
y
g he ealy of evl. The paadox expla
elf by
ompa
g he
oo
of good a
d evl, a
d hu y
g o ave a a
pope o
epo
of he lae.
If o
ologal good
e eally de
al h aual be
g, f be
g
good
o fa a aual, he
ould appea ha o
ologal evl
mu be de
al h
o
-be
g,
oh
g
e. A
d o ,
he e
e
ha
o evl a pove, aual ealy, ha all evl a
abe
e of
ealy. Bu ju a he good, hough eally de
al h he aual,
a
y pefeo
due o a
aue, he abe
e of omeh
g pove a
d
omeh
g hh ough o be pee
. Evl, heefoe,
o a mee
egao
o abe
e of be
g; he abe
e of a good, o
ohe
od he abe
e of a ealy ha hould be pee
. All pvao
egao
, bu
o _ve vea_; fo pvao
he
egao
of omeh
g
_due_: he abe
e of vue a mee
egao
a
a
mal,
ma
a pvao
. He
e he ommo
ly aeped def
o
of evl: _Malum e
pvao bo
deb_: _Evl he pvao
of he good
e due o a
h
g_.(187) Evl alay, heefoe, a defe, a defe
y. The
oo
of evl a elave,
o a
abolue
oo
. A good
e he gh
elao
of a
aue o pope e
d, o evl a falue, a defe
h elao
: _Malum e pvao od
ad f
em debum_.(188)
The vey f
e
e of a f
e be
g he abe
e of fuhe ealy
h be
g; bu a h fuhe ealy
o due o uh a be
g,
abe
e, hh ha omeme bee
mpopely debed a meaphyal
evl,
o ghly egaded a evl a all: exep,
deed, e ee o
o
eve a happe
g o he I
f
e Be
g Hmelf, hh ould be a
o
ado
hough.
Evl, he
,
fomal o
ep
oh
g pove; ee
ally
aoda
e h bologal la:
all of hh vefe he
def
o
of o
ologal good
e. Bu he exe
e of uh a goh
of he
aual,
omal fu
o
of he omah, a _falue of he lae
adapao
o e
d_, a
d he
e a
_evl fo he omah_. Ly
g, oo,
a
evl, a moal evl of ma
a a moal ubje. Bu h doe
o mea
of a
aue o e
d:
o ha evl a f
al aue, bu ahe he
pvao
of a be
g due elao
o
aual e
d.(190) Evl a
o
be he
aual eul of a be
g e
de
y oad e
d, o a mea
o
he aa
me
of h e
d. Fo ha hh eally a
e
d mu be good,
a
d a mea
deve good
e fom he e
d o hh a mea
. The
good, beaue a
e
d, o a mea
o a
e
d, deable; a
d o,
oo, mgh evl be def
ed _a poeo_ a ha hh he obje of
o
aual e
de
y o dee, ha fom hh all h
g ae avee:
_malum e quod
ullum e
appe, vel a quo om
a avea
u_. No a
evl be elf a
e
d, o be a uh deed o deable. Real evl
o
doub ofe
ough a
d deed by o
ou be
g, omeme phyal
evl, omeme moal evl. Bu alay deed a
d embaed a a
good, _ub pee bo
_, _.e._ he
appehe
ded a hee a
d
o good
he e
e of gafy
g, pleaue-gv
g, _bo
um deleable_. Th
poble beaue _pleaue_, epeally oga
, e
ble pleaue, a
d
fom he ae of eal ell-be
g hh haaeze ue
_happ
e_,
o he exluve o
oma
of eek
g a
d poe
g a
_eal_ good: ofe
aompa
e he eek
g a
d poe
g of a meely
appae
good: a
d
uh ae elf a meely appae
good, a
d
ealy evl. The u
fou
ae ma
ho omm ude doe
o embae
evl a uh. He o
gly judge deah o be good, a be
g
h ve a
lee evl ha
he mee of h exe
e, a
d u
de h ape of
good
e he embae deah.
F
ally e have o
que hehe evl ha a
_effe
_ aue. See
g
ha
o meely a logal fgme
, ee
g ha eally affe
aual h
g, ha eally ou
he aual u
vee, mu have
a eal oue amo
g he effe
aue of hee aual h
g ha make
up he u
vee. I u
doubedly due o he ao
of effe
aue,
_.e._ o he _falue_, he _defeve_ ao
, of effe
aue. Bu
be
g elf omeh
g
egave, a pvao
, a
o popely be ad
o have a
effe
aue; fo he
flue
e of a
effe
aue
pove ao
, hh
u
mu have fo em omeh
g pove,
omeh
g eal, a
d heefoe good. He
e S. Augu
e vey popely ay
ha evl hould be debed a hav
g a _defe
_ aue ahe ha
a
effe
aue.(191) I
ohe od, evl
o he de,
aual
o
omal eul of he avy of effe
aue; fo h eul
alay good. I mu heefoe be alay a
de, ab
omal, ade
al
o
eque
e of he avy. Le u ee ho h a
befly
he pae
. Someme he evl
he effe aeable
o o he
age
bu o he maeal o
hh hey have o ok: he ulpo a
d
h
ume
may be pefe, bu f hee be a fla
he mable he
aue ll be a falue; he eduao may be effe
, bu f he pupl
be a
g
apude o applao
he eul a
o be good.
All h, hoeve, doe
o ay u vey fa, fo e mu ll
que
_hy_ ae he age
e, o he maeal, hemelve defeve. Moeove,
phyal evl omeme ou hou a
y defe ehe
he age
e
o
he maeal. The effe podued may be
ompable h ome
m
o pefeo
aleady
he ubje; a
he
be podued o
ly a
he afe of h m
o pefeo
: hh afe fo he ubje
_po a
o_ a
evl. I
he
aual ode of h
g ha he
poduo
of a
e fom o pefeo
exlude he aualy of a
pe-ex
g fom o pefeo
. All
aue ubje o ha
ge, a
d e
have ee
ha all ha
ge uled by he la: _Ge
eao u
u e
oupo aleu_. I mgh pehap be ad ha h pvao
o
uppla
g of pefeo
h
g by he aualzao
hee h
g
of
ompable pefeo
,
hee
he
aue of h
g a
d
ee
al o he f
e
ea lea, f e egad he h
g
o
dvdually bu a pa of a hole, a membe of a yem, a
ubev
g a ge
eal heme;a
d ha heefoe uh pvao
hould
o
be egaded a phyal evl pope, bu ahe a meaphyal evl,
mpopely o alled. Hoeve e egad , a
have
o ohe f
oue ha
he Wll of he Ceao deee
g he aual ode of he
ex
g u
vee. A
d he ame mu be ad of he phyal evl pope
ha ae
de
o he aual ode of h
g. Thee evl ae
ade
al he
o
deed
elao
o he
dvdual
aue of he
eaed age
e a
d maeal. They ae defe o falue of
aual
e
de
e: ee hee
aual e
de
e alay ealzed hee ould be
o ade
al
egad o God; fo God ha lled a
d eaed hee
age
e h
aual e
de
e hh He ha de
ed o be fulflled
o
alay a
d
evey deal, bu
uh meaue a ll eue he aual
ode of he u
vee a
d ho foh H pefeo
he f
e degee
hh He ha feely hoe
o ma
fe hee pefeo
. The old He
ha hoe
o eae
o he be aboluely poble: hee ae
phyal evl
; bu he be fo he exa pupoe fo hh
He eaed .
Thee alo moal evl
he u
vee. I
ompao
h moal evl,
he phyal defe
God eao
phyal pa
a
d uffe
g,
maeal pvao
a
d hadhp, deay a
d deah of lv
g h
gae
he la
guage of Cha
eh, _S
_he o
ou a
d delbeae
ejeo
, by he fee age
, of God ho h ue goodhough
eealy foeee
by God
he u
vee He ha aually hoe
o
eae, a
d heefoe
eealy pemed by he Wll of God
o
eque
ly o
h foegh, a
o have bee
a
d a
o be
e
ded o
appoved by Hm. Hav
g eaed ma
a
ellge
a
d fee be
g, God
ould
o ll o deee he evol of he lae fom Hmelf. He love
ee
ally H o
I
f
e Good
e: ee He o de
fy H Wll h
ha of he
g eaue He ould a he ame me be u
g aay
fom H Good
e: hh a o
ado
em. God, heefoe, doe
admao
: O, he deph of he he of he dom a
d of he k
oledge
of God! Ho
ompehe
ble ae H judgme
, a
d ho u
eahable H
ay!(192)
If be objeed ha God pemo
of moal evl
he u
vee
eally he aue of h evl, a
d make God Hmelf epo
ble fo
a
d o
eque
e, a afaoy a
e
o fa o eek. I
aboluely
ompable h God I
f
e Sa
y ha He be
epo
ble fo
a
d o
eque
e. Fo hee he fee ll of he
eaue _alo
e_ epo
ble. The eao
of
ellge
be
g,
e
doed h he poe _feely_ o love, ho
ou a
d eve God, he mo
mavellou of all God ok. Fee ll he
oble e
dome
of a
eaue of God, a alo he mo myeou. Ma
, ho by h
ellge
e ha he poe o k
o God a h Supeme Good, ha by h
ll he poe _feely_ o e
d oad God a
d aa
o he poeo
of God a h La E
d. I
o fa a ma
, _.e._ k
o
gly,
delbeaely, a
d feely volae he e
de
y of h
aue oad God
by u
g aay fom Hm, he a
d he alo
e epo
ble fo he
o
eque
e, beaue he ha he poe o aomplh ha he k
o o be
God deg
h egad, a
d o be h ue de
y a
d pah o
happ
e_vz._ ha he e
d oad u
o
h God a
d he poeo
of
Goda
d he delbeaely fal o make ue of h poe. Suh falue a
d
o
eque
e ae, heefoe, h o
; hey leave aboluely u
ouhed
a
d u
aaled he I
f
e Good
e a
d Be
evole
e of God ee
al
deg
h egad.
I
hola fom, he objeo
popoed a
d a
eed
h ay:
The aue of a aue he aue of he lae effe; bu God he
aue of ma
, a
d
he lae effe; heefoe God he aue
of
. Tha he aue of a _
o
-fee_ aue he aue of he
lae effe, e adm. Tha he aue of a _fee_ aue he aue
of he lae effe, a lea
he e
e of pem
g, hou
e
d
g a
d be
g heeby epo
ble fo hem, e alo adm; alay
he e
e of
e
d
g a
d be
g epo
ble fo hem, e de
y. The
_pove effe_ of a eaed fee aue, hoe hh he lae by
aue
e
ded o podue, ae abuable o he f aue o
eao of he fee aue, a
d he f aue epo
ble fo hem.
The _falue_ of he eaed fee aue o podue
aual a
d
e
ded effe, ae
o due o he f aue; hey ae
o
e
ded
by,
o abuable o, he f aue;
o he lae epo
ble
fo hem: hey ae falue of he fee aue, a
d of hm alo
e; hough
hey ae of oue foeee
a
d pemed by he f aue o eao of
he lae. The m
o pem of he objeo
e may adm
o
g,
hoeve, ha
o popely alled a
effe, bu ahe, lke all
evl, a _falue_ of ome aue o podue o
aual effe: a
defe, a defe
y, a pvao
of ome effe, of ome pove
pefeo
, hh he aue ough
aually o have podued. The
o
luo
of he objeo
e d
guh, aod
g o ou a
aly of
he majo pem: God he aue of
he pope e
e of
e
d
g , ll
g , a
d podu
g povely, a
d be
g heeby
epo
ble fo , e de
y; God he aue of
he mpope e
e
of meely foeee
g a
d pem
g a
de
al o he u
vee He
ha aually lled a
d deeed o eae, a ou
g
h u
vee
by he delbeae falue of fee eaue o o
fom hemelve o H
pmay be
evole
e
o
he egad, e may ga
. A
d h
Dv
e pemo
of moal evl a
o be ho
o be
ompable h
a
y abue of he Dv
y.
I
he peed
g paagaph e have baely oul
ed he p
ple o
ude
fo a fulle eame
of he hole poblem.
I ha bee
omeme ad ha he fa of evl
he u
vee o
e of
he geae dffule aga
he phloophy of Them. If h be
ake
a a
uao
ha he fa of evl a
be bee expla
edo
eve
a ell expla
edo
he aumpo
of Pa
hem, Mo
m,
Ma
hem, o a
y ohe phloophy bede Them, fale. If
mea
mply ha
aou
g fo evlhehe o
p
ple of Them
o of a
y ohe phloophye ae foed o ae ome ulmae queo
he fae of hh e mu adm ha e have ome upo
deph of
myey hh he plumme of ou f
e
elle a
o hope o fahom,
h e
e
deed he aeo
may be admed. A e have aleady
h
ed, eve
h he lgh of he Cha
Revelao
o ad he
aual
lgh of eao
, hee ae queo
abou he exe
e a
d aue of
evl hh e may
deed ak, bu hh e a
o adequaely a
e. A
d
obvouly h
o efleo
o
Them; hle
he lae yem e
have a moe
ellgble a
d moe afaoy a
aly of he poblem
ha
a
y ohe phloophy.
Amo
g he a
e
Geek phloophe e f
d mae () entfe
wt v cuum or empty sp ce ( ) a
d h aga
h
oh
g
e o
o
-be
g ( ). Nw he
ep f evi is he
ep f smehi
eaivea privai
f d
ess, f bei
r
reai. Ths he
i
f evi ame be assiaed wih he
i
f
maer. B he aer
i
is
rea
eaive: i is ha f a
frmess, hai, disrder maeria. Whe
, herefre, he Ma
ihea
s
aribed a psiive reai evi
eivi
i as he pri
ipe f
a disrder, srife, disrdhe
ara rearded a maer as he
expressi
f he Evi Pri
ipe, i
ppsii
s r spiri as he
expressi
f he Gd Pri
ipe. The Ma
ihea
phisph f Evi, a
prd f he ear Chrisia
e
ries, has bee
perhaps he ms
abe aer
aive r riva ssem e
ered b he heisi phisph
f Evi; fr,
wihsa
di
he fa
asi haraer f is
epi
s
Ma
iheism has reappeared a
d reassered isef repeaed i
afer aes,
ab i
he Midde Aes. Is prevae
e has prbab bee
de par
he
ree
ess f is
epi
s a
d par a erai
a
a whih
he bear wards he
epi
f Saa
a
d he fae
a
es i
Chrisia
he. I
bh ases here is he idea f
fi, srife,
aive a
d irre
iabe ppsii
, bewee
he pwers f d a
d he
pwers f evi. B here he a
a e
ds. Whie i
Chrisia
he
he pwers f evi are prese
ed as esse
ia sbje he Divi
e
Om
ipe
e, i
Ma
iheism he _Evi Pri
ipe_, he _Smmm Mam_, is
prese
ed as a spreme, sef-exise
pri
ipe, esse
ia i
depe
de
f, as we as a
a
isi , he Divi
e Bei
, he _Smmm B
m_.
Si
e here is evi i
he wrd, a
d si
e d a
be he ase f
evis he Ma
ihea
s arehere ms be a
esse
ia Evi Firs
Pri
ipe whih is he primar sre f a he evi i
he
iverse,
js as here is a
esse
ia Gd Firs Pri
ipe whih is he sre
f a is d. Everhi
i
he wrda
d espeia ma
himsef,
mpsed f maer a
d spiriis he expressi
a
d he heare f he
esse
ia
fi whih is bei
ever waed bewee
he Gd a
d he Evi
Pri
ipe. Everwhere hrh he
iverse we fi
d his daism:
bewee
spiri a
d maer, ih a
d dark
ess, rder a
d disrder, e.
Frm a ha has bee
said i
he preedi
pararaphs reardi
he
are a
d ases f d a
d evi he errrs f he Ma
ihea
ssem wi
be appare
. Is f
dame
a errr is he
epi
f evi as a psiive
e
i. Evi is
a psiive e
i b a privai
. A
d his bei
s,
is rre
e des
dema
d a psiive effiie
ase. I a
be
expai
ed a
d a
ed fr b defiie
r faire i
ases ha are
d i
s far frh as he are peraive, b whih have
a he
d
ess heir
are dema
ds. A
d we have see
hw his faire f
reaed ases is permied b he Firs Case, a
d is
i
mpaibe
wih His I
fi
ie Gd
ess.
Besides, he Ma
ihea
epi
f a
i
ri
sia evi ase, a ase
ha d prde
evi, is a
radii
i
erms. The perai
f a
effiie
ase ms have a psiive erm: i
s far as he erm is
psiive i is d: a
d herefre is ase a
have bee
a
evi, b ms have bee
i
sme deree d. The ria pi
i
he
whe debae is his, ha we a
eive evi as a psiive e
i.
B di
s we re
der reai
i
eiibe; we desr he f
dame
a
r
d f a
pssibe disi
i
bewee
d a
d evi, hs re
deri
bh aike i
eivabe. Eah is rreaive he her; we a
dersa
d he
e wih he her. If, herefre, d
ess is a
aspe
f rea bei
, a
d ide
ia wih reai, evi ms be a
eai
f
reai, a
d a
be made i
eiibe herwise.
Fi
a, he Ma
ihea
epi
f w Spreme, Sef-Exise
,
I
depe
de
Firs Pri
ipes is bvis sef-
radir. As is shw
i
Nara The, Bei
ha is abse Spreme, Sef-Exise
a
d
Neessar, ms b Is ver
are be
iqe: here d
be w sh
Bei
s.
o h e
me
he pee
e of a
aual obje uh a a la
dape
eveal
g mou
a
a
d valley, lake a
d ve a
d pla
a
d oodla
d,
glo
g
he golde
glo of he e
g u
; o
o
empla
g ome
ok of apa
g, ulpue, aheue, mu: he _S
e
Mado
o uh e
me
, bu leave u
dffee
; a
d ohe aga
, he gh
of hh aoue a o
ay e
me
, o hh e gve expeo
by
deg
a
g hem a ommo
plae, vulga, ugly. The e
me
queo
o
e of _pleaue_ a
d _appoval_, o of _dpleaue_ a
d
_dappoval_.
He
e he f fa o
oe ha _he beauful pleae u_, _affe
u ageeably_, hle he ommo
plae o he ugly leave u
dffee
o
_dpleae u_, _affe u dageeably_.
o
ell be ma
a
ed ha all uh ae beauful. Tha o a
d o ae
fou a uh, bu
ha
ellgble e
e ould be ad o be
beauful?
Bu bede he e
f pleaue of eek
g a
d dove
g uh,
hee he pleaue hh ome fom o
empla
g he obje k
o
. The
am of he e
o hola _o dove uh_; ha of he a
, hough k
oledge o deve omplae
y fom _o
empla
g he h
g
k
o
_. The e
o hola may be alo a
a, o _ve vea_;
bu he e
pleaue pope le exluvely
dove
g uh,
heea ha of he a le
o
empla
g omeh
g appehe
ded,
mag
ed, o
eved. The a
o o
e
ed a o hehe ha he
appehe
d eal o mag
ay, ea
o o
jeual, bu o
ly a o
hehe o ho fa he o
emplao
of ll aoue emoo
of
pleaue, admao
, e
huam; hle he e
upeme o
e
o k
o h
g, o ee hem a hey ae. The beauful, he
, alay
ue, ehe a aual o a deal; bu he ue beauful o
ly he
o eveal elf a o aoue
u he dee o ee o hea , o
o
de , o dell a
d e
he o
emplao
of .
Le u aep, he
, he _a poeo_ def
o
of he beauful a
_ha hh plea
g o o
emplae_; a
d befoe
qu
g ha
peely , o
he de of he obje, ha make he lae
ageeable o o
emplae, le u exam
e he ubjeve fao a
d
o
do
of ehe expee
e.
54. THE ESTHETIC SENTIMENT. APPREHENSION OF THE BEAUTIFUL.We have ee
o
fou
ded h he lae. Suh _e
e
_ ae of ageeable feel
g
ae ma
ly _pave_, oga
, phyologal; hle ehe e
joyme
,
he appeao
of he beauful, em
e
ly _ave_. I mple he
opeao
of a upae
ble fauly, he _
ellge
e_; aompa
e
he eao
of he lae fauly o ome appopae objeve mulu
of he upae
ble,
ellgble ode, o ome dea emboded
he
obje of e
e.(198)
The eo of o
fou
d
g ehe e
joyme
h mee oga
e
e
pleaue haae of all e
a
d maeal phloophe. A
feel
g of e
ble gafao
alay,
o doub, aompa
e ou
appehe
o
a
d e
joyme
of he beauful; fo ju a ma
o a
meely e
e
be
g o
ehe he a pue
ellge
e. Beauy eahe
hm hough he e
e;
ode ha a
obje be beauful fo hm,
o
povoke ehe e
joyme
depe
de
ly of he dpoo
of he
ubje. I mu be
hamo
y h hoe dpoo
og
ve,
appeve, affeve, emoo
al, empeame
al
ode o evoke uh a
me
al ve of he obje ha he o
emplao
of he lae ll aue
ehe pleaue. A
d peely beaue hee dpoo
, hh
ae o vaable fom o
e
dvdual o a
ohe,
ge a
d olou he
me
al ve, hle h
u
deem
e he qualy of he ehe
judgme
a
d feel
g, ha people dagee a
d dpue
em
ably abou
queo
of beauy
a a
d
aue. Hee
beauy dffe fom uh.
No doub people dpue abou he lae alo; bu a all eve
hey
eog
ze objeve haae a
d he popey of a
appeal o he
depe
de
, mpeo
al a
dad of evde
e. No o, hoeve,
egad
o beauy: _De gubu
o
e dpua
dum_: hee
o dpu
g abou
ae. The peepo
of beauy, he judgme
ha omeh
g o
o
beauful, he podu of a
a of _ae_, _.e._ of he
dvdual
ellge
e affeed by
umeou o
ee peo
al dpoo
boh of
he e
e
a
d of he pual ode,
o o
ly og
ve a
d appeve
bu empeame
al a
d emoo
al. Moeove, bede h vaey
ubjeve dpoo
, e have o bea
m
d he effe of a
ulue, of edua
g he ae. The eye a
d he ea, hh ae he o
ma
ha
be ma
a
ed o
ly by a o
a
ly
ea
g meaue of a
mulao
. F
ally, apa fom all ha a beauful obje _dely
o
vey_ o u fo o
emplao
, hee omeh
g moe hh may
_
dely ugge_: aoue a d
avy of he mag
ao
heeby e fll up,
ou o
dvdual degee a
d aod
g o ou o
epeao
, ha ha
o bee
aually uppled
by
aue o
a.
All hoe
flue
e aou
uffe
ly fo he ubjevy a
d
vaably of he ehe e
me
, fo dvey of a ae
amo
g
dvdual, fo he a
o
of faho
a fom epoh o
epoh a
d fom ae o ae. Bu mu
o be o
luded ha he
ubjeve fao
he o
uo
of he beauful ae holly
ha
geable. S
e huma
aue fu
dame
ally he ame
all me
hee
ough o be a fu
d of ehe judgme
a
d pleaue ommo
o all;
hee ough o be
aue a
d
a ome h
g hh ae eog
zed
a
d e
joyed a beauful by all. A
d hee ae uh. I
mae _of
deal_ he maxm hold: _De gubu
o
dpua
dum_. Bu hee ae
fu
dame
al ehe judgme
fo hh doe
o hold. S
e me
have
a ommo
aue, a
d
e, a e hall ee pee
ly, hee ae
eog
zable a
d able objeve fao o deem
e ehe judgme
,
hee a legmae fou
dao
o
hh o du a
d eablh ome
ehe a
o
of u
veal valdy.
55. OBJECTIE FACTORS IN THE CONSTITUTION OF THE BEAUTIFUL.Ak he
a, e S. Augu
e,(201) hehe beauful h
g ae
beauful beaue hey pleae u, o ahe pleae u beaue hey ae
beauful, a
d he ll eply u
hea
gly ha hey pleae u beaue
hey ae beauful. Wha, he
ha make hem beauful, a
d o
aue he ehe pleaue e expee
e
o
empla
g hem? I
ode
ha a
obje podue pleaue of a
y o
a o
ou be
g mu
evoke he exee of h be
g faule; fo he o
ou o
do
be
g, ae
o beauful. They ae a
g
he
egy due o he
aue.
Bu h
o e
ough. To be beauful, he obje mu
he _eo
d_
plae have a ea
_lage
e_ o amplude, a ea
gea
e o
poe, heeby a
a _e
egeally_ o
ou og
ve faule a
d
mulae hem o _vgoou_ ao
. The lle, he fl
g, he
ommo
plae, he
g
fa
, evoke
o feel
g of admao
. The gh
of a mall paue-feld leave u
dffee
; bu he vo
of va
expa
e of meado a
d o
feld a
d oodla
d exhlaae u. A olleo
of pey hllok u
ee
g, hle he oe
g
o-lad Alp ae
mag
fe
. The mulplao
able el
o emoo
; bu he
umpha
dovey a
d poof of ome
e uh
e
e, ome
fa-eah
g heoem ha ope
up
e va of eeah o hed a
e
lgh o
lo
g famla fa, may fll he m
d h eae of pue
ehe e
joyme
.(202) Thee
o moal beauy
help
g up a hld
ha ha umbled a
d falle
he mud, bu hee
k
g o
e
lfe o ave he hld fom bu
g o do
g. Thee mu, he
, be
a vaey of h
g o
ly o
o
do
ha hey ae _aa
ged_, _.e._
ha hey ho foh lealy o he m
d a e of muual elao
hh
a
be ealy gaped. Why ha h
g muually elaed o o
e
a
ohe
o
e ay make up ha e delae o be a hao jumble, hle
f elaed
a
ohe ay e delae hem o be odely? Beaue u
le
hee elao
pee
hemelve
a ea
ay hey ll fal o
u
fy he ma
fold fo u. We have a
elleual
uo
of he
aual feel
g of afao
, e do
o
que hee. Bu
ea
ha ode ee
al o beauy, ha ehe pleaue
p
g o
ly fom he o
emplao
of popoo
a
d hamo
y, hh gve
u
y o vaey.(204) A
d he expla
ao
of h
o fa o eek. Fo
he full a
d vgoou exee of o
emplave avy e
eed objeve
vaey. Whaeve lak vaey, a
d mulae u
o
e u
fom ma
e,
beome mo
oo
ou a
d aue _e
u_. Whle o
he ohe ha
d mee
mulply da he m
d, dpee a
d eake
ae
o
, a
d
bege fague. We mu, heefoe, have vaey, bu vaey omb
ed
h he u
y ha ll o
e
ae a
d ua
ae
o
, a
d hu all
foh he hghe a
d kee
e e
egy of
elleual avy. He
e he
fu
o
of hyhm
mu, poey a
d oaoy; of ompoo
a
d
pepeve
pa
g; of deg
aheue.
The moe pefe he elao
ae hh o
ue ode, he moe
_lealy_ ll he u
y of he obje _h
e foh_; he
e he moe fully
a
d ealy ll be gaped, a
d he moe
e
e he ehe pleaue
of o
empla
g .
S. Thoma hu um up he objeve o
do
of he beauful:
_
egy_ o _pefeo
_, _popoo
_ o _hamo
y_, a
d _lay_ o
_ple
dou_.(205)
56. SOME DEFINITIONS OF THE BEAUTIFUL.A
obje beauful he
o
emplao
pleae u; a
d h ake plae he
he obje, omplee
a
d e
e
elf, poee ha ode, hamo
y, popoo
of pa,
hh ll all foh he full a
d vgoou exee of ou og
ve
avy. All h amou
o ay
g ha he beauy of a h
g he
_evelao
o ma
feao
of
aual pefeo
_.(206) Pefeo
ha o
ue beauy _fomally_. Evey eal be
g ha a
aue hh
o
ue , a
d ave heeby e
d o ealze he pupoe of
exe
e. No he pefeo
of a
y
aue ma
feed by he
popoo
of o
uve pa a
d by he hamo
y of all
ave. He
e e ee ha ode ee
al o beauy beaue ode
ho foh he pefeo
of he beauful. A
obje beauful
he
degee
hh he popoo
of pa a
d he hamo
y of
ave ho foh he pefeo
of
aue.
Thu, a
g h he ubjeve, _a poeo_ def
o
of beauy
fom effe: _beauy ha hoe o
emplao
pleae u_e have
paed o he objeve a
d
aual def
o
of beauy by
popee: _beauy he evde
egy, ode, popoo
a
d
hamo
y, of a
obje_a
d he
e o ha e may all he _a po_ o
y
he def
o
, hh emphaze he pefeo
evealed by he
a a
d dy
am ode of he h
g: _he beauy of a
obje he
ma
feao
of
aual pefeo
by he popoo
of pa a
d
he hamo
y of ave_.(207)
A fe ample of he ma
y def
o
ha have bee
e foh by
o be de
ed; H Wdom pead beauy
aboad houghou H ok; He aa
ge all h
g aod
g o egh
a
d
umbe a
d meaue:_um po
dee,
umeo e me
ua_; H Povde
e
dpoe all h
g o
gly a
d eely: _foe e uave_. Bu
hle eaue, by eveal
g he o
beauy, efle he U
eaed
beauy of God
he pee degee hh He ha lled fom all ee
y,
a
aueo
a ehe. A
d he
e e mu
fe ha fomal beauy
o
a a
e
de
al abue of ealy.(212)
Real beauy may be fuhe dvded
o _maeal_ o _e
ble_ o
_phyal_, a
d _
elleual_ o _pual_. The fome eveal elf
o hea
g, ee
g a
d mag
ao
; he lae a
be appehe
ded o
ly by
elle; bu
elle depe
d fo all obje o
he daa of he
mag
ao
. The beauy of pual eale of oue of a hghe,
oble a
d moe exelle
ode ha
ha of he eale of e
e. The
deal of
aual beauy a o el ehe e
joyme
he hghe
poble degee. The a, he
, mu be a fahful ude
a
d adme
of all
aual beauy;
o
deed o am a exa epoduo
o
mao
of he lae; bu o da heefom h
pao
a
d deal.
Eve
he mo beauful h
g of
aue expe o
ly
adequaely he
deal beauy hh he huma
m
d may gahe fom he udy of hem. Th
deal ha he a eve uggl
g o expe, h he
eve-pee
a
d ome
g o
ou
e ha he aheveme
of h
hghe effo ll fall mmeauably ho of gv
g adequae expeo
o .
If eah of he h
g of
aue ee o holly mple a
d
ellgble a
o pee
he ame deal ype of beauy o all, a
d leave
o oom fo
dvdual dffee
e of
epeao
, hee ould be
o vaey
he
podu of a ge
u, exep
deed ha ould eul fom pefe
o mpefe exeuo
. Bu he h
g of
aue ae omplex, a
d
pa
a lea e
gmaal; hey pee
dffee
ape o dffee
m
d
a
d ugge a vaey of
epeao
; hey leave lage ope o he
play of he mag
ao
boh a o o
epo
of he deal elf a
d a
o he aa
geme
a
d ma
pulao
of he e
ble maeal
hh he
deal o f
d expeo
. By mea
of hee o fu
o
, _o
epo
_
a
d _expeo
_, he ge
u of he a eek o
epe a
d ealze
fo u deal ype of
aual beauy.
The quale of a ok of a, he o
do
mu fulfl, ae hoe
aleady e
umeaed
egad o beauy ge
eally. I mu have u
y,
ode, popoo
of pa; mu be ue o
aue,
o
he e
e of
a mee opy, bu
he e
e of da
g
pao
fom
aue, a
d
o help
g u o u
dea
d a
d appeae he beaue of
aue; mu
dplay a poe a
d lea
e of expeo
adjued o he apay of
he
omal m
d.
We may adda
da
g he o
exo
of a h moalyha he ok
of a mu
o be uh a o exe dappoval o aue pa
by hok
g
a
y
omal fauly, o u
g ou
e o a
y fu
dame
al belef,
ympahy, e
me
o feel
g, of he huma
m
d. The o
emplao
of
he eally beauful, hehe
aue o
a, ough _pe e_ o have
a
eleva
g, e
obl
g, ef
g
flue
e o
he m
d. Bu he beauful
o he good;
o doe he ulvao
of he f
e a
eealy
e
h he m
d _moally_. Fom he ehal po
of ve a o
e of
hoe
dffee
h
g hh he ll a
make moally good o moally
evl. S
e ma
a moal be
g,
o huma
ee a
fall oude he
moal phee, o lam
depe
de
e of he moal la; a
d a a huma
ee. Nehe he eao,
o he ,
o he ude
of a ok
of a a
lam ha he lae, mply beaue a ok of a,
o
depe
de
of he moal la.
U
de he peou plea ha e
e
eek
g uh
ehe
povely moal
o povely mmoal, bu aba alogehe fom he
qualy of moaly, omeme lamed ha, _a pa_, a
puu of he beauful hould be held o aba fom moal
d
o
a
d have
o o
e
fo moal good o evl. Bu
he f
plae, hough e
e a uh eek mply he ue, a
d
h e
e
aba fom he good a
d he evl, ll he ma
of e
e boh
aqu
g a
d ommu
a
g uh bou
d by he moal la: he may
o,
u
de he plea ha he lea
g o eah
g uh, do a
yh
g _moally
o
g_, a
yh
g ha ll _fofe o e
da
ge moal eude_, hehe
hmelf o
ohe. A
d
he eo
d plae, o
g o he dffee
elao
of uh a
d beauy o moal good
e, e mu de
y he pay
o
hh he agume
e. Tuh appeal o he eao
alo
e; beauy
appeal o he e
e, he hea, he ll, he pao
a
d emoo
:
_Pulhum ah ad e dedeum_. The e
expee uh
o beauy a
d all foh ehe e
joyme
meely. If he pepo
dea
g
flue
e of he a ok o
he
omal huma
dvdual be a
olao
of he lae
aue oad ha evl, ha oppoed
o h eal pefeo
, h moal poge, h la e
d, he
ha
a ok
o a ok of a o uly beauful. The
e eul of
appeal be
g evl a
d u
healhy, a
o be elf a h
g of
beauy.
A fo a ake a y ha
o
o lo
ge
ovel. Take
leally u
mea
g, fo a a mea
o a
e
dhe
expeo
of he beauful; a
d a mea
a uh a
o be fo
o
ake. Bu may g
fy ha a hould ubeve
o
_ex
_ pupoe, pofeo
al o ulaa
; ha hould
be d
eeed; ha he a mu am a he o
epo
a
d
expeo
of he beauful hough a d
eeed admao
a
d
e
huam fo he beauful. I
h e
e he fomula expee
a p
ple hh aboluely ue, a
d hh ae he
oble
mo
of he a o ma
k
d. Bu he fomula alo ommo
ly
u
deood o lam he ema
pao
of he a fom he bo
d
of moaly, a
d h feedom o o
eve a
d expe beauy
elao
o he oal _amou
_ of pleaue may aue
hoe
ho o
emplae , bu alo
elao
o he _qualy_ of h
pleaue; a
d
o meely
elao
o ehe pleaue, bu
elao
o he oal effe, he hole o
ee
flue
e of he
ok o
all he me
al faule. He fal o ee ha f h
oal
flue
e evl, he ok ha aue a
o be good
oo
of eal be
g elf, hh he pope ubje-mae of
o
ology, a
d hoe de o a
e
de
al
oo
hh ae oexe
ve
h ha of ealy, e mu
ex
que
o he vaou mode
hh
e f
d eal be
g expeed, deem
ed, aualzed, a fall h
ou expee
e. I
ohe od, e mu exam
e he _hghe aegoe of
be
g_, he _upema ge
ea e
_. Co
deed fom he po
of ve of
he logal aa
geme
of ou o
ep, eah of hee aegoe eveal
elf a a pmay a
d mmedae lmao
of he exe
o
of he
a
e
de
al o
ep of eal be
g elf. Eah ulmaely d
fom he ohe
he e
e ha
o o of hem a
be bough u
de a
y
ohe a a ge
u,
o a
e dove a
y
emedae
oo
beee
a
y
o
e of hem a
d he
oo
of be
g elf. The lae
oo
o
popely a ge
u of hh hey ould be pee,
o a
be pedaed
u
voally of a
y o o moe of hem (2). Eah elf a
ulmae
ge
u, a _ge
u upemum_.
By u
g hee
oo
a pedae of ou judgme
e ae e
abled o
epe h
g, o oba
a ge
u
e f
adequae
gh
o ealy;
o be eled _a po_ by a
y uh puely
deduve a
aly of he o
ep of be
g a Hegel eem o have
aemped; bu o
ly _a poeo_, _.e._ by a
a
aly of expee
e
boade e
e a
lud
g Mae a
d Sp, Naue a
d M
d, Obje
a
d Subje of Though, a
d eve
he Poe of Though elf. Moeove
o up
g ha h he poge of phloophal efleo
,
ea
aegoe hould have bee
uded moe deeply a ea
epoh
ha
eve pevouly, ha hey hould have bee
doveed o o peak,
o of oue
he e
e ha he huma
m
d had
o bee
pevouly
poeo
of hem, bu
he e
e ha beaue of loe udy hey
fu
hed he m
d h a he a
d fulle poe of expla
g h
g.
I
aual, oo, ha hoa
of phloophy,
e
o
a
g he
moveme
of phlooph hough, hould be
l
ed o ove-emphaze he
_elavy_ of he aegoe, a egad he expla
g valuehe
elavy o he ge
eal me
aly of a ea
epoh o peod.(216) Bu
hee da
ge hee of o
fou
d
g ea
lage _hypoheal
o
epo
_, hh ae fou
d o yeld valuable eul a a ea
age
he poge of he e
e,(217) h he aegoe pope of eal
be
g. If he m
d of ma
of he ame
aue
all me
, f
o
emplae he ame u
vee, f apable of eah
g uh abou
h u
veeeal uh hh mmuable,he
he mode of be
g hh
appehe
d
he u
vee, a
d by o
ev
g hh
epe he
lae, mu be
he u
vee a k
o
, a
d mu be hee mmuably.
Nohee do e f
d h moe lealy lluaed ha
he fuly of
he
umeou aemp of mode
phloophe o de
y he ealy of he
aegoy of _uba
e_, a
d o gve a
ellgble
epeao
of
expee
e hou he ad of h aegoy. We hall ee ha a a mae
of fa mpoble o de
y _
hough_ he ealy of uba
e, o
o h
k a all hou , hoeve phloophe may have de
ed _
la
guage_,o hough ha hey de
ed he
hey o
ly ejeed ome
eo
eou o
defe
ble mea
g of he em.
60. THE ARISTOTELIAN CATEGORIES.The f palpable d
o
e obeve
he daa of expee
e ha beee
_uba
e_ a
d _ade
_. We
mgh
aually ak, e Aole,(218) hehe ha g
fed by
uh em a _alk
g_, _
g_, _feel
g ell_, a be
g (o
ealy).... A
d e mgh be
l
ed o doub , fo
o
gle o
e of
uh a _ex by elf_ ( ),
o o
e of hem
epaable fom _uba
e_ (); it i r ther t _him wh_ w k, r
it, r ee we, th t we give the n me _being_. Th t which i
being _in the prim ry me ning thi term_, being _impy nd
butey_, nd nt merey being _in
cert in ene_, r with
qu iic tin, i ubt nce
.(219) B ma
ifes, hh sbsa
es, r wha i
rdi
ar
a
ae we a pers
s a
d hi
sme
, a
imas, pa
s, mi
erasare
rea bei
s i
he fes se
se,
everheess sii
, waki
, hi
ki
,
wii
, a
d ai
s e
era, are as
dbed reaiies; s are
saes a
d qaiies; a
d shape, size, psre, e. A
d e we d
fi
d a
f hese aer aa exisi
i
hemseves ike sbsa
es,
b
depe
de
sbsa
es
pers
s r hi
s ha hi
k r
wak r a, r are are r sma, h r d, r have sme shape r
qai. The are a _aide
s_, i
radisi
i
sbsa
e.
I is far easier disi
ish bewee
aide
s a
d sbsa
e ha
ive a
exhasive is f he imae a
d irredibe asses f he
frmer. Arise e
meraes _
i
e_: a
i (), Qualy (),
Reai
( ), Acton (), Passi
(), Where (), Wn
(), Postu (), Extern l Conton or St te (). Mh has
bee
said fr a
d aai
s he exhasive haraer f his assifiai
.
Shasis e
era have defe
ded a
d adped i. S. Thmas ives he
fwi
reas
ed a
asis f i:(220) Si
e aide
s ma be
disi
ished b heir reai
s sbsa
e, we see ha sme affe
sbsa
es i
ri
sia, hers exri
sia; a
d i
he frmer ase,
eiher abse r reaive: if reaive we have he aer f
_reai
_; if abse we have eiher _qa
i_ r _qai_ ardi
as he aide
affes he sbsa
e b reas
f he maer, r he
frm, f he aer. Wha affes a
d de
mi
aes a sbsa
e
exri
sia des s eiher as a ase, r as a measre, r herwise. If
as a ase, he sbsa
e is eiher _sfferi
_ ai
, r _ai
_
isef; if as a measre, i de
mi
aes he sbje as i
_ime_, r i
_pae_, r i
reard he reaive psii
f is pars, is
_psre_, i
he pae whih i pies. Fi
a, if he aide
affes he sbsa
e exri
sia, hh
as ase r as measre,
b
as haraerizi
is exer
a
dii
a
d immediae
srr
di
s, as whe
we desribe a ma
as hed r armed, we have he
aer f _
dii
_.
I mih be said ha a his is mre i
e
is ha
vi
i
; b i
is easier riiize Arises is ha
ses a beer
e. I
addii
wha we have said f i esewhere,(221) a few remarks wi be
sffiie
i
he prese
ex.
Sme f he aeries, as bei
f esser impra
e, we ma rea
i
ide
a whe
deai
wih he mre impra
es. _Ubi_, _a
d_,
a
d _Sis_, eher wih he a
asis f r
i
s f Spae a
d Time,
fa
ara i
he e
era dri
e f _a
i_. The fi
a
aer, , hwever i
erpreed,(222) ma be referred _ai_,
_a
i_, r _Reai
_.
A mre seris pi
fr
siderai
is he fa, e
era admied b
shasis,(223) ha
e a
d he same rea aide
ma be
differe
aeries if we reard i frm differe
sa
dpi
s. _Ai_
a
d _passi_ are
e a
d he same _ms_ r ha
e, rearded i
reai
he ae
a
d he effe, respeive. _Pae_, i
reard he
e
era.
I seems a bd aim make fr a
sheme f aeries, ha i
exhass a he k
w
mdes f reai. We fe
experie
e bjes f
hh whih seem a firs sih i
apabe f redi
a
f
Arises _sprema e
era_. B mre mare refei
wi awas
e
abe s fi
d a pae fr hem. I
rder ha a
exri
si
de
mi
ai
f a sbsa
e
sie a aer disi
frm hse
e
meraed, i ms affe he sbsa
e _i
sme rea_ wa disi
frm
a
f hse
i
e; a
d i ms mrever _be
a mere mpex r
areae_ f w r mre f he aer. He
e de
mi
ai
s whih bjes
derive frm he fa ha he are erms f me
a aiviies whih are
rea imma
e
, _ai
es_ _i
e
i
aes_,de
mi
ai
s sh as
bei
k
w
, bei
ved,
eiher be
he aer f _passi_
prper,
r d he
sie a
disi
aer. The are _e
ia
rai
is_, ia reai
s. Aai
, whie effiie
asai
resves
isef i
he aeries f _ai_ a
d _passi_, he asai
f
fi
a, frma a
d maeria ases a
aide
a frm, a
d s ms be referred he aeries f sbsa
e,
r qai, r qa
i. Simiar maeria asai
siss i
his
ha he maer is a paria
siive pri
ipe f he mpsie
bei
; a
d i herefre refers s he aer f sbsa
e. I ma be
i
e
si); b i
a ases where he are
mere ia e
iies
he wi be f
d me
der
e r her f he Ariseia
aeries.
The rea bei
whih is hs deermi
ed i
he spreme mdes r
aeries f sbsa
e a
d aide
s is, f rse, bei
sidered
_sbsa
ia_ as _esse
ia_ (wheher pssibe r aa), a
d
mere bei
ha is aa exise
, _exise
ia_ bei
, i
he
_pariipia_ se
se. Frhermre, i is primari fi
ie r reaed bei
ha is s deermi
ed. The I
fi
ie Bei
is abve he aeries,
_sper_-sbsa
ia. I is bease sbsa
e is he ms perfe f he
aeries, a
d bease he I
fi
ie Bei
verifies i
Himsef i
a
i
mprehe
sib perfe ma
5).
I ma be i
qired wheher aide
is a e
s whih shd be
prediaed _
iva_ f he
i
e Ariseia
aeries as speies? r
is he
ep f aide
_a
aia_, s ha hese
i
e
aeries wd be eah a _smmm e
s_ i
he sri se
se, _i.e._ a
imae a
d immediae deermi
ai
f he
ep f bei
isef? We
have see
aread ha he
ep f bei
as appied sbsa
e
a
d aide
is a
aia (2). S, , i is a
aia as appied
he varis aeries f aide
s. Fr he haraerisi
e f
aide
, ha f affei
, i
heri
i
a sbje, a
sare be
said be verified i
he same wa,
iva, f he varis ki
ds
f aide
s; i is herefre mre prbab rre
reard
aide
as a e
s prper, b
eive eah ki
d f aide
as a
_smmm e
s_ mi
immediae
der he ra
se
de
a
ep f
bei
.
61. THE PHENOMENIST ATTACK ON THE TRADITIONAL DOCTRINE OF
SUBSTANCE.Passi
w he qesi
f he exise
e a
d
are f
sbsa
es, a
d heir reai
aide
s, we sha fi
d evide
es f
mis
dersa
di
s whih ma
phisphia errrs ma be asribed a
eas i
par. I is a fair mm
e
i
ha he disi
i
bewee
sbsa
e a
d aide
is rea a r
dess disi
i
; ha we
have experie
e mere f ra
sie
eve
s r happe
i
s, i
er
a a
d
exer
a, wih reai
s f exise
e r seqe
e bewee
hem; ha i
is a
isi
sppse,
deri
hese, a
i
er, abidi
basis
aed sbsa
e; ha his a
be a bes b a seess
ame fr eah
f he ei
s f exer
a a
d i
er
a appeara
es whih make p r
a experie
e f he er wrd a
d f r w
mi
ds. This is he
e
era psii
f _phe
me
iss_. Wha d k
w f sbsa
e, he
ask s, exep ha i is a
i
deermi
ae a
d
k
w
smehi
deri
phe
me
a? A
d eve
if d prve is exise
e, wha
wd i avai , si
e i
is
are i is, a
d ms remai
,
k
w
?
N db he mi
d
ara sppses his smehi
deri
phe
me
a; b i is a mere me
a fii
he reai f whih a
be
prved, a
d he
are f whih is admied, eve
b sme wh beieve i
se
se?
There ms have bee
mis
dersa
di
s, pssib
bh sides, a
d mh
wase f arme
i
refi
himeras. Le s e
deavr fi
d wha
he are a
d hw he rada arse.
Phe
me
ism has had is rii
i
he _Ideaism_ whih
fi
es he hma
mi
d a k
wede f is w
saes, praimi
he
k
wabii f
a
reai her ha
hese; a
d i
he _Psiivism_ whih admis he
reai
f ha whih fas dire wihi
exer
a a
d i
er
a
se
se experie
e. Desares did
de
he sbsa
iai f he s,
r eve
f bdies; b his ideais her f k
wede re
dered sspe
a i
frmai
derived b his dedive, _a priri_ mehd f reas
i
frm sppsed i
a
i
iive i
sih i
he speifi
are f i
divida sbsa
es
we a
k
w
hi
a a hrh a
ha
e ab heir
are: a
d he
ahered frm his aer errr a e
era
i
r defi
ii
f
sbsa
e whih is a disi
deparre frm wha Arise a
d he
medieva shasis had radii
a
dersd b sbsa
e. Fr Lke
sbsa
e is mere a sppsed, b
k
w
, sppr fr aide
s.(228)
Sei
wih hese w
i
sha a bjes f k
wede ms be
saes r phases f mi
d, a
d ha maeria sbsa
e is a sppsed, b
k
w
a
d
k
wabe, sbsram f he qaiies reveaed r mi
ds
i
he press f se
se perepi
i was eas fr Berkee sppr b
pasibe arme
s his de
ia f he reai f a
sh hi
s as
maeria sbsa
es. A
d i was js as eas, if smewha mre adais,
he par f Hme are qie ia ha if he sppsed b
k
wabe sbsa
ia sbsram f exer
a se
se phe
me
a is isr,
s ikewise is he sppsed sbsa
ia _E_ whih is hh
derie
a
d sppr he i
er
a phe
me
a f
sis
ess.
Hmes rejei
f sbsa
e is appare
mpee a
d abse, a
d is
s i
erpreed b ma
f his disipes. B a hrh-i
phe
me
ism
is i
reai impssibe;
phisphers have ever seeded i
hi
ki
a
i
eiibe her f hi
s wih he
eps f maer, a
d
spiri, a
d hi
s, a
d he E r Sef, hwever he ma have
ried dispe
se wih hem; a
d hese are
eps f sbsa
es. He
e
here are hse wh db ha Hme was seris i
his eabrae reas
i
awa f sbsa
es. The fa is ha Hme reas
ed awa sbsa
e
i
he se
se f a
k
wabe sbsram f phe
me
a, a
d
i
he
se
se f a smehi
ha exiss i
isef.(229) S far frm de
i
he
exise
e f e
iies ha exis i
hemseves, he seems have
mipied hese be
d he wides dreams f a previs phisphers
_b sbsa
iaizi
aide
s_.(230) Wha he des a i
db is he
apai f he hma
mi
d aai
a k
wede f he speifi
ares f sh e
iies; a
d eve
here he arme
s f phe
me
ism
srike he fase Caresia
her f k
wede, raher ha
he sber a
d
mderae eahi
s f shasiism reardi
he
are a
d imiai
s
f r k
wede f sbsa
es.
62. THE SCHOLASTIC IEW OF OUR KNOWLEDGE IN REGARD TO THE EXISTENCE AND
NATURE OF SUBSTANCES.Wha, he
, are hese aer eahi
s? Tha we have
a dire, i
eea i
sih i
he speifi esse
e r
are f a
rprea sbsa
e sh as d, simiar r i
sih i
he absra
esse
e f a ria
e? B
mea
s; Lke was qie rih i
rejei
he
Caresia
aim i
ii
s whih were sppsed ied p a
k
wede f hi
s b mahemaia, _i.e._ dedive, _a priri_
reas
i
. The shasi eahi
is brief as fws:
Firs, as reards r k
wede f he _exise
e_ f sbsa
es, a
d he
ma
er i
whih we bai
r
ep f sbsa
e. We e his
ep
frm rprea sbsa
es, a
d aferwards app i spiria
sbsa
es; s ha r k
wede f he frmer is immediae
i
he
reaive se
se f bei
prir he aer,
i
he se
se ha i is a
dire i
ii
f he
ares f rprea sbsa
es. We have
sh
dire i
sih i
heir
ares. B r
ep f hem as aa
exisi
is as immediae i
he se
se ha _a firs_ we _sp
a
es_
eive _ever_ bje whih mes befre r
sis
ess _as smehi
exisi
i
isef_. The hid apprehe
ds eah separae sima
f is
se
se perepi
resisa
e, r, s
d, e.as a his r a ha,
_i.e._ as a separae smehi
, exisi
here i
isef; i
her wrds
i apprehe
ds a reaiies as sbsa
es:
, f rse, ha he hid
has e a
refex k
wede f wha a sbsa
e is, b
k
wi
i
appies a reaiies a firs he
ep whih i
dbed
pssesses smehi
exisi
i
isef. I ikewise apprehe
ds eah sh
reai as
e r
divided i
isef, a
d as disi
frm her
hi
s. Sh is he hids immediae, dire, a
d impii idea f
sbsa
e. B if we are beieve Hme, wha is re f he hid
remai
s re f he ma
: fr he aer, , ever perepi
is a
sbsa
e, a
d ever disi
par f a perepi
a disi
sbsa
e.(231) Nhi
, hwever, d be mre ma
ifes a varia
e
wih he fas. Fr as reas
is deveped a
d refeive a
asis
preeds, he hid ms
dbed reaizes ha
everhi
ha
fas wihi
is experie
e has he haraer f a smehi
exisi
i
isef a
d disi
frm her hi
s. Waki
, aki
, a
d
ai
s e
era, i apprehe
ds as reaiies,as reaiies whih,
hwever, d _
_ exis i
hemseves, b i
her bei
s, i
he
bei
s ha wak a
d ak a
d a. A
d hese aer bei
s i si
apprehe
ds as exisi
i
hemseves, a
d as hs differi
frm he
frmer, whih exis
i
hemseves b i
her hi
s. Ths he
hid mes i
pssessi
f he
i
f aide
, a
d f he
frher
i
f sbsa
e as smehi
whih
exiss i
isef
(, _en in e ubiten_), but which i
upprt r ubject
ccident (, _sbsa
s_, _sbsare_).(232) Nr, i
deed,
eed
he hids reas
be ver hih deveped i
rder reaize ha if
experie
e fr
ishes i wih bei
s ha d
exis i
hemseves,
here ms as be bei
s whih d exis i
hemseves: ha if
aide
s exis a a i wd be
i
eiibe a
d sef-
radir
de
he exise
e f sbsa
es.
He
e, _i
he rder f r experie
e_ he firs, _impii_
i
f
sbsa
e is ha f smehi
exisi
i
isef (); the irt
_expicit_ ntin it, hwever, i th t by which it i pprehended
ubject r upprt ccident (, _sb-sare_, _sbsa
ia_);
he
b refei
we bak he _expii_
i
f i as smehi
exisi
i
isef. I
he _rea_ r _
ia_ rder he perfei
f exisi
i
isef is ma
ifes mre f
dame
a ha
ha f
sppri
aide
s. I is i
arda
e wih a
ara aw f a
ae
ha we
ame hi
s afer he prperies whereb he revea hemseves
s, raher ha
b
ames impi
wha is mre f
dame
a a
d esse
ia
i
hem. T exis i
isef is a
abse perfei
, esse
ia
sbsa
e; sppr aide
s is
a reaive perfei
;
r a
we k
w _a priri_ b a sbsa
e mih perhaps exis wih a
aide
s: we
k
w ha aide
s a
shasi a
ae,
a _se
sibie per se_,
isef a
bje f
se
se k
wede, b
_se
sibie per aide
s_, _i.e._ i ma be
said be aide
a a
bje f se
se bease f is
j
i
wih aide
s whih are he prper bjes f se
se: s ha whe
he
se
ses pereive aide
s wha he are rea pereivi
is he sbsa
e
affeed b he aide
s. B sri a
d prper i is b i
ee we
sis rasp ha whih i
he reai is he sbsa
e: whie he
exer
a a
d i
er
a se
se faies make s aware f varis qaiies,
aiviies, r her aide
s exer
a he sef, r f varis
saes a
d
dii
s f he sef, he i
eewhih is a fa f
he same s as he se
se faiesmakes s sima
es aware f
rprea sbsa
es aa exisi
side s, r f he
ree
sbsa
e f he e r sef, exisi
a
d reveai
isef s i
a
d hrh is
sis aiviies, as he sbsa
ia, abidi
, a
d
ifi
sbje a
d pri
ipe f hese
sis aiviies.
Ths, he
, d we aai
he
ep f sbsa
e i
e
era, a
vii
f he
ree aa exise
e f ha mde f bei
he
esse
ia haraerisi f whih is exis i
isef.
I
he
ex pae, hw d we reah a k
wede f he _speifi
ares_
f sbsa
es?(233) Wha is he haraer, a
d wha are he imiai
s,
f sh k
wede? Here, espeia, he ver ais a
d mderae
dri
e f shasiism has bee
are mis
eived a
d misreprese
ed
b phe
me
iss a
d hers. Ab he speifi
are f sbsa
es we
k
w js preise wha heir aide
s revea sha a
d
mre. We
have
i
iive i
sih i
heir
ares; a r k
wede here is
absraive a
d disrsive. As are heir prperiesheir aiviies,
e
eries, qaiies, a
d a heir aide
ss is heir
are. We k
w
f he aer js wha we a
i
fer frm he frmer. _Operari seqir
esse_; we have
her ke ha
his k
wede f heir speifi
ardi
he radii
a eahi
hi
f a we a
disver ab
aide
sr, as he prefer erm hem, phe
me
aa
pssib hrw
a
ih p
he
are f sbsa
e: as if he re f phe
me
a were
ver p a
d
ea frm s sme sr f i
er i
whih sme shasis have
spke
f aide
s has faiiaed his errr.(235) A
hw he errr is
e ha eads i
eviab
radii
s i
hh isef. Mi, fr
i
sa
e, fwi
he arbirar psaes f sbjeivism a
d
phe
me
ism, fi
a a
ased a reai i
prese
se
sai
s f he
i
divida
sis
ess, _ps_ perma
e
pssibiiies f se
sai
s.
Nw,
sise
wih he ideaisi psae, hese perma
e
pssibiiies shd be
hi
mre ha
a erai
e, ri
,
qai f he prese
se
sai
, de he fa ha his has i
i,
as par a
d pare f isef, feei
s f memr a
d expeai
; i
whih
ase he prese
se
sai
, ake
i
is
ree f
ess, wd be he
se reai, a
d wd exis i
isef. This sipsism is he imae
ia isse f sbjeive ideaism, a
d i is a sffiie
_redi ad
absrdm_ f he whe ssem. Or ese, evade his isse, he
perma
e
pssibiiies are sppsed be smehi
rea her ha
he prese
se
sai
s. I
whih ase we ms ask wha Mi a
mea
b
a perma
e
_pssibii_. Wheher i be sbjeive r bjeive
pssibii, i is presmab, ardi
Mis hh, sme prper
r appre
a
e f he i
divida
sis
ess, _i.e._ a qai prper
a sbje r sbsa
e.(236) B de
ha he
sis sbje is
a sbsa
e, a
d a he same ime
e
d ha i is a perma
e
_pssibii_ f se
sai
, _i.e._ ha i has prperies whih a
apperai
a sbsa
e, is simp hd wha is
sef-
radir.
Afer hese expa
ai
s i wi be sffiie
mere sae frma
he prf ha sbsa
es rea exis. I is exeedi
simpe, a
d is
fre wi be appreiaed frm a ha has bee
said s far: Whaever we
beme aware f as exisi
a a ms exis eiher i
isef, r b
bei
ssai
ed, sppred i
exise
e, i
smehi
ese i
whih i
i
heres. If i exiss i
isef i is a sbsa
e; if
i is a
aide
, a
d he
he smehi
ese whih spprs i, ms i
r
eiher exis i
isef r i
smehi
ese. B si
e a
i
fi
ie reress
i
hi
s exisi
i
hemseves b i
her hi
s is impssibe, we
are fred admi he reai f a mde f bei
whih exiss i
isef_viz._ sbsa
e.
Or, aai
, we are fred admi he rea exise
e f aide
sr, if
wi, phe
me
a r appeara
es_i.e._ f reaiies r mdes f
bei
whse
are is ma
ifes mdif r qaif i
sme wa r her
sme sbje i
whih he i
here. Ca
we
eive a _sae_ whih is
a sae f smehi
? a phe
me
r appeara
e whih is
a
appeara
e f smehi
? a via a whih is
a
a f a ivi
hi
? a se
sai
, hh, desire, emi
,
ess f sme
sis
bei
ha fees, hi
ks, desires, experie
es he emi
? N; a
d
herefre si
e sh aide
a mdes f bei
rea exis, here exiss
as he sbsa
ia mde f bei
i
whih he i
here.
A
d he experie
ed reaiies whih verif his
i
f sbsa
e as
he mde f bei
whih exiss i
isef, are ma
ifes _
e b
ma
ifd_. I
divida pers
s a
d hi
sme
, a
imas, pa
sare a
s ma
rea a
d
meria disi
sbsa
es (38). S, , are he
imae i
divida eeme
s i
he i
ra
i
iverse, whaever hese ma
be (31). Nr des he
iversa i
erai
f hese i
dividas
e
a
her, r heir ma
ifd frms f i
erdepe
de
e
e a
her
hrh he rse f heir ever-ha
i
exise
e a
d aiviies,
i
erfere i
a
wa wih he sbsa
iai f he mde f bei
f eah.
These ma reai
s f a srs, ver rea a
d aa as he
dbed are,
sie he
iverse a _sms_, hs e
dwi
i
wih _
i f rder_, b
wih _
i f sbsa
e_ (27).
Le s
w mee he bjei
f Hme: ha here is
sbsa
ia s
disi
frm is as, ha i is
he sm-a f he as, eah f
hese bei
a sbsa
e. The bjei
has bee
repeaed i
he
meaphria a
ae i
whih Hxe a
d Tai
e speak f he s, he
ivi
s, as
hi
mre ha
a _repbi_ f
sis saes, r he
mveme
f a _mi
s sheaf_ e. A
d Lke a
d Berkee had aread
e
ded ha a
appe r a
ra
e is
hi
mre ha
a ei
r
sm-a f se
sibe qaiies, s ha if we
eive hese remved
here is
hi
ef, fr be
d hese here was
hi
here.
Nw we admi ha he sbsa
e f he s is
_adeqae_ disi
frm is as, r he sbsa
e f he appe r ra
e frm is qaiies.
As a maer f fa we
ever experie
e sbsa
e apar frm aide
s r
aide
s apar frm sbsa
e;(237) we d
k
w wheher here exiss,
r eve
wheher here a
exis, a reaed sbsa
e devid f a
aide
s;
r a
we k
w, frm he ih f reas
a
e, wheher a
aide
s d exis apar frm sbsa
e.(238) We have, herefre,
r
d i
ara experie
e fr dem
srai
sh a
_adeqae_ rea
disi
i
(38) bewee
sbsa
e a
d aide
s as wd i
vve he
separabii f he aer frm he frmer. B ha he as f he s
are s ma
rea disi
e
iies, eah exisi
i
isef, eah
herefre a sbsa
e, s ha he erm s is mere a ie we ive
heir sm-a; a
d simiar he erms appe a
d ra
e mere
ies f ei
s f qaiies eah f whih wd be a
e
i
exisi
i
isef a
d rea disi
frm he hers, eah i
her
wrds a sbsa
e,his we e
ire de
. We reard i as er
reas
abe f phe
me
iss hs mip sbsa
es. Or
e
i
is ha he i
divida s r mi
d is
e sbsa
e, a
d ha i is
_paria_ a
d _rea_, hh _
adeqae_, disi
frm he
varis
sis as, saes, presses, f
i
s, whih are erai
hemseves rea e
iies,e
iies, hwever, he reai f whih is
depe
de
ha f he s, e
iies whih his depe
de
r i
heri
mde f bei
marks ff as disi
i
heir
are, a
d i
apabe f
a ide
ifiai
wih ha her
-i
heri
r sbsisi
mde f
bei
whih haraerizes he sbsa
e f he s.
We a
hep hi
ki
ha his phe
me
is de
ia f sbsa
e, wih
is
seqe
i
eviabe sbsa
iaizai
f aide
s, is are de
a misake
ma
er f reardi
he
ree exisi
bje as a mere
meha
ia b
de f disi
a
d i
depe
de
absrai
s. Ever aspe
f i is me
a isaed frm he hers a
d hed apar as a
impressi
, a
idea, e. The
he bje is sppsed be
sied b, a
d
sis f, a sm-a f hese separae
eeme
s, i
eraed eher b sme sr f me
a hemisr. The
aemp is
ex made a
fr r a
sis experie
e f
reai b a
mber f pri
ipes r aws f wha is k
w
as assiai
f ideas. A
d phe
me
iss disrse ear
ed ab hese aws i
appare
bivi
f he fa ha b de
i
he reai f a
sbsa
ia, abidi
, sef-ide
ia s, disi
frm he ra
sie
sis saes f he passi
mme
, he have ef f a
he
reai apabe f assiai
a
me
a saes, r maki
me
a
ife a a i
eiibe. O
e he s is rearded mere as a series f
sis saes, r a sream f
sis
ess, r a sessi
f
pses f
iive
sis
ess, sh eeme
ar fas as memr,
i f
sis
ess, he feei
f pers
a ide
i a
d pers
a
resp
sibii, beme abse i
expiabe.(239)
Experie
e, herefre, des revea s he rea exise
e f sbsa
es,
f hi
s ha exis i
hemseves, a
d ikewise he reai f her
mdes f bei
whih have heir aai
b i
heri
i
he
sbsa
es whih he affe. A sbsa
e, sas S. Thmas, is a hi
whse
are i is exis
i
a
her, whereas a
aide
is a hi
whse
are i is exis i
a
her.(240) Ever
ree bei
ha
fas wihi
r experie
ea ma
, a
ak, a
appefr
ishes s wih he
daa f hese w
eps: he bei
exisi
i
isef, he sbsa
e;
a
d se
d, is aide
s. The frmer
ep mprises
siive pri
ipes whih we see be _esse
ia_ ha sr f
bei
: he maeria, he veeaive, he se
ie
, he rai
a pri
ipe,
i
a ma
, r his s a
d his bd; he maeria pri
ipe a
d he frma
r via pri
ipe i
a
appe. The aer
ep, ha f aide
s,
mprises
hse haraerisis f he hi
whih are
db rea,
b whih d
sie he esse
e f he bei
, whih a
ha
e r
be abse
wih i
vvi
he desri
f ha esse
e. A
i
eea a
asis f r experie
e e
abes sa
d, as we have
remarked abve, i a
e e
abes s disi
ish bewee
hese w
asses f bjeive
eps, he
ep f he pri
ipes ha are
esse
ia he sbsa
e r bei
ha exiss i
isef, a
d he
ep
f he aribes ha are aide
a his bei
; a
d experie
e a
e
e
abes s, b sdi
he aer rp, he aide
s f he bei
,
wheher
ara separabe r
ara i
separabe frm he aer,
i
fer frm hse aide
s whaever we a
k
w ab he frmer rp,
ab he pri
ipes ha
sie he speifi
are f he pariar
ki
d f sbsa
e ha ma be
der i
vesiai
.
I ma, perhaps, be red aai
s a his, ha experie
e des _
_
warra
r pai
a _rea_ disi
i
bewee
he e
iies we desribe
as aide
s a
d hse whih we aim be
siive f he
sbsa
e, r hi
whih exiss i
isef; ha a he e
iies
wih exepi
, whih we apprehe
d b disi
eps i
a
ree
exisi
bei
sh as a ma
, a
ak, r a
appe, are
e a
d he
same i
divida reai ked a
der differe
aspes; ha he
disi
i
bewee
hem is
a ia r me
a disi
i
; ha we
separae i
hh wha is
e i
reai bease we reard eah aspe
i
he absra a
d apar frm he hers; ha sppse i
a
sh
ree bei
he exise
e f w disi
mdes f reai_viz._ a
reai ha exiss i
isef, a
d her reaiies i
heri
i
his
aeris simp make he misake f ra
sferri
he rea rder f
ree hi
s wha we fi
d i
he ia rder f
epa
absrai
s.
This bjei
, whih as fr seris
siderai
, eads a
differe
si
frm he previs bjei
. I sess he
si
,
ha sbsa
es are
rea, b ha aide
s are
rea.
Eve
if i were vaid i wd eave
hed he exise
e f
sbsa
es. We hpe mee i saisfari b esabishi
prese
he exise
e f aide
s rea disi
frm he sbsa
es i
whih
he i
here. Whie he bjei
draws ae
i
he impra
rh
ha disi
i
s re
ized i
he
epa rder are
awas rea,
i erai
des
prve ha a aide
s are
me
a disi
aspes f sbsa
e. Fr sre a ma
s hhs, vii
s, feei
s,
emi
s, his
sis saes e
era, ha
i
as he d frm mme
mme
, are
rea ide
ia wih he ma
himsef wh
i
es
exis hrh his i
essa
ha
e; e he are reaiies, appeari
a
d disappeari
a
d havi
a heir aai i
him, whie he persiss
as a
aa bei
exisi
i
himsef.
64. ERRONEOUS IEWS ON THE NATURE OF SUBSTANCE.If we fai remember
ha he
i
f sbsa
e, as a bei
exisi
i
isef a
d
sppri
he aide
s whih affe i, is a ms absra a
d e
eri
i
; if we ra
sfer i i
his absra
dii
he rea rder; if
we imai
e ha he
ree i
divida sbsa
es whih aa exis i
aide
bease he frmer exiss i
isef whie he aer has is
aai
i
smehi
ese,
everheess, reaed, fi
ie sbsa
e
is a mde f bei
whih is isef imperfe, a
d perfeibe b
aide
s: a
her israi
f he rh ha a reaed perfei
is
reaive,
abse. T he
i
f i
here
e we sha
rer
i
exi
wih r reame
f aide
s (65).
(_b_) Aai
, sbsa
e is wr
eived as a
_i
er_ sbsram
deri
aide
s. This fase
i
appears have rii
aed wih
Desares: he
eived he w rea asses f reaed sbsa
es,
maer a
d spiri, as esse
ia i
er. Fr him, maer is simp a _res
exe
sa_; exe
si
i
hree dime
si
s
sies is esse
e, a
d
exe
si
is f rse i
er: a mi
is ive
maer a
d
served
i
i b Gd. Spiri r s is simp a _res ia
s_, a bei
whse
esse
e is hh; b i
hi
ki
spiri is passive, fr i simp
reeives ideas as wax des he impress f a sea. Na, eve
whe
s r
spiri wis i is rea i
er r passive, fr Gd ps a is vii
s
i
i.(241) Frm hese err
es
epi
s he earier disipes f
Desares k he bvis sep frward i
Oasi
aism; a
d hem
ikewise ma be raed he
vii
f ma
emprar phisphers
ha he hma
sa bei
ha is s emi
e
via a
d aivea
pssib be a sbsa
e:
eiher i
deed d i be, if sbsa
e were
a
hi
ike wha Desares
eived i be. The Germa
phisphers,
W
d a
d Pase
, fr exampe, are ha he s a
be a sbsa
e.
B whe
we i
qire wha he mea
b sbsa
e, wha d we fi
d? Tha
wih hem he
ep f sbsa
e appies
he _rprea_
iverse, where i prper si
ifies he ams whih are he abse
perma
e
sbsram, qaiaive a
d qa
iaive
ha
eabe, f
a rprea reai.(242) N w
der he wd are ha he s is
a sbsa
e!
N aa exisi
sbsa
e is i
er. Wha is re, hwever, is his,
ha whe
we
eive a bei
as a sbsa
e, whe
we hi
k f i
der
he absra
ep f sbsa
e, we f rse absra frm is
ree
exise
e as a
aive ae
; i
her wrds we
sider i
frm he
_d
ami_, b frm he _sai_ aspe,
as i is i
he
ree, b
as
sii
a
bje f absra hh: a
d s he errr f
Desares seems have bee
ha aread referred ,he misake f
ra
sferri
he rea rder
dii
s ha bai
i
he ia
rder.
(__) T he Caresia
epi
f sbsa
es as i
er e
iies e
dwed
wih mi
s mm
iaed hem _ab exra_, he meha
ia r
amis
epi
f reai, as i is aed, Leib
iz ppsed he her
exreme
epi
f sbsa
es as _esse
ia aive e
iies_. Fr him
sbsa
e is a
_e
s prdim vi ae
di_: aivi is he f
dame
a
e
i
he
ep f sbsa
e. These esse
ia aive e
iies he
eived as bei
a _simpe_ a
d _
exe
ded_, he rprea
ess
ha
he spiria
es. A
d he ave hem he ie f _m
ads_. I is
ep absras frm ai
a
d reveas is bje simp as a reai
exisi
i
isef. Whe
we hi
k f a sbsa
e as a pri
ipe f ai
ime. Persise
e, herefre, is fr him he esse
ia
e f sbsa
e.
Herber Spe
er, , has ive
ap expressi
his wide prevae
i
: Exise
e mea
s
hi
mre ha
persise
e; a
d he
e i
Mi
d
ha whih persiss i
spie f a ha
es, a
d mai
ai
s he
i f
he areae i
defia
e f a aemps divide i, is ha f whih
exise
e i
he f se
se f he wrd ms be prediaedha whih we
ms psae as he sbsa
e f Mi
d i
radisi
i
he
vari
frms i assmes. B if s, he impssibii f k
wi
he
sbsa
e f Mi
d is ma
ifes.(244)
Ths, sbsa
e is
eived as he
iqe b hidde
a
d
k
wabe basis
f a he phe
me
a whih
sie he ai f hma
experie
e.
Wha is be said f sh a
epi
? There is js his mh rh i
mparis
wih aide
s; he aer a
persis hrh i
essa
ha
e f is aide
s. B aide
s are
_abse_ ephemera,
r is sbsa
e _abse_ perma
e
: were a
aide
exis fr ever i wd
ease be a
aide
,
r wd
a sbsa
e be a
ess a sbsa
e were i reaed a
d he
i
sa
a
es a
ihiaed. B i
he aer ase he hma
mi
d d
apprehe
d he sbsa
e; fr si
e a hma
iive experie
e
akes pae _i
ime_, whih i
vves _drai
_, he mi
d a
apprehe
d a
sbsa
e
dii
ha he aer has sme perma
e
e, sme
appreiabe drai
i
exise
e. This fa, , expai
s i
sme
measre he errr f
eivi
perma
e
e as esse
ia a sbsa
e.
B he errr has a
her sre as: U
der he i
fe
e f sbjeive
ideaism phisphers have me reard he i
dividas
sis
ess
f his w
sef, he
sis
ess f he _E_, as he se a
d
iqe
sre f r
ep f sbsa
e. The passae we have js qed frm
Spe
er is a
israi
. A
d si
e he spiria pri
ipe f r
sis as is a perma
e
pri
ipe whih abides hrh a f
hem, hs expai
i
he
i f he i
divida hma
sis
ess,
hse wh
eive sbsa
e i
e
era afer he mde f he _E_,
ara
eive i as a
esse
ia sabe sbje f i
essa
a
d
eva
ese
presses.
B i is qie arbirar hs
eive he _E_ as he se pe f
sbsa
e. Bdies are sbsa
es as we as spiris, maer as we as
mi
d. A
d he perma
e
e f rprea sbsa
es is mere reaive.
Neverheess he are rea sbsa
es. The reaive sabii f spiri
whih is immra, a
d he reaive i
sabii f maer whih is
rrpibe, have
hi
d wih he sbsa
iai f eiher. Bh
aike are sbsa
es, fr bh aike have ha mde f bei
whih
siss i
heir exisi
i
hemseves, a
d
b i
heri
i
her
hi
s as aide
s d.
(_e_) Spe
ers
epi
f sbsa
e as he perma
e
,
k
wabe
r
d f phe
me
a, impies ha sbsa
e is
e,
ma
ifd, a
d hs
sess he view f reai k
w
as _M
ism_. There is e a
her
misake
i
f sbsa
e, he
i
i
whih he we k
w
pa
heisi phisph f Spi
za has had is rii
. Spi
za appears
have ive
he ambis defi
ii
f Desares_Sbsa
ia es res qae
ia exisi,
a aia re i
diea ad exise
dm_a
i
erpreai
whih
arrwed is appiai
dw
he Neessar Bei
; fr he defi
ed
sbsa
e i
he fwi
erms: _Per sbsa
iam i
ei id qd es
i
se e per se
ipir: h es, id js
eps
i
die
ep aeris rei a q frmari debea_. B he ambis phrase,
ha sbsa
e reqires
her hi
fr exisi
, Desares erai
mea
ve wha has awas bee
dersd b he shasi
expressi
ha sbsa
e exiss _i
_ isef. He erai
did
mea
ha sbsa
e is a reai whih exiss _f_ isef, _i.e._ ha i is
wha shasis mea
b _E
s a se_, he Bei
ha has is aai frm
is w
esse
e, b vire f is ver
are, a
d i
abse
i
depe
de
e f a her bei
; fr sh Bei
is O
e a
e, he
Neessar Bei
, Gd Himsef, whereas Desares ear hed a
d ah
he rea exise
e f fi
ie, reaed sbsa
es.(245) Ye Spi
zas
defi
ii
f sbsa
e is appiabe
sh a bei
ha r
ep f his bei
shws frh he aa exise
e f he aer as
abse expai
ed a
d a
ed fr b refere
e he esse
e f his
bei
isef, a
d i
depe
de
f a
refere
e her bei
. I
her
wrds, i appies
he Neessar Bei
. This
epi
f
sbsa
e is he sari
-pi
f Spi
zas pa
heisi phisph.
Nw, he shasi defi
ii
f sbsa
e a
d Spi
zas defi
ii
embd w e
ire disi
i
s. Spi
zas defi
ii
ves wha
shasis mea
b he Sef-Exise
Bei
, _E
s a se_; a
d his he
shasis disi
ish frm ased r reaed bei
, _e
s ab ai_. Bh
phrases refer frma a
d primari,
he mde f a bei
s
exise
e whe
i des exis, b he rii
f his exise
e i
reai
he bei
s esse
e; a
d speifia i marks he disi
i
bewee
he Esse
e ha is sef-expai
i
, sef-exise
, esse
ia
aa (_a_ se), he Neessar Bei
, a
d esse
es ha d
hemseves expai
r a
fr heir w
aa exise
e, esse
es
ha have
heir aa exise
e frm hemseves r f hemseves,
esse
es ha are i
reard heir aa exise
e
i
e
r
depe
de
, esse
es whih, herefre, if he aa exis, a
d s
depe
de
sme her bei
whe
e he have derived his
exise
e (_ab_ ai) a
d
whih he esse
ia depe
d fr is
i
a
e.
N he eas evi f Spi
zas defi
ii
is he
fsi
ased b
rais wresi
a
impra
phisphia erm ike _sbsa
e_
frm is radii
a se
se a
d si
i wih qie a differe
mea
i
;
a
d he same is re i
is measre f he her misake
i
s f
sbsa
e whih we have bee
exami
i
. B defi
i
sbsa
e as a
_e
s
i
se_, r _per se sa
s_, shasi phisphers mea
simp ha
sbsa
e des
depe
d _i
ri
sia_
a
_sbjeive_ r
_maeria_ ase i
whih is aai wd be sppred; he d
mea
imp ha i des
depe
d _exri
sia_
a
effiie
ase frm whih i has is aai a
d b whih i is
served i
bei
. The asser ha a _reaed_ sbsa
es,
ess ha
a
aide
s, have heir bei
_ab ai_ frm Gd; ha he exis
b
he Divi
e reai
a
d
servai
, a
d a
b he Divi
e
_
rss_ r
rre
e; b whie sbsa
es a
d aide
s are bh
aike depe
de
his exri
si
servi
a
d
rri
i
fe
e f a
Divi
e, Tra
se
de
Bei
, sbsa
es are exemp frm his her a
d
disi
mde f depe
de
e whih haraerizes aide
s: i
ri
si
depe
de
e
a sbje i
whih he have heir aai.(246)
Whe
we sa ha sbsa
e exiss _i
_ isef, bvis we d
Gd. I
a erai
re se
se a reares exis i
Gd: _I
ips e
im vivims, e mvemr, e sms_ (As xxii., 28), i
he
se
se ha he are kep i
bei
b His m
iprese
servi
pwer. B He des
ssai
hem as a sbje i
whih he
i
here, as sbsa
e ssai
s he aide
s whih deermi
e i,
hereb ivi
expressi
is
ree aai.(247) B
sai
ha sbsa
e exiss i
isef we mea
exde he
i
f is exisi
i
a
her hi
, as a
aide
des.
A
d his we sha
dersa
d beer b exami
i
a ie mre
se his peiar mde f bei
whih haraerizes aide
s.
65. THE NATURE OF ACCIDENT. ITS RELATION TO SUBSTANCE. ITS CAUSES.Frm
a ha has preeded we wi have ahered he e
era
i
f
_aide
_ as ha mde f rea bei
whih is f
d have is reai,
b exisi
i
isef, b b affei
, deermi
i
, sme sbsa
e
i
whih i i
heres as i
a sbje. Wha d we mea
b sai
ha
aide
s _i
here i
_ sbsa
es as heir _sbjes_? Here we ms a
e
a aside as err
es he rde
epi
f smehi
as aed
spaia wihi
smehi
ese, as
ai
ed i
ai
er, as _e.._
waer i
a vesse; a
d he eqa rde
epi
f smehi
bei
i
smehi
ese as a par is i
he whe, as _e.._ a
arm is i
he bd.
Sh imai
ai
s are wh miseadi
.
The aa exisi
sbsa
e has is bei
r reai; i is a
aa
esse
e. Eah rea aide
f i is ikewise a reai, a
d has a
esse
e, disi
frm ha f he sbsa
e, e
wh i
depe
de
f he aer: i is a deermi
ai
f he deermi
abe bei
f he
sbsa
e, affei
r mdifi
he aer i
sme wa r her, a
d
havi
her _rais
dre_ ha
his re f aaizi
i
sme
speifi wa sme reepive pe
iai f he
ree sbsa
e. A
d
si
e is reai is hs depe
de
ha f he sbsa
e whih i
affes, we a
simp as exisi
isef (_esse_); as smehi
whse esse
e is raher
he deermi
ai
, affei
, mdifiai
f a
esse
e ha
isef a
esse
e prper, he erm esse
e desi
ai
prper
a sbsa
e:
_aide
is esse es i
esse_.(249) This
epi
mih,
db, if
pressed far, be i
appiabe abse aide
s, ike qa
i,
whih are smehi
mre ha
mere mdifiai
s f sbsa
e; b i
rih emphasizes he depe
de
e f he reai f aide
ha f
sbsa
e, he
-sbsa
ia a
d dimi
ished haraer f he
aide
-mde f bei
; i as heps shw ha he i
here
e f
aide
i
sbsa
e is a reai
f deermi
i
deermi
abe
bei
whih is _si e
eris_; a
d fi
a i ps s
r ard aai
s
he errrs ha ma be, a
d have bee
, mmied b
eivi
aide
s
i
he absra a
d reas
i
ab hem apar frm heir sbsa
es, as
f heir differe
was f affei
sbsa
e (60). T his we sha
rer
aer. Here we ma i
qire, ab his e
era reai
f aide
sbsa
e, wheher i is _esse
ia_ a
aide
_aa i
here
i
_ a sbsa
e, if
immediae, he
a eas hrh he medim f
sme her aide
. We ses his aer aer
aive bease as we
sha see prese
here are sme aide
s, sh as r, ase,
shape, whih immediae affe he _exe
si
_ f a bd, a
d
hrh his he sbsa
e f he bd isef. Nw he rdi
ar rse f
are
ever prese
s s wih aide
s exep as i
heri
, mediae r
immediae, i
a sbsa
e. Nr is i prbabe ha he
ara ih f
r reas
wd ever ses s he pssibii f a
exepi
his e
era aw. B he Chrisia
phispher k
ws, frm Divi
e
Reveai
, ha i
he Bessed Eharis he _qa
i_ r _exe
si
_ f
bread a
d wi
e, eher wih he ase, r, frm, e., whih affe
his exe
si
, _remai
i
exise
e_ afer heir
ara sbsa
e f
bread a
d wi
e has disappeared b ra
sbsa
iai
. I
he sper
ara
rder f His prvide
e Gd preserves hese aide
s i
exise
e wih
a sbje; b i
his sae, hh he d
_aa i
here_ i
a
sbsa
e, he _reai
heir
ara apide a
d exie
e_ fr sh
i
here
e. The Chrisia
phispher, herefre, wi
defi
e aide
as he mde f bei
whih i
heres i
a sbje, b as he mde f
bei
whih _i
he rdi
ar rse f
are_ i
heres i
a sbje, r
as he mde f bei
whih has _a
ara exie
e_ i
here i
a
sbje. I is
_aa i
here
e_, b he _
ara exie
e
i
here_, ha is esse
ia a
aide
as sh.(250)
Frhermre, a
aide
eeds a sbsa
e
frma _qa_ sbsa
e,
r as a mde f bei
ara exisi
i
isef; i
eeds a sbsa
e
_as a sbje_ i
whih i
here, whih i wi i
sme wa affe,
deermi
e, qaif; b he sbje i
whih i immediae i
heres
eed
awas be a sbsa
e: i ma be sme her aide
, i
whih ase
bh f rse wi
ara reqire sme sbsa
e as heir imae
basis.
Cmpari
w he
ep f aide
wih ha f sbsa
e, we fi
d ha
he aer is presppsed b he frmer; ha he aer is prir _i
defi
e maer a
d frm wih he prir
ep f bd, r a
imai a
d
rai
ai wih he prir
ep f ma
; b we a
defi
e r
wih he prir
ep f bd, r he fa f speeh wih he
prir
ep f ma
.(251)
Sbsa
e, herefre, is prir _i
hh_ aide
; b is he
sbsa
e isef as prir _empra_ (prir _empre_) is
aide
s? I is prir i
ime sme f hem,
db; he i
divida
hma
bei
is hs prir, fr i
sa
e, he k
wede he ma aqire
dri
ife. B here is
reas
fr sai
ha a sbsa
e ms be
prir _i
ime_ _a_ is aide
s;(252) s far as we a
disver,
reaed sbsa
e mes i
exise
e devid f a aide
s: rprea
sbsa
e devid f i
er
a qa
i, r spiria sbsa
e devid f
i
ee a
d wi.
If prir i
hh, hh
eessari i
ime, is aide
s, is
a sbsa
e prir is aide
s _rea_, _
ia_ (prir
_
ara_)? Yes; i is he rea r
ia pri
ipe f is aide
s;
i ssai
s hem, a
d he depe
d
i. I is a passive r maeria ase
(si
he erm maeria i
he wide se
se, as appiabe eve
spiria sbsa
es), r a reepive sbje, deermi
ed i
sme wa b
hem as frma pri
ipes. I is a he same ime a
effiie
a
d passive
ase f sme f is w
aide
s: he s is a
effiie
ase f is
w
imma
e
presses f hh a
d vii
, a
d a he same ime a
passive pri
ipe f hem,
deri
rea ha
e b heir rre
e. Of
hers i is mere a reepive, deermi
abe sbje, f hse,
ame,
whih have a
adeqae a
d
eessar f
dai
i
is w
esse
e, a
d
whih are aed _prperies_ i
he sri se
se: wih hese i a
exis, hh he d
sie is esse
e, r e
er i
he
ep f he aer; b i is
prir hem i
ime,
r is i he
_effiie
ase_ f hem; i is, hwever, a rea pri
ipe f hem, a
esse
e frm he reai f whih he
eessari res, a
d
whih
heir w
reai depe
ds. Sh, fr i
sa
e, is he fa f hh,
r vii
, r speeh i
reard ma
.
The aide
-mde f bei
is, herefre, a mde f bei
whih deermi
es
a sbsa
e i
sme rea wa. Is _frma effe_ is ive he sbsa
e
sme rea a
d defi
ie deermi
ai
:
_esse simpiier_ b _esse
ae_. Wih he sbsa
e i
sies a
ree rea bei
whih is
_
m per aide
s_,
_
m per se_.
The aide
has
_frma ase_: i is isef a frm a
d is
asai is ha f a frma ase, whih
siss i
is mm
iai
isef a sbje, a
d, b is
i
herewih,
sii
sme
ew
reaii
his ase a
ree bei
e
dwed wih aide
a
i.
Aide
s have f rse, a _maeria ase_;
, hwever, i
he se
se
f a _maeria ex qa_, a maeria frm whih he are
sied,
i
asmh as he are simpe frms; b i
he se
se f a _sbje_ i
aread, a
d as wi appear mre ear aer
, he f
dame
a reas
aide
s as disi
frm _prper_ aide
s r _prperies_ (66) have
dbed effiie
ases: he varis ae
ies whih prde rea b
aide
a ha
es i
he i
divida sbsa
es f he
iverse. _Prper_
aide
s, hwever, i
asmh as he f
eessi exis sima
es
wih he sbsa
es whih he be
, a
d fw frm hese sbsa
es
b a
eessi f he ver esse
e f hese aer, a
be said have
a
effiie
ases her ha
hse whih
ribe b heir effiie
he _sbsa
ia ha
es_ b whih hese sbsa
es are brh i
aa exise
e;
r a
he be said be _ased effiie
_ b hese
sbsa
es hemseves, b
fw r res
eessari frm he
aer, i
asmh as he me i
exise
e sima
es wih, b
depe
de
, hese sbsa
es. He
e, whie sbsa
es are
iversa
exo
heeh. Suh, fo
a
e,
ae he faule of
elle a
d ll
all pual be
g; he
faule of peak
g, laugh
g, eep
g
ma
; he empoal a
d paal
mode of be
g hh haaeze all eaed uba
e.(254) Whe
o be ee
o have a
y aboluely
eeay o
exo
exo
hough
h he logal ubje.(255) Bu he fome la, hh ae
d
guhed fom logal ade
a
d alled _logal popee_
(_popa_) ae
o
e he le _eal ade
_ he
o
deed fom he
o
ologal a
dpo
; fo hey do
o o
ue he ee
e of he
uba
e; hey ae oude he o
ep of he lae, a
d
upe-addedhough
eealyo . Whehe, hoeve, all o a
y of
hee popee, hh phloophe hu lafy a eal o
o
ologal ade
, pope ade
, of ea
uba
e, ae
_eally_ d
fom he o
ee,
dvdual uba
e o hh hey
belo
g, o ae o
ly ape of he lae, uba
al mode, o
ly
_vually_ d
eah ae fom he
dvdual uba
e elf,
a
ohe a
d moe dfful queo
(69). Suh a popey ea
ly
o
eally epaable fom uba
e; e a
o o
eve ehe o ex
eally hou he ohe; hough e a
by abao
h
k, a
d eao
,
a
d peak, abou ehe apa fom he ohe.(256) Real
epaably ,
hoeve, egaded by hola phloophe a que ompable h ha
hey u
dea
d by a eal d
o
(38).
A _ommo
_ ade
o
e hh ha
o uh aboluely
eeay
o
exo
h uba
e a a popey ha; o
e hh, heefoe,
a
be o
eved a abe
fom he uba
e hou heeby e
al
g
he deuo
of he lae ee
e, o of a
yh
g bou
d up by a
eey of hough h h ee
e. A
d uh ommo
ade
ae of
o k
d.
They may be uh ha
he od
ay oue of
aue, a
d o fa a
foe a
d la ae o
e
ed, hey ae
eve fou
d o be abe
fom
he o
aual uba
e_
epaable_ ade
. Thu he olou of
he Ehopa
a
epaable ade
of h huma
aue a a
Ehopa
; he
aually blak; bu f bo
of Ehopa
pae
he
ould ll be a
Ehopa
eve
f he happe
ed o go up he
ead
of blak. We ould
o, hoeve, o
eve a
Ehopa
, o a
y ohe huma
be
g, ex
g hou he faule (
o he ue) of
elle a
d ll,
o he fauly (
o he oga
, o he aual exee of he fauly) of
huma
peeh.
O ommo
ade
may be uh ha hey ae omeme pee
he
uba
e, a
d omeme abe
_epaable_ ade
. Thee ae by fa
he mo
umeou la of ade
: h
k
g, ll
g, alk
g, a
d
ao
ge
eally; healh o ll
e; vue, ve, aqued hab;
e o moo
, empeaue, olou, fom, loao
, e.
(_b_) The
ex mpoa
dvo
of ade
ha
o mee
_ex
de
om
ao
_ a
d
ade
; he lae be
g
ubdvded
o _modal_ a
d _abolue_ ade
, epevely.
A
_abolue_ ade
o
e hh
o meely affe uba
e
ally, gv
g he lae a
aual deem
ao
o mode of be
g,
of ome o o ohe, bu hh ha moeove ome e
y o ealy
pope o elf heeby hu affe he uba
e, a
e
y eally
d
fom he ee
e of he uba
e hu deem
ed by . Suh,
fo
a
e, ae all val ave of lv
g h
g;(257) k
oledge,
a
d ohe aqued hab; qua
y, he fu
dame
al ade
heeby
opoeal uba
e ae all apable of ex
g exe
ded
pae; a
d
uh e
ble quale a
d e
ege of mae a hea, olou, meha
al
foe, eleal e
egy, e. Suh, oo, aod
g o ma
y, ae
elle, ll, a
d e
e faule
ma
.
Thee ae, hoeve, ohe
deem
ao
of uba
e, ohe
modfao
of he lae, hh do
o eem o
volve a
y
e o
addo
al ealy
he uba
e, ove a
d above he modfao
ou hough; a
d
h e
e hee ade
ae eal a
d
o
he uba
e. Ye, hough e a
a
ade
al deem
ao
of elf; heea doe ga
omeh
g moe
ha
h he
heaed, o elefed, o
eaed
qua
y;
ju a a ma
ho aque k
oledge, o vue,
o o
ly eally
modfed, bu modfed by eal e
e hh he ha aqued,
o
hav
g aually poeed hem befoe.
F
ally, hee ae ade
hh do
o affe he uba
e
ally a all, hh do
o deem
e a
y eal ha
ge
, bu
meely gve a
ex
de
om
ao
elao
o omeh
g oude
(60). Thu, hle he _qualy_ of hea a
abolue ade
a
body, he _ao
_ heeby he lae hea
eghbou
g bode
o
e
ealy
he body elf, a
d podue
o eal ha
ge
he lae, bu
o
ly gve he ex
de
om
ao
of _hea
g_
efee
e o
hee ohe bode
hh he effe eally ake plae. Smlaly he
_loao
_ of a
y opoeal uba
e
_pae_ o
_me_ elavely
o ohe
he pae o me ee _exe
al_ plae (_ub_) o me
(_qua
do_), a hey ae alledo he elave poo
of pa
(_u_)
he plae ouped by : hee do
o
ally
deem
e o o
fe upo
a
y
modfao
of
uba
e. No,
deed, ha hey ae mee _e
a ao
_, mee logal
fo
of ou hough. They ae eale, bu
o eale hh
affe he uba
e de
om
aed fom hem; hey ae ade
al mode of
ohe uba
e, o of he abolue ade
of ohe uba
e.
F
ally, he ade
hh e all a _eal_ elao
peuppoe
ubje ome abolue ade
uh a qua
y o qualy, o ome eal
a
d
ha
ge deem
g hee, o affe
g he uba
e elf;
bu hehe elao
elf a ealy ove a
d above uh fou
dao
,
a dpued queo
.
Fom hee lafao
of ade
ll be a o
e appae
ha
he ge
eal
oo
of ade
, a a depe
de
mode of be
g, upeadded
o he ee
e of a uba
e a
d
ome ay deem
g he lae,
ealzed
dely dffee
a
d meely a
alogal ay
he dffee
ulmae lae of ade
.
67. REAL EXISTENCE OF ACCIDENTS. NATURE OF THE DISTINCTION BETWEEN
ACCIDENTS AND SUBSTANCE.I ould be upefluou o pove he ge
eal
popoo
ha ade
eally ex. I
eablh
g he eal
exe
e of uba
e e have ee
ha he eal exe
e of ome
ade
a lea ha
eve bee
eouly de
ed. Thee ae ofe
alled
oaday _phe
ome
a_; a
d phloophe ho have de
ed o doubed he eal
exe
e of uba
e have bee
alled phe
ome
mply beaue
hey have admed he eal exe
e o
ly of hee phe
ome
a; hough, f
hey ee a logal a Hume hey mgh have ee
h hm ha uh
de
al, o fa fom abolh
g uba
e, ould o
ly lead o he
uba
alz
g of ade
(63).
Bu hle u
doubedly hee ae eale hh ex
hemelve,
uh a
dvdual me
, a
mal a
d pla
, hee
o eao
fo
abu
g h ame mode of exe
e o e
e uh a he hough,
volo
, emoo
, vue o ve, of he
dvdual ma
; o he
, hu
ge, o ll
e of he dog; o he olou, pefume, o fom
of he oe. The o
ee
dvdual ma
, o dog, o oe, eveal elf
o ou m
d a a uba
al e
y, affeed h hee vaou
ade
al e
e hh ae eally d
fom he uba
al e
y
elf a
d fom o
e a
ohe. Nay,
mo of he
a
e ju ed,
hey ae phyally epaable fom he uba
al e
y
hh hey
hee;
o of oue
he e
e ha hey ould aually ex hou
, bu
he e
e ha a
a
d doe o
ue o ex aually
hou hem (38); fo o
ue o ex hle hey ome a
d go,
appea a
d dappea.(258) Of oue he _o
ee
dvdual_ ma
, o
dog, o oe, doe
o o
ue o _ex aually u
ha
ged_, a
d
_oally_ de
al h elf houghou he ha
ge of ade
(64),
fo he ade
ae pa of he o
ee
dvdual ealy;
ay, eve
he uba
e elf of he o
ee
dvdual doe
o ema
oally
u
affeed by he ha
ge of he ade
; beaue f hey _eally_ affe
, a hey do, he ha
ge a
o leave oally u
affeed; uba
e
o a all a ha
gele, o
ee oe, uou
ded by a
eve-ha
g
g
d o veue of ade
; o a dak, hdde
, mmuable a
d
uable
bakgou
d of a pa
oama of phe
ome
a (64). Bu hough beyo
d all
doub eally affeed by he ha
ge of ade
, alo beyo
d
all doub
depe
de
of hem
egad o he ee
al mode of
be
g,
a muh a ex a
d o
ue o ex
elf houghou
all fluuao
of ade
; hle hee o
he ohe ha
d have o
ly
ha ee
ally depe
de
mode of be
g heeby hey ae aual o
ly by
affe
g a
d deem
g ome ubje
hh hey
hee a
d hh
uppo he aualy.
The exe
e, heefoe, of ome ade
, hh ae
o o
ly eally
d
bu eve
phyally epaable fom he uba
e, a
o
eao
ably be alled
o queo
. To de
y he exe
e of uh
ade
, o, ha ome o he ame h
g, he eal d
o
fom
uba
e, o ake up ome o
e of hee hee equally u
e
able
poo
: ha all he ha
ge hh ake plae h
a
d aou
d u ae
uba
al ha
ge; o, ha hee
o uh h
g a eal ha
ge, all
ha
ge be
g a me
al lluo
; o, ha o
adoy ae a
be
affmed of he ame ealy.(259)
Bu he
aue of he eal d
o
beee
ade
a
d uba
e
o
all ae o eay o deem
e. No a
e du he queo
hee
efee
e o eah _ummum ge
u_ of ade
epaaely. Defe
g
o he hape o
_Relao
_ he queo
of he d
o
of h
paula ade
fom uba
e a
d he ohe aegoe, e may
o
f
e ou ae
o
hee o he d
o
beee
uba
e a
d he
hee lae of ade
e have alled _ex
de
om
ao
_,
_modal_ ade
, a
d _abolue_ ade
epevely. Thee ae
ade
, e Kleuge
,(260) hh plae
oh
g a
d ha
ge
oh
g
he ubje elf, bu ae abed o by eao
of ome ex
h
g; ohe, aga
, podue
deed
he ubje elf ome
e mode
of be
g, bu hou he ex
g
a a
e ealy, d
fom
ealy; ohe, f
ally, ae hemelve a
e ealy, a
d have hu
a be
g hh pope o hemelve, hough h be
g of oue
depe
de
o
he uba
e. Thee lae alo
e a
be _eally_ d
fom he uba
e,
he full e
e
hh a eal d
o
ha
beee
h
g a
d h
g. No Caea
phloophe have de
ed ha hee
ae a
y uh ade
a hoe of he lae la; eje
g he
dvo
of ade
o abolue a
d modal, hey eah ha all
ade
ae mee _modfao
_ o deem
ao
of uba
e, ha
hey o
olely of vaou loao
a
d omb
ao
of he ulmae
pa of a uba
e, o elao
of he lae o ohe uba
e.
No all _ex
de
om
ao
_ of a uba
e do eem o
a
aly
ulmaely o eolve hemelve paly
o elao
of he lae o
ohe uba
e, a
d paly
o modal o abolue ade
of ohe
uba
e. He
e e may o
f
e ou ae
o
hee o he d
o
beee
hee o lae of ade
a
d he o
aual uba
e.
A
d, appoah
g h queo
, ll be ell fo u o bea o
h
g
m
d. I
he f plae, ou def
o
boh of
uba
e a
d of ade
ae aba a
d ge
e o u
veal.
Bu he aba a
d u
veal doe
o ex _a uh_. The
o
ee,
dvdual, aually ex
g uba
e
eve
_meely_ a be
g ha
aually ex
elf,
o he
ade
of uh a uba
e _meely_ a vefao
of
def
o
a a be
g ha
aually
hee
omeh
g ele.
I
evey ae ha eally a
d aually ex _he
dvdual_,
a be
g o
eed of uba
e a
d ade
, a be
g hh
eve a
d alay a _eal u
y_, ompoe
o doub, bu eally
o
e; a
d h
o mae ha o of d
o
e hold o oba
beee
he uba
e a
d ade
. Th mpoa
;
g
fa
e ll be bee appeaed aod
g a e exam
e
he d
o
queo
. Seo
dly, a hola u
dea
d
a eal d
o
, h a
oba
o meely beee
dffee
peo
o h
g hh ae epaae fom o
e a
ohe
me
o pae, bu alo beee
dffee
o
uve p
ple of
a
y o
e
gle o
ee, ompoe,
dvdual be
g (38). We have
ee
ha hey ae
o ageed a o hehe he ee
e a
d he
exe
e of a
y aual eaue ae eally d
o
o (24).
A
d may help u o lea up ou
oo
of ade
f e
adve hee o he duo
of he queo
hehe o
o a
ade
ough o be egaded a hav
g a
exe
e of o
,
a
exe
e pope o elf.
Thoe ho h
k ha he d
o
beee
ee
e a
d exe
e
eaed h
g a eal d
o
, hold ha ade
a
uh have
o exe
e of he o
, ha hey ae aualzed by
he exe
e of he uba
e, o ahe of he o
ee,
ompoe
dvdual; ha
e he lae a eal u
y
o a
mee afal aggegao
of e
e, bu a be
g
aually
o
e a
have o
ly o
e exe
e: _Impoble e quod u
u
e
o
u
um ee_;(261) ha by h o
e exe
e he
o
ee, ompoe ee
e of he uba
e, a affeed a
d
deem
ed by ade
, aualzed. They o
e
d ha f
eah of he p
ple, hehe uba
al o ade
al, of a
o
ee
dvdual be
g had o
exe
e, he u
o
,
o
mae ho
mae, ould
o fom a
aual u
ay be
g, a
dvdual, bu o
ly a
aggegae of uh be
g. I
ehe
he mae,
o he fom,
o he opoeal uba
e apa fom
ade
, ha ex: he uba
e ompleely
deem
ed by all ade
a
d mode ha he pope
ubje of exe
e.(262) I alo
e aualzed, a
d ha by
_o
e_ exe
e, hh he ulmae aualy of he
o
ee, ompoe,
dvdual ee
e: _ee e ulmu au_.
He
e oo, hey uge, ha a
ade
hould be o
eved
o popely a a be
g, bu o
ly a ha heeby a be
g
uh o uh: Ade
o
e e
, ed _e
e
_. Bu a
o
be o o
eved f e abue o a
exe
e of o
; fo
he
ould be a be
g
he full a
d pope e
e of he
od.
Th he ve of S. Thoma, a
d of Thom ge
eally. The
agume
uppo of ae eou, bu
o o
v
g. A
d
he ame may be ad of he eao
addued fo he oppoe ve:
ha exe
e
o be
g eally d
fom ee
e, ade
o fa a hey a
be ad o have a
ee
e of he o
have
lkee a
exe
e of he o
.
Suppoe of h ve
o o
ly adm bu ma
a
ha he
e
y of a eal, ex
g ade
a dm
hed e
y,
amuh a depe
de
a e
e
hh a eally ex
g
uba
e
o depe
de
. They mply de
y he Thom aeo
ha uba
al a
d ade
al p
ple a
o omb
e o fom
a eal a
d
aual u
, a
dvdual be
g, f eah be aoded
a
exe
e appopae a
d popoo
ae o paal ee
e;
o
deed a
Thom _pove_ h aeo
. Moeove, f
exe
e be
o _eally_ d
fom ee
e, hee
o moe
o
ve
e
e
he lam ha paal exe
e a
omb
e o
fom o
e omplee exe
e, _u
um ee_, ha
he Thom
lam ha paal ee
e, uh a uba
al a
d ade
al
o
uve p
ple, a
omb
e o fom o
e omplee ee
e,
o
e
dvdual ubje of exe
e. The
, fuhemoe,
uged ha he uba
e ex po _
me_ o ome of
ade
; ha po _
aue_ o popee, hh
ae u
deood o _poeed_ o _flo_ fom ; a
d ha heefoe
exe
e a
o be he, a
y moe ha
ee
e a
be
he. F
ally, po
ed ou ha
e exe
e he
aualy of ee
e, he exe
e hh aualze a uba
e
a
o be de
al h ha hh aualze a
ade
. A all
eve
, hehe he o
e exe
e of he o
ee
dvdual
uba
e a deem
ed by ade
be a ee a mple
a
d
dvble exe
al a, hh aualze he ompoe
dvdual ubje, a Thom hold, o hehe be a ompoe
exe
al a, eally de
al h he ompoe
dvdual
ubje, a
he ohe ve,(263) h o
ee exe
e of he
dvdual o
a
ly vay
g h he vaao
of he
ade
of he
dvdual. Th equally ue o
ehe ve.
I
qu
g
o he d
o
beee
uba
e a
d
ade
, hehe modal o abolue, e have f o emak ha all
ade
a
o be _meely_ h. Fo
f paal elao
ae
o mee ubjeve o me
al fabao
, f
hey ae
a
y
ellgble e
e _eal_, he
a ha
ge
hem mu
volve a ha
ge of _omeh
g
_ o he bode o
e
ed. No
Deae,
de
y
g he exe
e of _abolue_ ade
,
edu
g
all ade
o _mode_ of uba
e, u
deood by mode
o a
y
_
_ deem
ao
of uba
e, bu o
ly ex
deem
ao
of he lae. All ade
of _maeal_ uba
e ee fo hm mee
loao
, aa
geme
, dpoo
of exe
ded pa: exe
o
be
g ee
e. Smlaly, all ade
of pual uba
e ee
fo hm mee modale a
d muual elao
of hough o
o
ou
e: h lae be
g fo hm he ee
e of p. We have
hee
o o
ly he eo of de
fy
g o o
fou
d
g ade
uh a
hough a
d exe
o
h he o
aual uba
e, p a
d mae,
bu alo he eo of uppo
g ha ex
elao
a
d mode of a
uba
e, a
d ha
ge
hee, a
be eal, hou hee be
g
he
uba
e hemelve a
y
, eal, ha
geable ade
, hh
ould aou
fo he ex
elao
a
d he ha
ge. If hee ae
o
ade
, eally affe
g a
d deem
g uba
e, a
d
ye eally d
fom he lae, he
e mu adm ehe ha all
ha
ge a
lluo
o ele ha all ha
ge uba
al; a
d h
he dlemma ha eally o
fo
he Caea
phloophy.
68. MODAL ACCIDENTS AND THE MODAL DISTINCTION.The eal d
o
hh
e lam o ex beee
a uba
e a
d
ade
o
he ame
all ae:
egad o ome ade
, hh e have alled
mode of he uba
e, a _m
o_ o _modal_ eal
d
o
;
egad o ohe hh e have alled abolue ade
,
a _majo_ eal d
o
(38). Le u f o
de he fome.
The em _mode_ ha a vaey of mea
g, ome vey de, ome
eed. Whe
o
e o
ep deem
e o lm a
ohe
a
y ay e
may all a mode of he lae. If hee
o eal d
o
beee
he deem
g a
d he deem
ed hough-obje, he mode alled a
_meaphyal_ mode: a ao
aly of a
maly
ma
. Aga
, eaed
h
g ae all mode of be
g; a
d he vaou ape of a eaue may
be alled mode of he lae: a f
e
e a mode of evey
eaed be
g. We do
o ue he em
hoe de e
e
he pee
o
ex. Hee e u
dea
d by a mode ome pove ealy hh o
affe a
ohe a
d d
ealy a o deem
e he lae
poxmaely o ome def
e ay of ex
g o a
g, o hh he
lae elf
dffee
; hou, hoeve, add
g o he lae a
y
e a
d pope e
y ohe ha
he ad deem
ao
.(264) Suh mode
ae alled _phyal_ mode. A
d ome phloophe ma
a
ha hee ae
o o
ly _ade
al_ mode, hu eally d
fom he uba
e, bu
ha hee ae eve
ome _uba
al_ mode eally d
fom he
ee
e of he uba
e hh hey affe: fo
a
e, ha he eally
d
o
uve p
ple of a
y
dvdual opoeal uba
e,
mae a
d fom, ae aually u
ed o
ly
vue of a uba
al mode
heeby eah oda
ed fo u
o
h he ohe; o ha _ube
e_,
heeby he
dvdual uba
e made a ube
a
d
ommu
able
peo
o h
g, a uba
al mode of he
dvdual
aue.(265)
Wh hee lae e ae
o o
e
ed hee, bu o
ly h ade
al
mode, uh a exe
al hape o fgue, loal moo
, poo
,
ao
,(266) e. No he
a uba
e affeed by uh ade
a
hee mpoble o
he o
e ha
d o ma
a
ha hey add a
y
e
pove e
y of he o
o ; hey do
o eem o have a
y ealy
ove a
d above he deem
ao
o modfao
hh he vey
pee
e
he uba
e o
. A
d o
he ohe ha
d a
o be
de
ed ha hey expe ome eal pedae hh a
be affmed of he
uba
e
vue of he pee
e
, a
d ha
depe
de
ly of ou
hough;
ohe od a
o be ma
a
ed ha hey ae mee
fgme
o fom of hough, mee _e
a ao
_. If a pee of ax ha
a ea
def
e hape, h hape
epaable fom he ax:
oh
g exep
he ax, fo a
o k
o by eao
alo
e hehe o ho fa uh ade
ae _aboluely epaable_ fom
hee ubje: fom Cha
Revelao
e k
o ha exe
o
a lea
epaable fom he uba
e of a body, a
d h exe
o
all he
ohe opoeal ade
hh
hee mmedaely
exe
o
.(268)
Bu a peal dffuly ae
egad o he
aue of he d
o
beee
a uba
e a
d _pope_ ade
,(269) _.e._ hoe hh
have uh a
adequae a
d
eeay gou
d
he ee
e of he uba
e
ha he lae a
mula
eou h he uba
e a
d poeed
eealy fom , uh a
he
e
al qua
y of a opoeal uba
e, o he
elleual a
d
appeve poe o faule of a pual uba
e. The medeval
hola phloophe ee by
o mea
u
a
mou a o he
aue of
h d
o
. The duo
of he queo
e
e ma
ly aou
d
he d
o
beee
he pual huma
oul a
d pual
faule,
elle a
d ll, a
d beee
hee faule hemelve. I
uvea ho
g addo
al lgh o
ha hey u
deood by a
eal d
o
o f
d ha hle Thom ge
eally have held ha he
d
o
hee
queo
a eal d
o
, ma
y ohe hola
have held ha o
ly a vual d
o
, hle So have
ge
eally augh ha a fomal d
o
(35-39).
Kleuge
(270)
epe he fomal d
o
advoaed by Sou
he
pee
o
ex a eally equvale
o he vual d
o
. S.
Bo
ave
ue, afe efe
g o he lae d
o
, a
d o he eal
d
o
popou
ded by S. Thoma, adop hmelf a
emedae ve:
ha he faule of he oul ae
deed eally d
fom o
e
a
ohe, bu
evehele ae
o eally d
, a ade
al e
e,
fom he uba
e of he oul elf. We ee ho h a
be by
o
de
g ha he maeal a
d fomal p
ple hh o
ue a
opoeal uba
e, hough eally d
fom eah ohe, ae
o
eally d
fom he uba
e elf. They ae
o ade
of he
lae bu _o
ue_ ee
e, a
d o ae o be efeed _eduv_
o he aegoy of uba
e. So, by a
alogy, he faule of he oul,
hough eally d
fom eah ohe, do
o belo
g o a
y ade
al
aegoy eally d
fom he uba
e of he oul, bu belo
g
_eduv_ o he lae aegoy,
o
deed a o
u
g, bu a
flo
g mmedaely a
d
eealy fom, he uba
e of he oul
elf.(271) A
d, lke S. Thoma, he f
d he ulmae oue a
d
expla
ao
of h mulply of faule a
d foe _
he
f
e
e_ of he eaed uba
e a uh.(272) Bu S. Thoma e
fahe ha
S. Bo
ave
ue, fo he augha
deed Thom ge
eally
eah, a
d ma
y ho ae
o Thomha he faule of he huma
oul
ae eally d
fom o
e a
ohe,
o meely a poxmae p
ple
of eally d
val a, bu a ade
al e
e o ee
e; a
d
ha a uh hey ae eally d
fom he ee
e o uba
e elf
of he huma
oul. The agume
favou of h ve ll be gve
exo
h he aegoy of _Qualy_. If hey
ae
o demo
ave
he foe, hey ae ea
ly uh ha he
ve fo hh hey make vey hghly pobable; bu e ae o
e
ed
hee o ho,
h o
lud
g eo
, ha he eog
o
of a eal
d
o
ge
eal beee
uba
e a
d ade
doe
o
a
y
ay ompome he eal u
y of he o
ee
dvdual be
g. I ha
bee
dely aued of do
g o by phloophe ho y o ded h
ve hou fully u
dea
d
g . Th haaeally mode
ee
me o ho dule o
ha hey debe a he fauly
pyhology.(273)
The oue of h gou
dle hage le paly
he make
o
epo
of ade
a
d uba
e a o
ee e
e upeadded he
o
e o he ohe; paly
he make
oo
ha he u
o
of
uba
e a
d ade
a
o eul
a eal u
y, ha hee a
o
be moe o le pefe gade of eal u
y (27); a
d paly
he fale
aumpo
ha eal d
o
alay mple muual epaably of
o
ee e
e. Of hee eo e
eed o
ly efe o ha o
e
g
u
y.
Mode
phloophe
o u
ommo
ly o
eve he u
o
of uba
e a
d
ade
a be
g
eealy a mee _meha
al_ u
o
o aggegao
,
a
d oppoe o oga
u
y hh hey egad a a eal u
y
volv
g he h
e of a
e
ege, lv
g mulply. Th
volve a mepee
ao
of he ado
al hola ve. The u
o
of uba
e a
d ade
o a meha
al u
o
. Noh
g ould be
fahe fom he m
d of he hola
epee of Aole ha
he o
epo
of he ulmae p
ple of he u
vee of ou
expee
e a
e e
e moved aod
g o puely meha
al la; o
of he
dvdual o
ee be
g a a mee mah
e, o a mee aggegae of
meha
al eleme
. They eog
zed eve
he
dvdual
oga
uba
e a
e
al, u
fy
g, ave a
d deve p
ple of all he
e
ege a
d ave of he h
g uba
al fom. A
d f h
all hoe phloophe mea
by he meaphoal a
fee
e of he em
oga
u
y,
e
al lv
g p
ple of developme
, e., o he
m
eal old, hey ae o fa
aod h he ado
al hola
phloophy;(274) hle f hey mea
ha all uba
e ae p
ple of
val e
egy, o ha all ealy o
e oga
u
y,
he leal
e
e of hee em, hey ae omm
g hemelve ehe o he
palpably fale heoy of pa
-pyhm, o o he gauou eaeo
of
a vey old a
d vey ude fom of mo
m.
By oga
u
y e u
dea
d he u
y of a
y lv
g oga
m, a u
y
hh muh moe pefe ha
ha of he pa of a mah
e, o ha
a
y
aual juxapoo
of maeal pa
a
oga
hole; fo he
oga
, hough d
umbe a
d
aue fom o
e a
ohe, ae
u
ed by a
e
al p
ple o fom o
e lv
g
dvdual, o ha f
a
y oga
ee epaaed fom he lv
g oga
m ould eae o be a
oga
.(275) Bu oga
u
y
o by a
y mea
he mo pefe k
d of
u
y o
evable.(276) The lv
g oga
m ex a
d develop a
d
aa
o he pefeo
of be
g o
ly hough a mulply of
egal pa exe
ded
pae. The pual uba
e ubje o
o
uh dpeo
of be
g. Fom u
o
h he faule heeby
aa
o
aual developme
, hee eul a eal u
y of a hghe
ode ha
ha of a
y oga
m.
A
d
evehele, eve
hough he u
y of he o
ee pual
uba
e a
d faule be o fa hghe ha
a meha
al o eve
a
oga
u
y,
o pefe. Eve
hough he faule of he oul be
deem
ao
of uba
e, eve
hough hey flo fom a
auale dema
ded by ee
e fo he
omal a
d
aual developme
of be
g, ll a omplee ub
g ee
e of k
d
hou hem; poee _ee
al_ pefeo
hou hem, o
ha hoeve
mae be he u
o
h hey a
eve fom o
e
ee
e h ;
eed hem o
ly fo he fulle developme
of
be
g by aqu
g fuhe _
emedae_ pefeo
a
d hu aa
g
o _f
al_ pefeo
(46).
A
d hee e ouh o
he mo fu
dame
al gou
d of he d
o
,
all eaed h
g, beee
he uba
e a
d he ade
al
pefeo
. U
lke he Neeay, Abolue Be
g, hoe
f
e
pefeo
he ee
al aualy of H ee
e,
o eaue poee
he aualy of be
g _oa mul_, bu o
ly by a pogeve
developme
heeby gadually aque eally
e
emedae a
d
f
al pefeo
, eally d
fom, hough
aually due o,
ee
e. He
e, eve
hough ome of ade
popee uh a he
poe a
d faule e have bee
du
gbe
o eally d
fom
he ee
e heeh hey ae
eealy o
eed, h
o ue of
aqued hab a
d dpoo
, o of he ave hh poeed
fom hee lae a he poxmae p
ple. A he ame me he
o
ee be
g , a evey mome
of exe
e a
d developme
, a
eal u
y, bu a u
y hh,
volv
g
elf a doe a eal
mulply of d
p
ple, mu eve fall
f
ely ho of
he pefe ype of eal u
yha ealzed o
ly
he Self-Exe
,
Neeay Be
g.
a uba
e a
d ade
. We mu
ex exam
e he aegoy of
uba
e moe
deal, em
a
g a doe
he mpoa
o
ep
of peo
aly o peo
. Th lae o
epo
o
e hh mu have
og
fo all phloophe
he udy of he huma
dvdual, bu
hh, fo hola phloophe, ompleed a
d pefeed by he
lgh of Cha
Revelao
. We hall e
deavou o ho
he f
plae ha a
be gaheed fom he lgh of eao
abou he o
uo
of peo
aly, a
d alo befly o
oe ho Cha
Revelao
ha
eaed ou
gh
o he pefeo
volved
. A lead
g up
o he o
ep of peo
, e mu e foh ea
dvo
o
lafao
of uba
e:
o _f_ a
d _eo
d_ uba
e, a
d
o _omplee_ a
d _
omplee_ uba
e.(277)
(_a_) The pef a
d ge
e
aue of uba
al e
e do
o
hee, lke ade
,
dvdual uba
e; hey o
ue he
ee
e of he lae, a
d he
e hee _u
veal_ ae alled uba
e.
Bu he u
veal a uh doe
o eally ex; ealzed o
ly
dvdual;
he logal ode pe-uppoe he
dvdual a a
logal ubje of hh affmed, a _ubjeum abuo
eu
paedao
_. He
e alled a _eo
d_ uba
e, hle he
dvdual uba
e alled a _f_ uba
e. Of oue e a
be o ued
elao
o he
dvdual.
I
he o
ologal ode, of oue, he u
veal uba
e
dvdualzed, a
d, a
dvdual, he ubje
hh all
ade
hee, he _ubjeum
haeo
_: he _o
ly_ ubje of
ma
y of hem, a
d he _emoe_ o _ulmae_ ubje of hoe of hem
hh
hee _mmedaely_
ohe ade
.
Thu hle
he o
ologal ode all uba
e, hehe e h
k of
hem a u
veal o a
dvdual, ae he ulmae ubje of
heo
composte subst nce, or of n ncomplete subst nce,prove tese notons
re unerstoo n te sense to be expl ne presently. N y, more, not only
re tese notons ntrnsc lly possble: we must even ol tem to be
objectvely v l n re l, to be truly expressve of te n ture of
re lty, unless we re prep re to ol t t tere s no suc tng s
subst nt l c nge n te unverse, n t t m n mself s mere
_ ggreg te_ of m ter l toms move ccorng to mec nc l l ws n
n bte by conscous soul, or tn
ng prncple, r ter t n n
nvu l beng wt one efnte subst nt l n ture.
W t, ten, re we to unerst n by complete n ncomplete subst nces
respectvely? A subst nce s reg re s complete n te fullest sense
wen t s w ntng n no _subst nt l_ prncple wtout wc t woul be
nc p ble of _exstng_ n sc rgng _ ll_ ts functons n te ctu l
orer s n nvu l of some efnte speces. Of course no cre te
subst nce exsts or sc rges ts functons unless t s enowe wt
some ccents, _e.g._ wt propertes, f cultes, forces, etc. But tere
s no queston of tese ere. We re conserng only te essent l
perfectons of te subst nce. Tus, ten, ny exstng nvu l of ny
speces m n, orse, n o
s
complete subst nce n ts fullest
sense. It s complete _n te lne of subst nce_, n _subst nt l_
perfecton, _n orne subst nt lt ts_, n smuc s t c n exst ( n
oes ctu lly exst) wtout beng conjone or unte subst nt lly wt
ny oter subst nce to form composte subst nce oter t n tself. An
t s complete _n te lne of specfc perfecton_, _n orne
spece_, bec use not only c n t exst wtout suc conjuncton wt ny
oter subst nt l prncple, but t c n sc rge _ ll_ te functons
n tur l to ts speces, n tus ten tow rs ts _fn l_ perfecton (47)
wtout suc conjuncton.
But t s concev ble t t subst nce mgt be complete n te lne of
subst nt l perfectons, n tus be c p ble of _exstng_ n te ctu l
orer n sc rgng tere _some_ of te functons of ts speces wtout
conjuncton wt ny oter subst nt l prncple, n yet be nc p ble of
sc rgng _ ll_ te functons n tur l to n nvu l of ts speces
wtout conjuncton wt some oter subst nt l prncple, n wc c se
t woul be _ncomplete_ n te lne of _specfc_ perfecton, toug
complete n everytng pert nng to ts _subst nt lty_. We
now of one
suc subst nce,te um n soul. Beng sprtu l n mmort l, t c n exst
p rt from te boy to wc t s unte by n ture, n n ts sep r te
conton ret n n exercse ts sprtu l f cultes of ntellect n
wll; t s terefore complete s reg rs te stnctvely subst nt l
perfecton wereby t s c p ble of exstng n tself. But beng of ts
n ture estne for unon wt
m ter l prncple, consttutng n
nvu l of te um n speces only by me ns of suc unon, n beng
c p ble of sc rgng some of te functons of ts speces, _vz._ te
sentent n veget tve functons, only wen so unte, t s not _ ll_
te perfectons of ts speces nepenently of te boy; n t s
terefore n ncomplete subst nce n te lne of specfc perfectons,
toug complete n tose essent l to ts subst nt lty.
Ag n, f t be true t t just s m n s compose of two subst nt l
prncples, soul n boy, so every lvng tng s compose of
subst nt l vt l prncple n
subst nt l m ter l prncple, n t t
every norg nc nvu l tng s l
ewse compose of two re lly
stnct subst nt l prncples, form tve n p ssve or m ter l
prncple; n f, furtermore, t be true t t p rt from te sprtu l
prncple n m n every oter vt l or form tve prncple of te composte
tngs of our experence s of suc
n ture t t t c nnot ctu lly
exst except n unon wt some m ter l prncple, n _vce vers _,ten
e a erai
di
i f he
aer as mpared wih he wer r
-rai
a bei
s f he
iverse.
A
d i
fa he asripi
f is ai
s he sbsisi
bei
is mre
deep r
ded i
he sbsise
e f rai
a, i
eie
bei
s, wh,
as free ae
s, a
mre prper dire a
d
r hese ai
s.(291)
73. DISTINCTION BETWEEN THE INDIIDUAL NATURE AND ITS SUBSISTENCE. WHAT
CONSTITUTES PERSONALITY?K
wi
w wha we mea
b he erms
sbsise
e, sppsim, pers
, a
d pers
ai, we have
ex
i
qire i
wha preise des sbsise
e
sis. Wha is i ha
sies a mpee i
divida
are a sbsisi
bei
, r if he
are be rai
a, a pers
? Sbsise
e
es, ver a
d abve he
mde f exisi
i
isef whih haraerizes a sbsa
e, he
i
is exise
e a
d aiviies. These
i
s are a psiive; he imp
psiive perfei
s: eve
i
mm
iabii is rea a psiive
perfei
hh he erm is
eaive. B is a
e f he psiive
perfei
s, hs
ai
ed i
he
i
f sbsise
e, a psiive
smehi
_ver a
d abve_, a
d _rea disi
frm_, he perfei
aread impied i
he
ep f _a mpee i
divida
are as sh_?
Sme f hse phisphers wh reard he disi
i
bewee
esse
e a
d
exise
e i
reares as a rea disi
i
, ide
if he _sbsise
e_
f he mpee i
divida
are wih is _aa exise
e_, hs
pai
a rea disi
i
bewee
are a
d sbsise
e r
pers
ai.(292) Apar frm hese, hwever, i is
ike ha a
phisphers, ided b he ih f reas
a
e, wd ever have hed,
r eve
sspeed, ha he sbsise
e f a
aa exisi
i
divida
are; _
eivab_ i _mih_ si be _rea_ disi
frm
he aer. B wheher r
sh rea disi
i
d be
sspeed b he
aided ih f reas
wrki
ara
experie
e, a a eve
s wha we k
w frm Divi
e Reveai
er
i
he hpsai
i
f he hma
are f r Lrd
Jess Chris wih he Pers
f he Divi
e Wrd, e
abes s
reaize ha here _a
_ be, i
he aa rder f hi
s, a
mpee i
divida
are whih is
a sbsisi
bei
r
pers
; fr he hma
are f r Lrd is _de fa_ sh a
are,a
d _ab a ad psse vae
sei_. This i
frmai
,
hwever, is
deisive i
deermi
i
he haraer f he
disi
i
bewee
he i
divida sbsa
e r
are a
d is
sbsise
e.
I ma be ha he mpee i
divida
are is _e ips_ a
d ide
ia
a sbsisi
bei
r pers
, ha i is awas i
depe
de
,
a
ms, _si jris_, b he ver fa ha i is a mpee i
divida
are, _
ess i is_ DE FACTO _assmed i
he pers
ai f a hiher
are_, s ha i
his i
ermm
iai
wih he aer, i
he
i
f he aers pers
ai, i is
i
depe
de
, a
ms, _si
jris_, b depe
de
, sbrdi
ae, a
d _aeris jris_. I
his
dii
, i ses
hi
psiive b he fa ha i is
w a
pers
a
d has
is w
sbsise
e;
r des i ai
a
_
ara_
perfei
, fr i was _ex hphesi_ mpee a
d perfe _as a
are_;
b i ai
s smehi
_sper
ara_ i
asmh as i
w sbsiss i
a
ma
er wh
de i.(293) Ardi
his view, herefre,
sbsise
e wd
be a perfei
rea disi
frm he mpee
i
divida
are; i wd be a me
a disi
aspe f he aer, a
psiive aspe, hwever,
sisi
i
his
ares mpee
ess, is
sef-sffii
, a
ms haraer, a
d
seqe
i
mm
iabii.(294)
The pri
ipa diffi aai
s his view is a heia
diffi. As frmaed b Urrabr,(295) i appears i
vve
a
ambii i
he expressi
sbsa
ia
i
. I is brief
his: If he sbsise
e prper a mpee i
divida
are
adds
psiive perfei
he aer, s ha he aer
eessari sbsiss a
d is a pers
ess i is aa assmed
i
a hiher pers
ai, a
d b he ver fa ha i is
aa s assmed, he
he hma
are f Chris is as
mpee i
ever wa a
d i
ever i
e f sbsa
ia perfei
,
b vire f is w
prper e
i, whe
aa
ied wih he
Divi
e Pers
, as i wd be were i
s
ied, r as he
pers
f Peer, r Pa, r a
her hma
pers
is. B his
impies ha here are i
Chris w sbsa
es mpee i
ever
respe. Nw bewee
w sh sbsa
es here a
be a
sbsa
ia
i
, a
i
whih wd
sie
e bei
,
m per se e
s. He
e he view i
qesi
wd appear be
i
admissibe.
B i is
prved ha he
i
f w sbsa
es mpee i
ever respe a
res i
he
sii
f a bei
ha
is rea a
d e
i
e
e
m per se e
s_i
he ase i
whih he
i
is a pers
a
i
_. The hpsai
i
f he
hma
are f Chris wih he Divi
e Pers
is primari a
_pers
a_
i
whereb he frmer
are sbsiss b a
d i
he
Divi
e Pers
ai. I has he effe f
sii
he
ied
erms
e sbsisi
bei
, a
d herefre has speremi
e
, if
f eive r arifiia
i, a _
m per aide
s_. B is
i a sbsa
ia
i
i
he se
se ha i is sh a
i
f
sbsa
es as ress i
e
are? Ms erai
; fr
his was he heres f he M
phsies: ha i
Chris here is
e
are resi
frm he
i
f he hma
are wih
he Divi
e. If he
, wih Urrabr, we mea
b
are simp
sbsa
e rearded as a pri
ipe f ai
(71), a
d if,
frhermre, he hpsai
i
des
res i
e
are,
whih ress i
e
are, r eve
expii ha i ress
i
e sbsa
e, b he sas ha he w sbsa
es are
sbsa
ia
ji
ed, sbsa
iaier
j
r; a
d he
i
es, a sbsa
ia
i
is sh a
j
i
f w
sbsa
ia reaiies ha here ress frm i
e sbsa
ia
smehi
, whih is r a
d prper
e
i e
im
sbsa
iais, es ais darm rerm sbsa
iaim
j
i,
per qam resa
m aiqid sbsa
iae qd vere e prprie
si
m,(297)a
d he
des ha here is smehi
sbsa
ia wa
i
i
he hma
are f Chris, _viz._
pers
ai, whih, f rse, is ms ab
da
sppied i
he
hpsai
i
b he Divi
e Pers
reiqm es,
arae
hma
ae i
Chris aiqid desi sbsa
iae,
empe pers
aias,
qd per
i
em hpsaiam maissime sppear a
erb.(298) Nw, his aiqid sbsa
iae a
be aiqid
arae i
he se
se ha i is smehi
_
siive_ f he
hma
sbsa
e r
are; fr he hma
sbsa
e r
are f
Chris is erai
mpee a
d perfe as a sbsa
e r
are.
I ms be sme mpeme
r mde, ha is
ara de i,
b sper
ara sppied b he Pers
f he Divi
e Wrd.(299)
This bri
s s he view ha sbsise
e is a smehi
psiive, disi
i
sme rea wa, a
d
mere i
r
eps, frm he mpee i
divida sbsa
e.
Ardi
he mre mm
view f ahi phisphers (a
d
heia
s) sbsise
e is sme psiive perfei
rea disi
frm
he mpee i
divida
are. B he spprers f his e
era view
expai
i i
differe
was. We have aread referred he view f
erai
Thmiss wh, ide
ifi
_sbsise
e_ wih he _aa
exise
e_ f he mpee sbsa
e r
are, pae a rea disi
i
bewee
he exise
e a
d he sbsa
e r
are. Oher Thmiss, whie
defe
di
he aer disi
i
, pi
ha aa exise
e
fers
rea perfei
, b
aaizes he rea; he hd, herefre,
ha sbsise
e is
exise
e, b is raher a perfei
f he rea,
esse
ia, r sbsa
ia rder, as disi
frm he exise
ia rdera
perfei
presppsed b aa exise
e, a
d whse prper f
i
is
_
if_ a he sbsa
ia
sie
s a
d aide
a deermi
ai
s
f he i
divida sbsa
e r
are, hs maki
i a rea
iar
bei
m e
s per seprximae apabe f bei
aaized b he
simpe exise
ia a: whih aer is he imae aai f he rea
bei
: _esse es ims as_.(300)
The
ree i
divida
are,
ai
i
as i des a prai f
rea disi
pri
ipes, sbsa
ia a
d aide
a,
eeds sme
ifi
pri
ipe make hese
e i
mm
iabe reai, prximae
apabe f reeivi
a rresp
di
iar exise
ia a: wih sh
a pri
ipe, he sa, eah f he sbsa
ia a
d aide
a pri
ipes
i
he
ree i
divida
are wd have is w
exise
e: s ha
he res wd be
_rea_
e bei
, b a bei
rea _ma
ifd_
a
d
aide
a
e
m per aide
s. This pri
ipe is
_sbsise
e_.
The hma
are f r Divi
e Lrd has
is w
ara
sbsise
e; his is sppied b he sbsise
e f he Divi
e
Pers
. Mrever, si
e he hma
are i
qesi
has
is
w
sbsise
e,
eiher has i is w
exise
e; exise
e is
he aai f he sbsisi
bei
; herefre here is i
Chris b
e exise
e, ha f he Divi
e Pers
, whereb as
he hma
are f Chris exiss.(301)
Of hse wh de
ha he disi
i
bewee
he exise
e a
d he
esse
e f a
reaed
are is a rea disi
i
, sme hd i
he
prese
maer he Sis view ha sbsise
e is
a psiive
perfei
rea disi
frm he mpee i
divida
are. Ohers,
hwever, hd wha we have ve
red reard as he mre mm
view:
ha pers
ai is smehi
psiive a
d rea disi
frm
are.
i a
d he
are a _majr_ rea disi
i
. I is a _sbsa
ia mde_
(68),
ara speradded he sbsa
e a
d mda disi
frm he
aer. I s mpees a
d deermi
es he sbsa
e r
are ha he
aer
exiss i
isef b is as, b vire f his mde,
i
mm
iabe i
ever wa a
d _si jris_.(302) I ives he
sbsa
e ha imae deermi
ae
ess whih a
aide
a mde sh as a
defi
ie shape r ai
ives he aide
f qa
i.(303)
This mde is abse
(sper
ara) frm he hma
are f r
Divi
e Lrd; his
are is herefre mm
iabe; a
d he
Pers
ai f he Divi
e Wrd sper
ara sppies he
f
i
f his abse
ara mde.
I ms be
fessed ha i is
eas
dersa
d hw his r a
her _sbsa
ia_ mde a
be _rea_ disi
frm he sbsa
e i
mdifies. A
d i
rh he disi
i
is
rea i
he f se
se: i
is
bewee
_hi
_ a
d _hi
_, _i
er rem e rem_. A ha is
aimed fr i is ha i is
mere me
a; ha i is
mere a
_e
s rai
is_ whih he mi
d prjes i
he reai; ha i is a
psiive perfei
f he
are r sbsa
e, a perfei
whih, hh
ara i
separabe frm he aer, is
abse i
separabe, a
d
whih, herefre, is _de fa_ sper
ara abse
frm he hma
are a
d repaed b he Divi
e Pers
ai i
he ase f he
hpsai
i
.
I be
s, mrever, he rder f sbsa
e,
ha f aide
s:
he sbsa
ia mde differs frm he aide
a mde, r mda aide
,
i
his, ha i ives he sbsa
e sme imae deermi
i
perfei
whih apperai
s he sbsa
e as sh, a
d whereb he
sbsa
e is mpeed i
he rder f exisi
i
isef. Sbsise
e
is
a
aide
, eve
hh i sperve
es
he mpee
are, fr
i deermi
es he sbsa
e f he aer,
i
reai
a
i
e f
aide
a aivi, as a pwer r fa,
r as smehi
mdifi
i
aide
a, b as a mde whih imae deermi
es a
d perfes i i
isef i
sh a f a
d perfe ma
er as be _si jris_ a
d
i
mm
iabe.
The mai
diffi aai
s his view is as heia: If
sbsise
e is a psiive perfei
i eiher be
s he
mpee i
divida
are r i des
; i
he frmer ase he
hma
i f Chris, assmed b he Divi
e Wrd, was
a mpee
hma
are; i
he aer ase he i
divida hma
are a
perfei
, b
i
a mdai whih is speremi
e
sppied b he Divi
e Pers
ai. Neiher is he
seqe
e
frm he se
d member f he disj
ive a vaid i
fere
e. Fr
hh pers
ai as a mde des
be
he esse
e f a
i
divida hma
are,
sh i
divida
are a
exis
wih _sme_ pers
ai, eiher is w
r a
her: js as
exe
si
a
ai
. He
wi,
db, asribe pers
ai, as he hihes mde f bei
he k
ws
f, he Spreme Bei
; b he wi here asribe i
i
a
a
aia a
d speremi
e
wa; a
d
frm Divi
e Reveai
a
he
k
w ha his Spreme Bei
has
a si
e b a hreefd Pers
ai.
Aai
, his
siderai
f he
are f he hma
s as a
embdied
sbsa
e whih is
everheess spiria a
d immra wi e
abe him
affirm he pssibii f _pre spiria_ reaed bei
s; a
d hese he
wi f rse
eive as pers
s. B,
eivi
he hma
s isef
as a
sie
pri
ipe f he hma
i
divida, he wi
eive
he s isef as a pers
.
The phispher wh
dersa
ds he radii
a Ariseia
epi
s
f sbsa
e, f i
divida sbsa
e (_sbsa
ia prima_), f i
mpee,
mpee, a
d mpsie sbsa
es, f sbsa
e
sidered as _
are_ r
pri
ipe f ai
, f sbsa
e
sidered as _hpsasis_, as he
aa exisi
i
divida bei
whih is he imae ia sbje
f a prediai
s a
d he imae
ia sbje f a rea
deermi
ai
s: he phispher wh
dersa
ds hese
eps, a
d wh
admis hem be vaid r
ded i
experie
e, a
d ffer as far as
he a rre i
erpreai
f reai, wi have
diffi i
maki
p his mi
d ab wha is reqisie
sie a pers
.
Wherever he fi
ds a
exisi
i
divida bei
f a
speies, a bei
whih, eve
if i is rea mpsie, is
everheess rea
e, sh a
bei
he wi pr
e be a sbsisi
i
divida bei
. He ma
be abe, i
he i
ra
i wrd r am
he wer frms f ife,
disi
ish fr erai
wha is he rea i
divida frm wha ma be
perhaps
a
aide
a, if
ara,
r rp f rea
i
dividas. As a es he wi awas seek fr he ma
ifesai
f a
i
er
a direive pri
ipe whereb a he via f
i
s f he
ra
ized mass f maer i
qesi
are -rdi
aed i
sh a ma
er as
make fr he preservai
, rwh a
d devepme
f he whe
hrh a defi
ie ife e frm birh deah. This frmaive a
d
direive pri
ipe is evide
e f a
i
divida
i f
are a
d
sbsise
e; a
d sh evide
e is ab
da
prese
i
i
dividas f
a he hiher speies i
ba
a
d z. The i
divida sbsisi
bei
wi herefre be a mpee i
divida sbsa
e r
are,
exisi
a
d ai
i
ever wa disi
frm a
d i
mm
iabe a
her bei
, s ha i exiss a
d as _si jris_, a
ms.
If sh a
i
divida
are is
mere rprea b ra
i r
a
imae,
mere a
imae b se
ie
, a
d
mere se
ie
b
_rai
a_ r _i
eie
_, _i.e._
sied a eas i
par b a
_spiria sbsa
ia pri
ipe_ whereb he i
divida is _i
eie
_
a
d _free_, he
ha i
divida is a pers
. Ever i
divida f he
hma
speies is sh. A
d a ha is esse
ia his mpee
i
divida hma
are e
ers i
a
d
sies his pers
i
he
ree. N mere, herefre, his i
ee a
d wi;
mere his
s
sidered as mi
d, _i.e._ as he basis a
d pri
ipe f his whe
sis a
d sb
sis pshi ife; r as as he pri
ipe f his
mere ra
i ife; r as as he aaizi
pri
ipe f his rprea
are; b
ess as he rprea pri
ipe isef f his mpsie
bei
, he bd isef wih a is pars a
d members a
d ra
s: a
hese wih exepi
be
eqa he hma
pers
; a f hem
wih exepi
sie he _E_.(304) This, whih is he
Ariseia
a
d shasi view f he hma
pers
, is i
perfe ard
wih he mm
-se
se view f he maer as evide
ed b he rdi
ar
saes f a
ae. We speak i
eiib
ess ha
rre whe
we
sa ha a ma
s bd is par f his pers
as we as his s r mi
d.
A
d we make a
ess arae, i
eiibe, a
d
eessar disi
i
,
whe
we disi
ish bewee
a ha whih _
sies_ he hma
pers
a
d ha _whereb we k
w_ rseves a
d her hma
i
dividas be
pers
s. Ye his disi
i
is
kep ear i
mi
d b ma
mder
de ha his
ep f pers
is verified i
eah a
d ever
e f
rseves. I is bease we are e
dwed wih i
eie
e ha we a
frm
a he absra
i
sf sbsa
e, i
divida, sbsise
e, exise
e,
e.,whih e
er i
a
d
sie r
ep f pers
. A
d i is
bease we a
, b mea
s f his fa, refe
r w
me
a
perai
s, a
d i
fer frm hem ha eah f s is a mpee i
divida
rai
a
are sbsisi
i
depe
de
a
d i
mm
iab, ha we a
k
w rseves be pers
s.
Hw he hma
i
divida frms hese
eps a
d fi
ds hem verified i
his w
sef, hw he rada mes i
sis pssessi
f he
k
wede f his w
i
divida bei
as a
_E_, sef, r pers
, are
prbems fr Psh.(305) I wi be sffiie
here pi
ha
here are r
ds fr disi
ishi
bewee
he i
dividas impii
sbjeive aware
ess f his sbsise
e r sefhda
aware
ess whih
ampa
ies a his
sis me
a f
i
s, a
d whih bemes mre
expii a
d defi
ie as he pwer f i
rspei
a
d refex
sis
ess devepsa
d he _absra qasi-bjeive
i
_ f his
w
_pers
ai_ habia pssessed b ever hma
bei
.(306)
The i
divida hma
bei
_immediae_ apprehe
ds his w
exise
e, a
d
his abidi
i r same
ess hrh i
essa
ha
i
saes, i
exise
e a
d i
dividai f is w
_, sa
di
he
efrward
a
e i
ppsii
he
iverse.(307)
Afer his sae is reahed, he hma
i
divida easi disi
ishes
bewee
he sef as he _ase_ r _sbje_ f he saes, a
d he
saes as _mdifiai
s_ f he sef. This disi
i
is impii i
he
mia
aware
ess f sef whih ampa
ies a exerise f dire
iive
sis
ess. I is expii i
a deiberae as f refex,
i
rspeive sef-
sis
ess. The daa frm whih we frm he absra
eps f sbsa
e,
are, i
divida, pers
, sef, e., a
d frm
whih we arrive b reas
i
a a phisphia k
wede f he
are
a
d pers
ai f he hma
i
divida, are fr
ished mai
b
i
rspei
; b as i
par b exer
a bservai
f he
iverse
ar
d s.
C
mia
, hwever, wih he press b whih we beme impii b
immediae aware f he _E_ r sef as a
abidi
sef-ide
ia pers
i
a
d hrh r w
me
a aivi, we rada frm a
qasi-bjeive a
d hisria view f r w
pers
ai as
e f a
ahers i
isef he hisr f m pas ifehe ai
s f m
hidhd, bhd, h, a
d aer ears. I
erwve
wih hem
a is he imae f m bdi ra
ism, a
d seri
ar
d are
a fri
e f reei
s f m dispsii
s, habis, a
d
haraer, f m hpes a
d reres, f m resi
s a
d
faires, a
wih a dim
sis
ess f m psii
i
he
mi
ds f her seves.
U
der he frm f a represe
ai
f his mpsie ar, b
d
eher b he hread f memr, eah f s rdi
ari
eives
his mpee abidi
_pers
ai_. This idea is
eessari
deri
sa
mdifiai
; a
d i is i
mpari
he
prese
frm f he represe
ai
wih he pas, whis adveri
siderabe aerai
s i
m haraer, bdi appeara
e,
a
d he ike, ha I smeimes sa: I am mpee ha
ed, I
am qie a
her pers
, hh I am, f rse,
vi
ed ha
i is he same I wh am ha
ed i
aide
a qaiies. _I is
bease his mpex
i
f m pers
ai is a
absrai
a
d a rpre f memr a
smeimes i
de he s-aed
_isi
s r aerai
s f pers
ai_._(308)
Whe
we remember ha his bjeive
epi
f he sef is s
depe
de
he f
i
f memr, a
d ha he
rma exerise f his
fa is i
r
s depe
de
he
rma f
i
i
f he brai
a
d
he
ervs ssem,(309) we a
hazard a
i
eiibe expa
ai
f he
ab
rma fas rerded b ms mder
pshiss
er
i
hp
ism,
sm
ambism a
d dbe r mipe
sis
ess.(310) Faher Maher,
asribi
hese phe
me
a par disai
s f memr, par
sa rpi
s f me
a saes ardi
he aws f me
a
assiai
rpi
s ha arise frm peiar phsiia
exi
s
bewee
he varis
era f
i
i
s f he brai
e
res,a
d par
semi-
sis r refex
erve presses, emphasizes a
impra
fa
ha is smeimes s sih f: he fa ha sme sei
a eas f
he i
dividas
sis me
a ife is mm
, a
d prese
hrh, he w r mre saes r
dii
s bewee
whih a
sh ab
rma i
divida is f
d aer
ae. This
siderai
is
isef sffiie
disprve he her whih we sha prese
referha here is r ma be i
he i
divida hma
bei
a dbe, r
eve
a mipe hma
pers
ai.
75. FALSE THEORIES OF PERSONALITY.I is pai
ha
sis _me
a
aivi_ a
_
sie_ hma
pers
ai, r sb
sis me
a
aivi eiher, fr a aivi is f he aide
a mde f bei
, is
a
_aide
_, whereas a pers
ms be a _sbsa
e_. Of rse i is he
sef-
sis
iive aivi f he hma
i
divida ha _reveas_
he aer his w
sef as a pers
: i is he exerise f refex
sis
ess mbi
ed wih memr ha ives s he feei
f pers
a
ide
i wih rseves hrh he ha
i
eve
s f r me
a a
d
bdi ife. Frhermre, his sef-
sis
ess has is r i
he
_rai
a_
are f he hma
i
divida; a
d rai
ai f
are is
he differe
iai
pri
ipe whih makes he sbsisi
i
divida a
pers
as disi
frm a (sbsisi
) hi
. B he
, i is
he
feei
f pers
a ide
i ha _
sies_ he pers
. Aa
sis
ess is
eiher he esse
e,
r he sre,
r eve
he i
dex
f pers
ai; fr i is
a
aivi, a
d a
aivi whih reveas
immediae
he _pers
_ as sh, b he _
are_ as rai
a;(311)
be
saisfari expai
ed
a
her f he hma
_E_ whih de
ies
ha here is a hma
_sbsa
e_ persisi
perma
e
as a
ifi
pri
ipe f sessive me
a saes (63-4).
S far as E
ish phisph is
er
ed sh heries appear have had
heir rii
i
Lkes eahi
pers
a
d pers
a ide
i.
Disssi
he
i
s f ide
i a
d diversi,(312) he disi
ishes
bewee
he ide
i f a
i
divida sbsa
e wih isef i
is
drai
hrh ime, a
d wha he erms pers
a ide
i; whie b
ide
i i
e
era he mea
s
absra ide
i b he
ree
perma
e
e f a hi
hrh ime (34). O
his we have a
ae
i
he fa ha js as _drai
_ is
esse
ia he
_
sii
_ f a sbsa
e, s
eiher is i esse
ia he
sii
f a mpee sbsisi
i
divida sbsa
e r pers
(64);
hh i is, f rse, a
esse
ia
dii
fr a hma
apprehe
si
wheher f sbsa
e r f pers
. Lke was wr
, herefre, i
f
di
wha reveas s he abidi
perma
e
e, ide
i r
same
ess f a sbsisi
hi
r pers
(wheher he sef r a
her
sbsisi
hi
r pers
) hrh is drai
i
ime, wih wha
sies he sbsisi
hi
r pers
.
Frhermre, his disi
i
bewee
sbsa
ia ide
i, _i.e._ he
same
ess f a
i
divida sbsa
e wih isef hrh ime, a
d
pers
a ide
i r same
ess, was as a
errr. Fr as
as here is
_sbsa
ia_
i,
i
i, r ide
i f he sbsisi
i
divida
sbsa
e, s
is here
i,
i
i, r ide
i f is
sbsise
e, r f is pers
ai if i be a rai
a sbsa
e. The
_sbsise
e_ f a mpee i
divida i
ra
i sbsa
e is ha
ed as
s
as he i
divida
deres _sbsa
ia_ ha
e: we have hem
er _he same_ sbsisi
i
divida bei
. S, , he sbsise
e f
he ra
i i
divida is ha
ed as s
as he aer
deres
_sbsa
ia_ ha
e b he dissi
f ife, b he separai
f is
frmaive a
d via sbsa
ia pri
ipe frm is maeria sbsa
ia
pri
ipe: afer sh dissi
we have
er _he same_ sbsisi
pa
r a
ima. A
d, fi
a, he sbsise
e f a
i
divida ma
is
ha
ed, r i
errped, r eases b deah, whih separaes his s, his
via pri
ipe, frm his bd. We sa, mrever, ha i
he aer ase
he hma
_pers
_ eases exis whe
he ide
i r perma
e
e f his
sbsisi
sbsa
e r
are ermi
aes a deah; fr _pers
a
ide
i_ we hd be he ide
i f he mpee sbsisi
sbsa
e
r
are wih isef. B Lke, wh praia arees wih wha we have
said reardi
he abidi
ide
i f he sbsisi
i
divida bei
wih isefwheher his i
divida be a
i
ra
i i
divida, a pa
, a
bre beas, r a ma
(313)disi
ishes a his pi
bewee
ide
i f
he sbsisi
i
divida sbsa
e a
d _pers
a_ ide
i.
Of ide
i i
e
era he sas ha
eive a
d jde f i arih,
we ms
sider wha idea he wrd i is appied sa
ds fr; i bei
e hi
be he same sbsa
e, a
her he same ma
, a
d a hird he
same pers
, if pers
, ma
, a
d sbsa
e, are hree
ames sa
di
fr
hree differe
ideas.(314) A
d, sri
dissiae pers
frm
sbsa
e, he
i
es hs:
T fi
d wherei
pers
a ide
i
siss, we ms
sider wha
pers
sa
ds fr; whih, I hi
k, is a hi
ki
, i
eie
bei
, ha has reas
a
d refei
, a
d a
sider isef as
isef, he same hi
ki
hi
i
differe
imes a
d paes;
whih i des
b ha
sis
ess whih is i
separabe frm
hi
ki
, a
d, as i seems me, esse
ia i. Whe
we see,
hear, sme, ase, fee, mediae, r wi a
hi
, we k
w
ha we d s. Ths i is awas as r prese
se
sai
s a
d
perepi
s, a
d b his ever
e is himsef wha he as
sef; i
bei
sidered i
his ase wheher he same sef
be
i
ed i
he same r divers sbsa
es. Fr si
e
sis
ess awas ampa
ies hi
ki
, a
d i is ha whih
makes ever
e be wha he as sef, a
d hereb
disi
ishes himsef frm a her hi
ki
hi
s; i
his
a
e
siss pers
a ide
i, _i.e._ he same
ess f a
rai
a bei
: a
d as far as his
sis
ess a
be exe
ded
bakwards a
pas ai
r hh, s far reahes he
ide
i f ha pers
; i is he same sef
w i was he
; a
d
i is b he same sef wih his prese
e ha
w refes
bei
, wha makes he same pers
, a
d
wheher i be he same
ide
ia sbsa
e, whih awas hi
ks i
he same pers
:
differe
sbsa
es, b he same
sis
ess (where he d
parake i
i), bei
ied i
e pers
, as we as differe
bdies b he same ife are
ied i
e a
ima, whse ide
i
is preserved, i
ha ha
e f sbsa
es, b he
i f
e
i
ed ife ... [fr] a
ima ide
i is preserved i
ide
i
f ife, a
d
f sbsa
e.(316)
Here he
e
i
is ha we a
have he same pers
a
d e
eessari he same ide
ia sbsa
e, bease _
sis
ess_ ma
ive a pers
a
i disi
a
d sessive sbsa
es i
he
i
divida ma
js as _a
ima ife_ ives a
a
as
i disi
a
d sessive sbsa
es i
he i
divida a
ima. This is ver
sperfiia; fr i
sbsies fr he prbem f hma
pers
ai
he simiar prbem f expai
i
he
i a
d same
ess f sbsise
e i
he i
divida ivi
hi
: a prbem whih i
vves he fa f _memr_
i
a
imas. Fr shasi phisphers
i f ife i
he ivi
hi
,
i
vvi
he fa f memr i
a
imas, is expai
ed b he perfe
i
eiibe a
d wi-r
ded eahi
ha here is i
eah i
divida
ivi
hi
a _frmaive a
d via pri
ipe_ whih is _sbsa
ia_, a
_frma sbsa
iais_, whih
ies, i
he _abidi
sef-ide
ia
i
f a mpee i
divida mpsie sbsa
e_, he maeria pri
ipe f
he rprea sbsa
es whih hs , i
he i
essa
press f
sbsa
ia ha
e k
w
as meabism, frm paria, a
d sppr
he sbsa
ia
i
i f, he ivi
i
divida. Whie he aer is
hs i
sa
press f maeria, r paria, sbsa
ia ha
e, i
remai
s, as
as i ives, he same mpee i
divida sbsa
e, a
d
his i
vire f he abidi
_sbsa
ia_ frmaive a
d via pri
ipe
whih aaes a
d a
imaes i. The abidi
perma
e
e r sef-ide
i f
he _sbsisi
i
divida sbsa
e_ whih fees r hi
ks, a
d
remembers, is a
i
eiibe, a
d i
deed he
i
eiibe, r
d
a
d expa
ai
f memr, a
d f r
sis
ess f pers
a ide
i.
B if we eave f a
his abidi
i
i a
d sef-ide
i
f he sbsisi
i
divida sbsa
e r
are, whih is he sbje,
ase a
d ae
f hese as f memr a
d
sis
ess, hw a
hese
aer, i
a
d b hemseves, pssib frm, r eve
i
deed revea s,
r pers
a ide
i? Lke fe his diffi; a
d he ried i
vai
mee i: i
vai
, fr i is i
sperabe. He mere sess ha he same
sis
ess ... a
be ra
sferred frm
e hi
ki
sbsa
e
a
her, i
whih ase i wi be pssibe ha w hi
ki
sbsa
es
ma make [sessive]
e pers
.(317) This is praia his as
wrd
he qesi
,a
d i is wrh f
e, fr i vira
_sbsa
iaizes
sis
ess_. I makes
sis
ess, whih is rea
a
a r a series f as, a _smehi
sbsa
ia a
d sbsisi
_.
We have see
aread hw mder
phe
me
iss,
e he reje he
i
f sbsa
e as i
vaid r sperfs, ms b ha ver fa
eqivae
_sbsa
iaize aide
s_ (61); fr sbsa
e, bei
a
rea
be dispe
sed wih. A
d we see i
he prese
ex a
israi
f
his fa. The abidi
sef-ide
i f he hma
pers
a
be
expai
ed herwise ha
b he abidi
sef-ide
ia sbsise
e f he
i
divida hma
sbsa
e.
If pers
a ide
i were
sied a
d deermi
ed b
sis
ess, b
he series f
sis saes
eed a
d
ified b memr, he
i
wd appear ha he hma
bei
i
i
fa
, i
seep, i
sis
ess, r i
a sae f i
sa
i, is
a hma
pers
!
Phisphers wh have
he hardihd de
hma
pers
ai he
i
divida f he hma
speies i
hese saes, a
d wh
he her ha
d
wi
re
ize he pssessi
f a _rai
a
are_ r sbsa
e b
he sbsisi
i
divida as he r
d f he aers pers
ai a
d
pers
a ide
i, have rerse he hphesis f a _sb-
sis_,
r _sb-imi
a_ _
sis
ess_ i
he i
divida, as a sbsie. If
b his he mere mea
a
abidi
_sbsa
ia_ rai
a pri
ipe f
a me
a aiviies, eve
f hse whih ma be semi-
sis r
sb-
sis, he wd be mere ai
b a
her
ame wha we a
he _rai
a
are_ f ma
. A
d he fa ha he refer his
pri
ipe as he sb-
sis sef r E shws hw i
sise
is he
rai
a
eed fr ri
pers
ai a
d pers
a ide
i i
smehi
whih is a _sbsa
e_. B he d
a
d wi
eive i as a
sbsa
e; whereas if i is
his, if i is
a press, r a
f
i
, r a series r sream f presses r f
i
s, i a
mre
sie r expai
, r eve
revea, pers
a ide
i, ha
a
series r sream f _
sis_ saes a
.(318)
U
abe as he was expai
hw he same
sis
ess d persis
hrh a sessi
f rea a
d adeqae disi
sbsa
es
(exep b vira sbsa
iaizi
sis
ess), Lke
everheess
persised i
hdi
ha
sis
ess a
d
sis
ess a
e (i
di
memr, whih, hwever, is i
expiabe
a
her her ha
ha f a
sbsisi
a
d persisi
sbsa
e r
are whih remembers),
sies pers
ai a
d pers
a ide
i. We have dwe p
his
eahi
mai
bease a mder
phe
me
iss r expai
pers
ai
he same pri
ipes_i.e._ i
depe
de
f he dri
e f sbsa
e.
As a rar frm his dri
e he i
ferred ha if a ma
mpee a
d irrevab ses
sis
ess [r raher memr]
f his pas ife, hh he remai
s he same ma
he is
er
he same pers
: if i be pssibe fr he same ma
have
disi
i
mm
iabe
sis
ess a differe
imes, i is
pas db he same ma
wd a differe
imes make differe
pers
s;(319) a
d he es
i
his se
se ive a iera
i
erpreai
he mdes f speeh we have referred
abve.(320) He ikewise admied ha w r mre pers
s,
_i.e._
sis
esses, a
be i
ked wih he same i
divida
hma
bei
, r he same i
divida hma
s, aer
ae
appeari
a
d disappeari
, ivi
pae sessive
e
a
her. Whe
a
e f hese pers
aiies r
sis
esses
eases be aa, i ms i
Lkes view ease be i
a
se
se rea: s ha here d
be w r mre pers
aiies
a he same ime i
he same i
divida hma
bei
. Mder
pers
ai wih rerse a _sbsa
ia s_, a
_sbsa
ia_ basis f me
a ife, r i
deed he
ep f
_sbsa
e_ a a: b phisphers wh wi ak f a me
a
press wih admii
mi
d r s as a _sbsa
e_ r
_sbje_ f ha press, f a series r sream f me
a
f
i
s r aiviies wih awi
a
_ae
_ ha wd
exerise hse f
i
s, r a
_sbsa
ia abidi
pri
ipe_
ha wd
if he series r sream a
d k
w i as sh;
phisphers wh reard he _E_, sef, r pers
, as
_
hi
her ha
_ he rp r series r sream f me
a
saes, a
d
as a
hi
f whih hese are he saes; a
d,
fi
a, wh speak f hese rps f f
i
s r aiviies as
pers
aiieswhih he desribe as sri
wih
e
a
herappare
bivis f he fa ha b si
sh
a
ae he are _i
heir hh a eas_ ra
sfrmi
hese
_aiviies_ i
_ae
s_, hese _saes_ i
_sbjes f
saes_, i
a wrd, hese _aide
s_ i
_sbsa
es_; r ese
he are maki
heir a
ae a
d heir hh aike
i
eiibe.(321)
Of rse hse
mers mder
phisphers wh, ike James, r
fi
d a pae fr a he experie
ia fas
e
mbered b
a
hphesis [ike ha f a
i
divida sbsa
ia s,
presmab] save ha f passi
saes f mi
d [_ibid._, p.
480], d
rea eave hese saes sspe
ded i
mid-air as
i were. The imperaive
eed fr admii
he reai f
sbsa
e awas imae assers isef: as whe
James
re
izes he
eessi f admii
smehi
mre ha
he
bare fa f -exise
e f a passi
hh wih a passi
brai
-sae [_Pri
ipes f Psh_, i., p. 346_apd_ MAHER,
_ibid._, p. 483]. O
his speai
as wha
sies his
smehi
mre whih ies behi
d r me
a saes [_ibid._,
p. 485] is
pariar
vi
i
: Fr m w
par, he
sas, I
fess ha he mme
I beme meaphsia a
d r
defi
e he _mre_, I fi
d he
i
f sme sr f a
_a
ima
m
di_ hi
ki
i
a f s be a mre prmisi
hphesis, i
The i
vesiai
f he
are f hese be
s _Psh_, a
d frm
he daa f ha sie
e we ma i
fer, b he ih f reas
, he
_pssibii_ f a
her ass f spiris, _viz._ _pre_ spiris, bei
s
f whse aa exise
e we k
w frm Divi
e Reveai
. The exise
e f
a Spreme Bei
, Whm we ms
eive a
aia as sbsa
e a
d
spiri, is dem
sraed b he ih f reas
i
_Nara The_. The
i
vesiai
f he
are f rprea sbsa
es be
s prper
_Csm_. He
e i
he prese
reaise we have
frher dire
er
wih he sbsa
e-mde f reai;(322) b
wih is
aide
-mdes, a
d
wih a f hese.
N wih a f hem; fr hse whih be
prper spiria
sbsa
es, r prper rprea sbsa
es, a fr speia
reame
i
Psh a
d Csm respeive. I
he mai
,
sh
speies f aide
s as are mm
maer a
d spiri aike, wi frm
he sbje f he remai
i
pri
f he prese
vme. O
he
brader aspes f sh aeries as ai, a
i a
d
Casaiaspes whih have a mre dire beari
he Ther f Bei
a
d he Ther f K
wede i
e
era,a fr reame
i
Ge
era
Meaphsis. A mre deaied reame
ms be sh i
her deparme
s
f Phisph.
77. NATURE OF THE ACCIDENT CALLED UALITY.I
he wides se
se f he
erm, _ai_ is s
ms wih _ia aribe_. I
his se
se
whaever a
be prediaed f a sbje, whaever _ia_ deermi
es a
sbje i
a
wa fr r hh is a qai r aribe f ha
sbje. I
a se
se ams eqa wide he erm is sed desi
ae a
_rea_ deermi
ai
, wheher sbsa
ia r aide
a, f a sbje. I
his se
se he differe
ia eeme
, r _differe
ia speifia_,
deermi
es he e
eri eeme
, r e
s, f a sbsa
e: i es s wha
_ki
d_ r _speies_ he sbsa
e is: _e.._ wha ki
d f a
ima a ma
is,
_viz._ rai
a; wha ki
d f ivi
hi
a
a
ima is, _viz._ se
ie
;
wha ki
d f bd r rprea hi
a pa
is, _viz._ ivi
. A
d he
e
shasis have said f he prediabe _differe
ia speifia_ ha i
is prediaed adjeiva, r as a _qai_, e s i
_wha he
hi
siss_, r wha is is
are: differe
ia speifia praediar
_i
qae qid_: i ives s he deermi
i
pri
ipe f he speifi
he wide se
se f aide
s. He
e, aai
, he shasis have said
ha i
asmh as a aide
s deermi
e r qaif heir sbjes, he
are prediaed f hese _qaiaive_, a
d ma be aed i
a wide se
se
qaifiai
s r qaiies: m
ia e
era aide
im qaifia
sbsa
iam e praedia
r _i
qae_.
I is i
his wide se
se ha we se he erm whe
we sa ha he
(speifi)
are (r ki
d) f a hi
is reveaed b is qaiies;
fr he
are f a hi
is reveaed b a is aide
s. A
d whe
we
i
fer he
are f a hi
frm is aiviies, i
arda
e wih he
maxim _ais es perai ais es
ara_, we ms ake he erm
_perai_ r aivi i
de he perai
f he hi
r
iive faies, he saes f
iive
sis
ess hs arsed i
s, a
d a he her aide
s hs reveaed s i
he hi
b is
k
wede-eiii
ai
r mi
ds.
B he erm _ai_ has bee
radii
a resried, afer Arise,
desi
ae prper
e pariar aer f aide
s disi
frm
he hers a
d frm sbsa
e.
A defi
ii
prper f a
_e
s spremm_ is f rse f he
qesi
. B i is
eas ive eve
a desripi
whih wi
ve
a
arae
i
f he speia aer f ai, a
d mark i ff
frm he her aide
-aeries. If we sa wih Arise ha qai
is ha whereb we are e
abed desribe _wha sr_ (, _quale_)
a
yh
g (323)_e.g._ ha he by he
e, o
g by
e
gh, e.e ae o
ly llua
g he aba by he o
ee. Bu
eve
h eve he pupoe of help
g u o ealze ha qualy
ge
eal mea
. Fo e ae moe famla h he o
ee ha
h he
aba: a
d e a
ee a boad d
o
beee
he queo
: _Wha
o_ ha h
g? _Qual_ e a e? (Qualy), a
d he queo
:
_Ho lage_ ha h
g? _Qua
a_ e a e? (Qua
y), o
_Whee_ ha h
g? (Plae), o Wha _do
g_? Wha
_happe
g_ o ? (_Ao e Pao_), o Wha doe _eemble_?
(_Relao
_), e. Th ll help u o ealze ha hee ae ade
al
mode of be
g hh affe uba
e
a dffee
ay fom all he
ex
de
om
ao
of he lae (60), a
d alo
a dffee
ay
fom Qua
y, Relao
, a
d Caualy; a
d hee mode of be
g, heeby
he uba
e _of uh a o_, o _
uh a o
do
_, e all
_quale_. A
d f e
que ha peal k
d of _deem
ao
_ of he
uba
e ommo
o quale, a
d mak hee off fom he ohe
ade
, e hall f
d o o
h, ha qualy a
ade
al mode of be
g hh o affe he uba
e ha dpoe
he lae ell o ll
egad o he pefeo
aual o h
paula k
d of uba
e: _ale_ he lae ade
ally by
ea
g o dm
h
g
aual pefeo
. We have ee
ha
o
eaed uba
e ha all he pefeo
aual o k
d, _oa mul_
o _ab
o_ (46); ha fulfl le
exe
e by developme
,
by e
d
g oad full o f
al pefeo
. The ade
al eale
hh upeve
e o
ee
e, a
d hu _ale_ pefeo
_h
he lm of k
d o pee_, ae ha e all quale. They
dvefy he uba
e ade
ally
pefeo
,
o
ee
mode of ex
g a
d behav
g: by he appeaa
e a
d dappeaa
e hey
do
o ha
ge he _ee
al pefeo
_ of he uba
e (46), hey do
o effe a uba
al ha
ge; bu hey ha
ge
emedae,
ade
al pefeo
; a
d h qualave ha
ge eh
ally k
o
a
d debed a _aleao
_(324) (11).
He
e e f
d _Qualy_ debed by S. Thoma a he o of ade
hh modfe o dpoe he uba
e
elf: _ade
modfavum e
dpovum uba
ae
epa_, a
d by Albeu
Mag
u omeha moe explly a he o of ade
hh omplee
a
d pefe uba
e
exe
e a
d avy: _ade
omple
a pefe
uba
am a
exe
do quam
opea
do_.(325) Th
oo
ll be o
veyed h uffe
lea
e f e debe _Qualy_
a _ha abolue ade
hh deem
e a uba
e afe he ma
e
of a
ade
al _dffee
a,_ affe
g he ee
al pefeo
of
he uba
e
egad o exe
e o o avy_.
He
e (1) he Pue Aualy of he I
f
ely Pefe Be
g a
o adm
quale,
amuh a qualy mple o
ly a elave a
d lmed
pefeo
; (2) he quale of a opoeal uba
e ae gou
ded
he
_fomave_ p
ple hh gve ha uba
e pef
aue a
d
he p
ple of e
de
y a
d developme
oad f
al
pefeo
, heea _qua
y_ gou
ded
deem
able o
_maeal_ p
ple; (3) he _ee
al_ dffee
a
g p
ple of
uba
ebe
g k
o
o u
o
uvely, bu o
ly abavely a
d
duvely, _.e._ by
fee
e fom he behavou of hee uba
e,
loao
a
d moo
of he ulmae o
ue
of peepble mae.
All he hemal, phyal a
d meha
al e
ege o foe of exe
al
he huma
m
d, a
d hu puh
g hem ove o
pyholog a
d
phloophe of he m
d fo fuhe a
d f
al exom. Fo a me
exeme maeal, le e ha
da
g, e
deavoued o edue eve
m
d a
d all o
ou ae a
d poee o a mee ubjeve
ape of ha, looked a objevely, ould be meely mae
moo
.(326) I a
be ho
Comology, Pyhology, a
d Epemology
ha all uh aemp o a
alye quale
o omeh
g ohe ha
he rdi
ar a
d ser sae f mm
speeh. A ie refei
wi
shw ha _he
prper sbjes f
ara habis i
he sri se
se
are he spiria faies f a
i
eie
a
d free ae
_.
Si
e a
ara habis are aqired b he pas aiviies, a
d dispse
fr he fre aiviies, f a bei
abse perfe, b par
pe
ia a
d par aa, a
d sbje ha
e, i fws ha
fi
ie bei
s a
have habis. B, frhermre, bei
s ha are
free,
ha have
r r dmi
i
f heir w
ai
s, ha have
freedm f hie, are deermi
ed b heir
are, b a
eessar aw f
heir aivi, eii he ai
s whih he d aa eii: sh
bei
s are b heir
are _deermi
aa ad
m
_; he are
fi
ed
he sri se
se impies
mere a erai
mabii i
is sbje;
i impies, a
d
siss i
, a sabe mdifiai
f sme pwer r
fa _whih a
have is aiviies direed i
differe
i
e r
her f a varie f ha
es r i
es_: he pwer r fa whih is
he prper sbje f a habi ms be a _pe
ia diriibiis ve
deermi
abiis ad diversa_. He
e mere maeria pwers f ai
sh as
he meha
ia, phsia a
d hemia fres f i
ra
i
are, r he
ra
i pwers f ivi
bdies, wheher veeaive r mere
se
ie
,si
e he are a _f hemseves_, f _heir
are_,
deermi
ed erai
i
es f ai
, a
d hese
,sh pwers
a
are. O
hese a
dire he perai
s f heir i
ee a
d wi,
a
d hrh hese aer he perai
s f heir se
se faies, bh
iive a
d appeiive, i
a wa
dive heir as e
d r i
a wa
ha deviaes herefrm, b aahi
heir i
ees rh r
errr, heir wis vire r vie, a
d hs frmi
i
hese
faies sabe dispsii
s r _habis_.(334)
Is here a
se
se, he
, i
whih we a
speak f he se
ie
(
iive
a
d appeiive) a
d exeive pwers f ma
as he sea f habis? The
aiviies f hse faies are
der he
r f i
ee a
d wi;
he as _eiied_ b he frmer are _mma
ded_ b he aer; he are
as ha isse primari frm he aer faies; a
d he
e he
dispsii
s ha res frm repeii
f hese as a
d ive a faii
fr frher repeii
f hemas f aki
, waki
, si
i
, pai
msia i
srme
s, exerisi
a
ha
dirafare par, hh
se
dari, _dispsii
s_ frmed i
hese se
ie
faies (he
rai
ed ee, he rai
ed ear, he disrimi
ai
se
se f ase, he
aer se
se f h i
he deaf, dmb, r bi
d), r i
hese exeive
pwers, whereb he aer mre prmp a
d easi be he mma
d f
he hiher faies; b he are primari a
d pri
ipa _habis_ f
hese hiher faies hemseves re
deri
he aer perma
e
ap
mma
d a
d iize he sbrdi
ae pwers i
he repeii
f sh
as.(335)
U
qesi
ab he bdi ra
s aqire b exerise a defi
ie se
whih faiiaes heir frher exerise. B his se is
smehi
ha he a
se hemseves;
r is i smehi
ha remves r esse
s
a
ara i
deermi
ae
ess r i
differe
e f hese pwers; fr he are
i
differe
: he _ms_ a, a a
i
sa
, i
he _
e_ wa whih
heir
ree
are i
a is srr
di
s aa dema
ds. The
hemseves are
i
srme
s f he hiher faies; hese a
e have
freedm f hie bewee
i
es f ai
; i is
he sabe
mdifiai
s whih hese aqire, whih he hemseves a
se, a
d
whih _dispse_ hem b esse
i
heir i
deermi
ae
ess, ha are
prper aed habis. There are, herefre, i
he ra
i faies f
ma
_dispsii
s_ whih ive faii f ai
. There are, mrever,
ra
i dispsii
s whih dispse he ra
ism
fr _ai
_ b fr
is
i
wih he _frmaive pri
ipe_ r s: _habiaes
dispsii
es maeriae ad frmam_.(336) Arise ives as i
sa
es
bdi heah r bea.(337) B hese _dispsii
es maeriaes ad
frmam_ he des
a _habis_, a
mre ha
he ra
i
_dispsii
es ad perai
em_ js referred : a
d fr his reas
, ha
ahh a hese dispsii
s have a erai
deree f sabii i
he
ra
isma sabii whih he derive, mrever, frm he s whih is
he frmaive pri
ipe ha seres he
i
i a
d i
divida
ide
i f he ra
ism,e he are
f hemseves, f heir w
haraer f sabii. He
e mere _pi
i
_ i
he i
eea rder, as
disi
frm _sie
e_, r a mere _i
i
ai
_ resi
frm a few
isaed as, as disi
frm a _vire_ r a _vie_ i
he mra rder,
are
habis.(338) Habis, herefre, be
prper he faies
f a spiria sbsa
e; i
dire, hwever, he exe
d heir i
fe
e
he wer r ra
i pwers depe
de
, a
d
red b, he
spiria faies.
T he varis dispsii
s a
d faiiies f ai
aqired b a
imas
hrh rai
i
, adapai
, aimaizai
, e., we ma app
wha has bee
said i
reard he se
se faies a
d exeive pwers
f he hma
bd. Js as we ma reard he i
er
a se
se faies
(memr, imai
ai
, se
se appeie) i
ma
as i
a se
dar a
d
sbrdi
ae wa sbjes f habis, i
s far as hese faies a
der
he direi
a
d
r f hma
reas
a
d wi,(339) s as he
ra
i dispsii
s i
ded i
irrai
a a
imas b he direi
a
d
ida
e f hma
reas
ma i
deed be rearded as exe
si
s r effes
f he habis ha dispse he rai
a hma
faies, b
as
hemseves i
he sri se
se habis.(340)
If, he
, habis be
prper i
ee a
d wi, a
d if heir
f
i
is dispse r i
dispse he hma
ae
fr he aai
me
f
he perfei
i
whih his as e
d
siss, we ms
ara k
_Psh_ a
d _Ehis_ fr a deaied a
asis f hem. Here we ms be
e
wih a wrd
heir rii
, heir effes, a
d heir impra
e.
Habis are prded b as. The a mdifies he fa. If, fr
i
sa
e,
hi
remai
ed i
r
iive faies afer eah ra
sie
iive a had passed, memr wd be i
expiabe a
d k
wede
impssibe;
r d he repeii
f a
a ever beme easier ha
i
f a habi A habi ma be prded b a si
e a: he mi
ds
firs i
ii
f a
axim r pri
ipe prdes a _habi r habia
k
wede_ f ha pri
ipe. B as a re i reqires a repeii
f
a
a, a
d ha fr a
ime a mparaive shr i
ervas,
prde a _habi_ f ha a, a sabe dispsii
whereb i a
be
readi repeaed; a
d sre
he
a
d perfe he habi he as ms be
frmed wih a rwi
deree f i
e
si a
d e
er. Prress i
vire
dema
ds ssai
ed a
d i
reasi
ear
es effrs.
The
ara effe f habi is perfe he fa,(341) i
rease
is e
er, make i mre prmp a, a
d hs _faiiae_ he
perfrma
e f he a fr whih he habi dispses i. I as e
e
ders
a
d deveps a
ara _
eed_ r _e
de
_ r _desire_ repea he a,
a
d a
ara aversi
frm he as ppsed he habi. Fi
a,
ardi
as he habi rws, he perfrma
e f he a dema
ds ess
effr, as fr ess aa ae
i
; hs he habi dimi
ishes he
feei
f effr a
d e
ds bri
ab a qasi-amai a
d
semi-
sis frm f aivi.
Gd habis are hse whih _perfe_ he
are f he ae
, whih
adva
e i wards he reaizai
f is e
d; bad habis are hse whih
reard a
d preve
he reaizai
f his e
d. He
e he _ehia_
impra
e, he hma
pers
, f frmi
, fseri
a
d
firmi
d
habis, as as f avidi
, resisi
a
d eradiai
bad habis, a
sare be exaeraed.
The prf
d a
d a-pervadi
i
fe
e f habi i
he me
a a
d mra
ife f ma
is
fr
ae far frm bei
adeqae appreiaed eve
b
hse resp
sibe fr he sear, mra a
d reiis edai
f he
. This is perhaps mai
de he fa ha he i
fe
e f habi
he
d f ife, e
rms as i is i
fa, is s sere, s
are
sis, ha i easi esapes
ie. Caref refei
r ai
s, diie
sd f he spri
s f ai
i
r everda ife,
are
eeded revea his i
fe
e. B he mre we a
ase hma
d
i
rseves a
d hers, he mre firm
vi
ed we beme ha hma
haraer a
d
d are _mai
_ depe
de
_he frmai
f habis_.
Habis are he ra
d
servi
a
d perfei
r he erribe
dermi
i
a
d desri
fre f ife. The are he fri f r pas a
d he seed
f r fre. I
hem he wrds f Leib
iz fi
d heir fes
verifiai
: he prese
is ade
wih he pas a
d pre
a
wih he
fre. B frmi
d habis we esape he disheare
i
diffiies
f perpea bei
i
s; a
d hs he abr we deve he aqisii
f wisdm a
d vire has is firs rih rempe
se i
he faii i
ives s adva
e
he pah f prress.
I has bee
r a
d rih said ha a e
i
e edai
siss i
he frmai
f d habis.
80. POWERS, FACULTIES AND FORCES.A
ara peraive pwer, fa, r
fre (, _pe
ia_, _faas_, _virs ae
di_) is a qai
whih re
ders he
are f he i
divida ae
ap eii erai
ai
s. B _impe
e_ r _i
apai_ (, _imptenti _,
_inc p cit _) Aritte me nt nt n ppite kind qu ity, in
cntr ditinctin t pwer r cuty, but ny _pwer
we ker
rder_, diering _in degree_, nt _in kind_, rm the re pwer which
render n gent prxim tey c p be cting; uch we ker c p citie,
r int nce, the in nt pwer t w k, r the deective eyeight
the ged.
It i t the individu ubiting pern r thing th t the ctin
prceeding rm the tter re cribed: _ ctine unt uppitrum_: the
_uppitum_ r pern i the _principium_ QUOD _ git_. And it ct in
ccrd nce with it n ture; thi tter i the _principium_ QUO _ gen
git_: the n ture i the ubt nce r eence
principe the
ctin whereby the individu tend t re ize it end. But i
cre ted,
inite n ture the _immedi te_ r _prxim te_ principe it ctivitie,
th t it i per tive _per e_? Or i it ny their _remte principe_,
eiciting them nt by ite but _ny_ by me n _pwer_, _ cutie_,
_rce_, which re themeve ccident perectin the ubt nce nd
_re y ditinct_ rm it, qu itie intermedi te between the tter nd
it ctin, being the _prxim te_ principe the tter?
N dubt when ny individu n ture i cted upn by ther gencie, when
it underge re ch nge under the inuence it envirnment, it
_p ive ptenti ity_ i being r rth ctu ized. Mrever when the
n ture ite ct _imm nenty_, the term uch ctin rem ining within
the gent ite t ctu ize r perect it, me _p ive ptenti ity_
the gent i being ctu ized. In thee c e the n ture bere being
thu ctu ized w re y c p be uch ctu iz tin. Thi _p ive
ptenti ity_, hwever, i ite nthing ctu , it impie n ctu
perectin in the n ture. But we mut ditinguih c reuy rm thi
_p ive r receptive ptenti ity_
n ture it _ ctive r per tive
pwer__ptenti e per tiv e_. Thee m y be themeve _ ctu
perectin_ in the n ture, _ ccident _ perectin ctu y in the
n ture, nd perh p re y ditinct rm it.
Th t they re indeed _ ctu _ perectin the n ture i iry bviu:
it i n ctu perectin
n ture t be _prxim tey_ nd
_immedi tey_, nd withut ny urther cmpement r dditin t it
But wh t i the n ture thi per tive pwer in re tin t the n ture
ite the gent? It i n ctu perectin thi n ture. It i,
mrever, unike cquired h bit, n tive t thi n ture, brn with it
t pe k, n tur y inep r be rm it. Further ti, per tive pwer
wud eem t be _prpertie_ (69) their repective n ture:
in much it i ny in virtue the per tive pwer th t the n ture
c n ct, nd there c n be n n ture withut cnn tur per tin whereby
it tend t re ize the u nd _in _ perectin it being, the
perectin which i the very _r in dtre_ it preence in the ctu
rder thing. The quetin therere n rrw ite dwn t thi: Are
per tive pwer, which perect the n ture which they re prpertie,
re y ditinct rm thi n ture, r re they ny virtu y ditinct
pect under which we view the n ture ite? Fr ex mpe, when we pe k
inteect nd wi being cutie the hum n u, d we merey
me n th t inteect i the u ite reg rded c p be re ning,
nd wi the u ite reg rded c p be wiing? Or d we me n
th t the u i nt _by ite_ nd _in virtue it wn eence_
c p be re ning nd wiing; th t it c n re n nd wi ny thrugh
the intrument ity tw re itie the ccident rder, re y
ditinct rm, thugh t the me time _nece riy_ rted in nd
pringing rm, the ubt nce the u ite: re itie which we c
_pwer_ r _ cutie_? Or g in, when we pe k
m n r n nim
h ving v riu _ene cutie_intern nd extern , cgnitive,
ppetitive, executived we merey me n th t the iving, entient rg nim
i ite directy c p be eiciting ct v riu kind:
im gining, deiring, eeing, he ring, etc.? Or d we me n th t the
rg nim c n eicit thee v riu ct ny by me n ever ccident
re itie, re y ditinct rm, nd inhering in, ite?
I uch per tive pwer r cutie re n tur y inep r be rm the
ubt nce in which they inhere, i they re nece riy cnequent n
the n ture the tter th t it c nnt exit withut them, re they
nything mre th n virtu y ditinct pect the ubt nce ite? On
thi quetin, we h ve re dy een (69), ch tic re nt greed.
St. Thm , nd Thmit gener y, m int in th t inteect nd wi re
re y ditinct rm the ubt nce the u, nd ikewie th t the
ene cutie re re y ditinct rm the ubt nce the nim ted
rg nim in which they inhere.(342) In thi view the ditinctin i nt
merey virtu ditinctin between dierent pect the u (r the
rg nim) ite, grunded in the v riety nd cmpexity the ct which
em n te rm the tter: the cutie re re entitie the ccident
rder, medi ting between the ubt nce nd it ctin, nd invving in
the cncrete being pur ity which, hwever, i nt incmp tibe with
the re unity the tter (69).
re
ce r. Oper tive pwer re cert iny perected (r injured) by the
cquiitin gd (r b d) h bit. In the view the wh deny re
ditinctin between n tur per tive pwer r cuty nd ubt nce, it
i, cure, the ubt nce ite th t i perected (r injured).
Thi ttribute, therere, i _nt_ und in _ _ qu itie; but it i
und in qu itie _ ne_, nd nt in ny ther c tegry r mde
being.
Hw re we t cnceive thi v ri tin in intenity, thi grwth r
diminutin ny qu ity, in ubt nce in which uch ch nge t ke
p ce? On thi pint phipher re nt greed. By degree
intenity_inteni ve remii __ qu it ti_we undert nd the
degree (r ch nge degree) in which the me numeric qu ity ect
_the me p rt_ r _the me pwer_ it ubject, thu rendering thi
p rt r pwer rm y mre r e qu iied in me p rticu r w y.
Thi i ce ry mething quite dierent rm the _extenin_ the me
qu ity t dierent p rt (r it withdr w rm dierent p rt) the
me extended ubject. In crpre , extended ubt nce, there c n
ccrdingy be quetin bth kind ch nge, _intenive_ nd
_extenive_; whie in impe, piritu ubt nce there c n bviuy be
quetin ny _intenive_ ch nge qu itie. And the ct
intenive ch nge qu itie i n undeni be ct experience. In wh t
m nner de it t ke p ce? Sme uthr cnceive it n dditin r
ubtr ctin _gr de_ r _degree_ the me qu ity. Other,
cnceiving qu itie impe, indiviibe entitie r rm, nd
thence denying the pibiity ditinct gr de ny qu ity, cnceive
uch ch nge t t ke p ce by thi impe entity ecting it ubject
_mre r e intim tey_, becming _mre r e irmy rted_, it
were, in it ubject.(349) And they exp in thi mre r e perect mde
inherence in v riety w y, which re grunded n cert in
text St. Thm :(350) the qu ity receive
new ccident mde
whereby it cmmunic te ite t the ubject, nd inrm the tter,
mre r e perecty; r, it i educed mre r e uy rm the
ptenti ity it ubject, thu qu iying the tter in the degree in
which it i educed rm, nd rted in, the tter.
Thee exp n tin re intructive, iutr ting the view th t
the ctu re ity the ccident mde being cnit in it
ecting, determining, the ubject in which it inhere. St.
Thm , preing th t he c n tt ch n inteigibe me ning t
dditin r ubtr ctin gr de,(351) te che th t the h bit
ch rity, r ex mpe, c n be incre ed ecundum eenti m by
inhering mre perecty, being mre irmy rted in it
ubject; r, he y, ince it i n ccident, eju ee et
inee. Unde nihi et iud ip m ecundum eenti m ugeri, qu m
e m m gi inee ubject, qud et m gi e m r dic ri in
ubject. Augetur erg eenti iter... it qud m gi c m gi in
ubject ee incipi t.(352) And eewhere he cncude with the
wrd: Pnere igitur qud iqu qu it nn uge tur ecundum
eenti m, ed uge tur ecundum r dic tinem in ubject ve
ecundum inteninem ctu, et pnere cntr dictri ee
imu.(353)
(Nt n tur y, cure; but hw it c n h ppen even mir cuuy
i
mre diicut quetin th n the preceding ne. It i in
virtue it ctu r c extenin th t bdy i preent
eniby in deinite p ce. Deprived mir cuuy thi
extenin it c n be imut neuy in ever p ce, ur
Beed Lrd Bdy i in the Euch rit. But i
bdy h it
n tur c extenin t ne deinite p ce, de thi extenin
cnine it preence t thi p ce th t it c nnt be
imut neuy preentmir cuuy, nd withut it c
extenin t ther p ce? The mt we c n y i th t the
bute impibiity thi i neither e-evident nr c p be
cgent pr. The Bdy ur Lrd h it n tur c
extenin in he venr he ven, which wi be the bde the
griied bdie the beed ter the gener reurrectin,
mut be nt merey t te r cnditin, but
p ce nd t the
me time it i cr ment y preent in m ny p ce n e rth.)
85. TIME: ITS APPREHENSION AND MEASUREMENT.I the cncept p ce i
diicut t n ye, nd give rie t me pr ctic y inube
prbem, thi i ti mre true the cncept time. Wh t, then, i
time? exc im St. Augutine in hi _Cnein_.(372) I n ne k
me, I knw; but i I m ked t exp in it, then I d nt knw! We re ch
the ntin p ce thrugh ur extern perceptin _extenin_ by the
ene ight nd tuch. S we derive the ntin time rm ur
perceptin _mtin_ r _ch nge_, nd m iny rm ur cnciune
ch nge nd uccein in ur wn cnciu t te. The cncept time
invve immedi tey tw ther cncept, th t _dur tin_, nd th t
_uccein_. Dur tin, r cntinu nce in exitence, i tw kind,
_perm nent_ nd _ucceive_. Perm nent dur tin i the dur tin n
_immut be_ being, rm y nd in r it i immut be. Succeive
dur tin i the cntinued exitence r dur tin
being th t i
_ubject_ t ch nge, rm y nd in r it i mut be. Nw re
ch nge invve
cntinuu _uccein_ re t te, it i
cntinuu _prce_ r _ieri_; nd it i the dur tin
being ubject
t uch ch nge th t we c _time_ r _tempr dur tin_. H d we n
cnciune ch nge, r uccein t te, we cud h ve n ntin
time; thugh we might h ve ntin unch nging dur tin i _per
impibie_ ur cgnitive ctivity were ite devid ny uccein
cnciu t te nd h d r it bject ny unch nging re ity. But
ince ur cgnitive ctivity i _de ct_ ucceive we c n pprehend
perm nent r unch nging dur tin, nt it i in ite, but ny ter
the n gy ucceive r tempr dur tin (86). The cntinuu erie
_ucceive t te invved in ch nge_ i, therere, the re nd
bjective cntent ur ntin time; jut the _c-exiting_ tt
_extenin_ rm the cntent ur ntin p ce. The cncept
p ce i the cncept mething t tic; th t time i the cncept
mething kinetic. Time i the cntinuity ch nge: where there i ch nge
there i time; withut ch nge time wud be incnceiv be. Ch nge invve
uccein, nd uccein invve the tempr eement bere nd
ter, ep r ted by the indiviibe imiting ctr c ed the nw r
preent int nt. The p t nd the uture re the tw _p rt_
time, whie the preent int nt i nt p rt time, but
_pint
dem rc tin_ t which the uture w int the p t. Ch nge i
re ity;
it i
re mde the exitence mut be thing; but neither the
immedi tey p t t te, nr the immedi tey uture t te
ch nging
re ity, re ctu t the preent int nt: it i ny t the perm nent,
biding mind, pprehending re ch nge, nd endwed with memry nd
expect tin, th t the p t nd the uture re ctu y ( nd, cure,
ny _ide y_, nt _re y_) preent. And it i ny by hding p t nd
mberi
, he
i
s fw r ha
e, ha we derive frm he aer
he
i
f ime.(376) If, he
, we
sider a reaed hi
s, a
hi
s sbje ha
e, we sha reaize ha rea ime mme
ed wih
he reai
f he firs f hem a
d wi
i
e as
as he (r
a
f hem)
i
e exis. We hs arrive a a
epi
f ime i
e
era, a
as ha f spae: _he whe
i
s series f
sessi
s, i
ha
i
hi
s, frm fre pas, rearded as ha i
isef, a
d _exri
si_ r _exer
a ime_, whih is sme her exri
si
empra drai
wih whih we mpare, a
d b whih we ma measre, he
frmer drai
. Ever ha
e r mi
has is w
i
er
a ime; a
d
his is wha we have bee
s far e
deavri
a
ase. If w me
sar
a he same i
sa
wak i
he same direi
, a
d if
e wak hree
mies a
d he her fr, whie he ha
ds f a wah mark he apse f a
he aer; a
d herefre is i
er
a ime, esimaed b his am
abse, wi be reaer ha
ha f he aer esimaed b is
am
abse.(377) The reaer he am
f a ha
e he reaer he
i
er
a ime-drai
r series f sessive saes whih measres his
ha
e abse.(378)
Js as he aer _Where_ is i
diaed b he spaia reai
s f a
bd her bdies, s he aer _Whe
_ is i
diaed, i
reard
a
eve
r press, b is mme
srai
r mparis
wih her
eve
s r presses.
This bri
s s he
i
f measreme
. T measre a
hi
qa
iaive is app i sessive sme qa
iaive
i ake
as a sa
dard a
d
he
mber f imes i
ai
s his
i. This
is a press f me
a breaki
p
i
s qa
i r
_ma
ide_wheher perma
e
r sessive, _i.e._ wheher exe
si
r
mi
i
dis
i
s qa
i r _mide_. If he measreme
f
perma
e
qa
i b spaia
is, a
d he hsi
f sh
is, are
diffi presses,(379) hse f measri
sessive qa
i a
d
fixi
empra
is are mre diffi si. Is here a
ara
mi
r ha
e f a e
era haraer, whereb we a
measre
(exer
a) he ime-drai
f a her ha
es? The mi
s f he
earh isef
is axis a
d ar
d he s
a
e ses hemseves.
A
d hese mi
s frm i
fa he _
ara_ e
era sa
dard fr
measri
he ime f a her eve
s i
he
iverse. A _arifiia_
r meha
ia devies, sh as hr-asses, wahes, ks,
hr
meers, e., are simp
riva
es fr he mre
ve
ie
appiai
f ha e
era a
d
ara sa
dard a pariar eve
s.
I reqires a ie refei
reaize ha a r mea
s f measri
ime-drai
a
aai
_apprximae_ ara, i
asmh as r
faies f se
se perepi
,
maer b wha devies he are aided,
are s imied i
ra
e a
d pe
erai
ha fai
s whih fa bew
he _mi
ima se
sibiia_ a
be deeed. I is a
eessar
dii
f
a
mi
sed as a sa
dard fr ime-measreme
ha i be _rear_.
Tha he sa
dard mi
s we aa emp are _abse_ rear we
have
ara
ee. We a
es heir reari
p he pi
a
whih r pwer f deei
irreari fais.
Refei
wi as shw ha r appreiai
f ime-drai
is as
_reaive_,
abse. I is awas a mparis
f
e fw r rre
f
sis experie
es wih a
her. I is he reaer reari f
asr
mia mi
s, as mpared wih ha
es r presses experie
ed as
aki
pae wihi
rseves, ha ases s fix
he frmer as he
mre siabe sa
dard fr he measreme
f ime. There is i
deed,
wries Faher Maher,(380) a erai
rhhm i
ma
f he presses f
r ra
i ife, sh as respirai
, irai
, a
d he rerre
eeds f fd a
d seep, whih prbab
ribe mh r pwer f
esimai
drai
.... The irrear haraer a
d vari
drai
f
sis saes, hwever, s
bri
hme s he
fi
ess f hese
sbjeive phe
me
a serve as a sa
dard measre f ime. Mrever,
r esimae f drai
is are depe
de
he
are f he
esimaed experie
es a
d f r me
a aide wards hem: A perid
wih pe
f varied i
ide
, sh as a fr
ihs rave, passes
rapid _a he ime_. Whis we are i
eresed i
eah sessive
experie
e we have ie spare ae
i
ie he drai
f he
experie
e. There is ams mpee apse f he e
merai
aivi.
B _i
rerspe_ sh a perid expa
ds, bease i is esimaed b he
mber a
d varie f he impressi
s whih i prese
s reei
.
O
he her ha
d a d, m
s, r
araive pai
, whih
eaves mh f r me
a e
er free adver is drai
, is
ver-esimaed whis aki
pae. A pe f hrs spe
impaie
waii
fr a rai
, a few das i
ide
ess
bard ship, a week
fi
ed
es rm, are fe
deared
sie a
ae. B whe
he
are pas sh perids, bei
emp f i
ide
, shri
k p i
ver sma
dime
si
s.... Simiar, ree
i
ervas are exaeraed mpared wih
eqa perids mre reme. Whis as we rw der a
d
ew experie
es
beme fewer a
d ess impressive, eah ear a is se seems shrer
ha
is predeessr.(381)
were sima
es_ s aered as be _readjsed his
ew
rae_ f ha
e, _we d
beme aware f he
aerai
_.(382) Sppsi
, fr i
sa
e, ha he rae f mi
sie he same mveme
der bh
dii
s, b ake
pae wie as qik
der he
ew
dii
s as i did
der
he d. This aai
, hwever, i
vves a mparis
, a
d hs
i
frms s mere f exer
a r reaive ime. If we ide
if
i
ri
si ime wih _am
f ha
e_, maki
he aer he
measre f he frmer, we ms
de ha aerai
i
he
_rae_ f a mi
des
aer is abse ime: a
d his is
evide
whe
we refe ha he ver
i
f a _rae_ f mi
i
vves he mparis
f he aer wih sme her mi
.(383)
Fi
a, we have
psiive
epi
f he ma
er i
whih
ime drai
is reaed , r k
w
b, he Divi
e Eer
a Mi
d,
whih is prese
a imepas, prese
a
d fre.
Besides he qesi
f he reaivi f ime, here are ma
her ris a
d diffi qesi
s whih arise frm a
siderai
f ime-drai
, b a deaied
siderai
f
hem be
s Csm. We wi mere i
diae a few f hem.
Hw far is ime _reversibe_, a eas i
he ase f pre
meha
ia mveme
s?(384) Had ime a bei
i
? We k
w frm
Reveai
ha _de fa_ i had. B a
we deermi
e b he
ih f reas
a
e wheher r
i _ms_ have had a
bei
i
? The reaes phisphers are divided as pssibii
r impssibii f _reaed_ reai exisi
_frm a
eer
i_. S. Thmas has saed, as his
sidered pi
i
, ha
he impssibii f _reai ab aeer
_ a
be prved. If a
series f reares d have exised sessive frm a
eer
i, a
d herefre wih a
_firs_ erm f he series,
his wd i
vve he pssibii f a
_aa i
fi
ie
mide_ f reares; b a
aa i
fi
ie mide f
reares, wheher exisi
sima
es r sessive, is
rearded b ms phisphers as bei
sef-
radir a
d
i
ri
sia impssibe. A
d his ahh he Divi
e Esse
e,
bei
i
fi
ie imiabe _ad exra_, a
d bei
ear
mprehe
ded as sh b he Divi
e Mi
d,
ai
s vira he
Divi
e exempars f a
i
fi
ie mide f pssibe reares.
Thse wh defe
d he pssibii f a
aa i
fi
ie mide
f reares
sider his fa f he i
fi
ie imiabii f he
Divi
e Esse
e as he r
d f his pssibii. O
he her
ha
d, hse wh hd ha a
aa i
fi
ie mide is
sef-
radir de
he vaidi f his arme
frm
pssibii aai; a
d he bri
frward sh seris
siderai
s a
d arme
s i
favr f heir w
view ha his
aer has bee
a a imes mh mre mm
advaed ha
he
frmer
e.(385) Wi ime have a
e
d? A he evide
e f he
phsia sie
es
firms he rh f he Chrisia
faih ha
exer
a ime, as measred b he mi
s f he heave
s, wi
have a
e
d. B he i
er
a r i
ri
si ime whih wi be he
measre f he aiviies f immra reares wi have
e
d.(386)
86. DURATION OF IMMUTABLE BEING: ETERNITY.We have see
ha _drai
_ is
he persevera
e r
i
a
e f a bei
i
is exise
e. The drai
i
,
wih e
d, wih ha
e r sessi
, a _perma
e
_ as disi
frm
a _sessive_ drai
, fr i is he drai
f he Neessar Bei
,
whse esse
e is Pre Aai. This drai
is eer
i: _a
i
ermi
abe drai
exisi
a eher_. _Aeer
ias es
i
ermi
abiis drai a sim exise
s._ This is he mm
defi
ii
f eer
i i
he prper se
se f he ermabse r
eessar
eer
i. The wrd _i
ermi
abiis_
i
a
d e
d. The wrd _a_ des
imp ha
he eer
i has pars. The expressi
_a sim_ exdes he
imperfei
whih is haraerisi f ime drai
, _viz._ he
_sessi
_ f befre a
d afer. The defi
ii
ive
b Bis(387)
emphasizes hese pi
s, as as he i
defeibe haraer f immabe
ife i
he Eer
a Bei
: _Aeer
ias es i
ermi
abiis viae a sim
e prefea pssessi_.
There is, i
he
ex pae, a ki
d f drai
whih has bee
aed
_hpheia_, _reaive_, r _brrwed_ eer
i: _aeer
ias
hpheia_, _reaiva_, _pariipaa_, as aed b shasis
_aevier
ias_. I is he drai
i
exise
e f a bei
ha is
i
e
, b _f is
are i
rrpibe, immra_, sh as he hma
i
is drai
, r a eas a drai
whih is
esse
ia
i b depe
de
he Neessar Bei
, a drai
, hwever, whih is
ara wih e
d; whereas he drai
f he rprea bei
has b
i
a
d a
e
d.
B phisphers are
areed as he
are a
d r
d f he
disi
i
bewee
hese w ki
ds f drai
i
i
e
bei
s. N
i
e
bei
is sef-exise
,
eiher has a
i
e
bei
he pri
ipe f is w
drai
i
is w
esse
e. Js as i a
bei
exis f isef, s
eiher
a
i
i
e exis f isef. A he same ime, ra
ed ha
i has bai
ed frm Gd aa exise
e, sme ki
d r deree f
drai
, f
i
a
e i
ha exise
e, seems be
ara
de is esse
e. Oherwise
servai
wd be
rea b frma a
i
ed reai
. I is sh i
deed
he
par f Gd: i
Gd here is
varie f aivi. B
he
par f he reare, he preservai
f he aer i
exise
e,
a
d herefre sme deree f drai
, seems be de i
exise
e is a psiive perfei
whih we ma reard as a
prper f is
are. B is his perfei
r prper f he
reare whih we a _drai
_, (_a_) esse
ia _sessive_
i
a reares, spiria as we as rprea? A
d (_b_) is i
rea ide
ia wih heir aa exise
e (r wih he reai
f whaever ha
e r aaizai
rs heir exise
e), r
i is a _mde_ f his exise
e r ha
e, rea disi
frm
he aer a
d
ferri
p
he aer he perfei
f
i
i r persise
e?
This, a a eve
s, is
iversa admied: ha _we_ a
beme aware f a
drai
herwise ha
hrh r
apprehe
si
f _ha
e_; ha we have dire k
wede
f
_sessive_ drai
; ha we a
eive he _perma
e
_
drai
f immabe reai
afer he a
a f sessive
drai
, r as he -exise
e f immabe reai wih he
sessive drai
f mabe hi
s.
Nw sme phisphers ide
if sessive drai
wih ha
e,
a
d hd ha sessive drai
is frma he drai
f
hi
s sbje ha
e; ha i
s far as a bei
is sbje
ha
e is drai
is sessive, a
d i
s far as i is free
frm ha
e is drai
apprahes he esse
ia perma
e
drai
f he Eer
a, Immabe Bei
; ha herefre he
drai
f rprea, rrpibe, mra bei
s is _par
exee
e_ sessive r empra drai
(_emps_); ha
spiria bei
s, whih are sbsa
ia immabe, b
(_aeer
ias_).(389) I is
ear wheher ardi
his
view we shd disi
ish bewee
he drai
f spiria
_sbsa
es_ as perma
e
, a
d ha f heir _as_ as sessive;
r wh we shd
aribe _perma
e
_ drai
rprea
_sbsa
es_ a
d heir _perma
e
aide
s_,
fi
i
sessive
drai
frma mi
r ha
e isef. I is, mrever,
impied i
his view ha drai
is
a
rea disi
perfei
r mde speradded he aai f he bei
ha
e
dres.
Oher phisphers hd ha _a_ drai
f _reares_ is
_sessive_; ha
i
divida reare has a mixre f
perma
e
a
d sessive drai
; ha his sessive drai
is rea disi
frm ha whih e
dres b mea
s f i; ha i
is rea disi
eve
frm he reai f ha
e r mi
wi be f
d.
eed i
dividas, b as a
_rdered whe_ whse pars
are _i
er-reaed_ b heir ma _-rdi
ai
s_ a
d _sbrdi
ai
s_.
The _rder_ we apprehe
d i
he
iverse ress frm hese varis
i
er-reai
s whereb we apprehe
d i as a _ssem_. Wha we a a _aw
f
are_, fr i
sa
e, is
hi
mre r ess ha
he expressi
f
sme
sa
reai
whih we beieve exis bewee
erai
pars f
his ssem. The sd f _Reai
_, herefre, be
s
mere
Li r he Ther f K
wede, b as he Ther f Bei
,
Meaphsis. Wha, he
, is a reai
? Wha is he bje f his me
a
ep whih we express b he erm _reai
_? Are here i
he k
w
a
d k
wabe
iverse f r experie
e _rea_ reai
s? Or are a
reai
s _mere ia_, pre reai
s f r
iive aivi? Ca
we assif reai
s, wheher rea r ia? Wha
sies a
reai
frma? Wha are he prperies r haraerisis f
reai
s? These are sme f he qesi
s we ms aemp a
swer.
Aai
, here is mh ambii, a
d
a ie errr, i
he se f he
erms abse a
d reaive i
mder
phisph. T sme f hese
sres f
fsi
we have referred aread (5). I is a mm
pae f
mder
phisph, a hi
aeped as
qesi
ed a
d
qesi
abe,
ha we k
w, a
d a
k
w,
he reaive. There is a re se
se i
_mparis
_. Simiar we pereive eve
s i
sessi
, eve
s sme f
whih _depe
d
_ hers, b wih a firs
i
r reaizi
his
depe
de
e. I
her wrds we apprehe
d a firs _apar frm heir
reai
s_, r _as abse_, hi
s a
d eve
s whih are rea reaive;
a
d we d s sp
a
es, wih reaizi
eve
ha we pereive hem
as abse.
The seed
eeds si a
d rai
a
d s
shi
e fr is rwh; b hese d
i
f he reaive a
d ppse his he
i
f he abse.
Wha we
eive as depe
de
we
eive as reaive; wha we
eive,
b
eai
, as i
depe
de
, we
eive as abse. The
b frher
bservai
a
d refei
we rada reaize ha wha we apprehe
ded
as i
depe
de
f erai
hi
s is depe
de
erai
her hi
s;
ha he same hi
ma be i
depe
de
i
sme respes a
d depe
de
i
a sbje i
whih i
here, b exiss _i
isef_, i is
abse
i
he se
se
dersd b Spi
za, i
he se
se f exisi
_f isef_,
i
depe
de
f a
effiie
ase a
fr is rii
(64). A
he sbsa
es i
he
iverse f r dire se
se experie
e are
i
e
, depe
de
_ab ai_, a
d herefre i
his se
se reaive,
abse.
This is he re se
se i
whih reaivi is a
esse
ia
e f he
reai f a he daa f he wrd f r se
se experie
e. The are a
i
e
, r reaive, r
dii
ed exise
es. A
d, as Ka
rih
ah, his experie
e fres s i
eviab hi
k f a Neessar,
Abse, U
dii
ed Bei
,
whm hese a depe
d. B, as a
be
prved i
_Nara The_ aai
s Ka
, his
ep is
a mere
reaive idea f he reas
, a frm f hh whereb we ssemaize
r experie
e: i is a
ep he bje f whih is
mere a
pwers, i
fe
es, i
he eve
s hemseves, as expai
i
r
a
i
fr hese aer, are ardi
his her
k
w he rea
are f he
exrame
a,
r eve
if here be a
exrame
a rea. Sbje a
d
bje i
k
wede are rea
e: i
divida mi
ds are
sef-
sis phases i
he ever-evvi
reai f he O
e Se
Aa Bei
.
These are b a few f he err
es rre
s f mder
reaivism. A deaied a
asis f hem be
s he _Ther f
K
wede_. B i ma be pi
ed here ha he are err
es
bease he have disred a
d exaeraed erai
prf
d
rhs
er
i
he spe a
d imis f hma
k
wede.
I is re ha we have
psiive, prper, i
iive k
wede
f he Abse Bei
wh is he Firs Case a
d Las E
d f he
iverse; ha a r k
wede f he
are a
d aribes f
he I
fi
ie Bei
is
eaive, a
aia, absraive. I
a
erai
se
se, herefre, He is abve he spe f r faies;
He is I
mprehe
sibe. B i is fase sa ha He is
U
k
wabe; ha r k
wede f Him, i
adeqae a
d imperfe as
i is, is
e
i
e, rea, a
d i
srive, as far as i es.
Aai
, a _disi
_ k
wede f a
bje impies _defi
i
_,
_imii
_, _disi
ishi
_, _mpari
_, _reai
_, _jdi
_;
_a
asi
a
d s
hesizi
_. I impies herefre ha we
apprehe
d hi
s _i
reai
s_ wih her hi
s. B his
sppses a
a
eede
, if i
disi
, apprehe
si
f he
hi
s hemseves. I
deed we a
hep pr
i
as simp
i
eiibe he
e
i
ha a k
wede is f reai
s,
a
d ha we a
have
k
wede f hi
s as abse. Hw d
we beme aware f reai
s wih bei
aware f he erms
reaed? Spe
er himsef admis ha he ver reas
i
whereb we
esabish he reaivi f k
wede eads s i
eviab
asser as
eessar he exise
e f he
-reaive, he
Abse:(395) a
eessi whih Ka
as re
izes.
Fi
a, he fa ha reai, i
rder be k
w
, ms be
prese
he k
wi
mi
dr, i
her wrds, ha k
wede
isef is a reai
bewee
bje a
d sbjei
wa
jsifies he
si
ha we a
k
w he rea
are f
hi
s as he are i
hemseves, abse, b
r w
sbjeive, me
a impressi
s r represe
ai
s f he abse
reai, i
isef
k
wabe.(396) The bvis fa ha a
reai i
rder be k
w
ms be reaed he k
wi
mi
d,
seems be rearded b sme phisphers as if i were a
mme
s disver. The
,
eivi
he hi
-i
-isef, he
abse, as a smehi
sa
di
f a reai
mi
d,
he deare sem
ha we a
k
w he abse: a
dearai
whih ma be i
erpreed eiher as a mere rismha
we a
k
w a hi
wih k
wi
i!r as a pre
rais asseri
, ha besides he wrd f reaiies whih
revea hemseves r mi
ds here is a
her wrd f
aai
ed a
d
aai
abe hi
s-i
-hemseves whih are as i
were he _rea_ reaiies! These phisphers have e shw
ha here is a
hi
absrd r impssibe i
he view ha here
is simp
e wrd f reaiiesreaiies whih exis abse
i
hemseves apar frm r apprehe
si
f hem a
d whih i
he
press f
ii
me i
reai
wih r mi
ds.(397)
Mrever, if besides his wrd f k
w
a
d k
wabe reaiies
here were sh a wrd f ra
se
de
a hi
s-i
-hemseves
as hese phisphers disrse f, sh a wrd wd have ver
ie
er
fr s,(398) si
e b defi
ii
a
d _ex hphesi_
i wd be _fr s_
eessari as if i were
: i
deed he
hphesis f sh a ra
se
de
a wrd is sef-
radir,
fr eve
did i exis we d
hi
k f i.
The press f
ii
has i
deed is diffiies a
d
mseries. T exami
e hese, a
fr he pssibii f
rh a
d errr, a
ase he r
ds a
d defi
e he spe a
d
imis f hma
eride, are prbems fr he _Ther f
K
wede_,
he dmai
f whih we are re
hi
perhaps
far aread i
he prese
ex. B a a eve
s
eive
reai as abse i
he se
se f bei
a
reaed
mi
d, a
d he
ask: Is reai s ra
sfrmed i
he ver
press f
ii
ha he mi
d a
pssib apprehe
d i r
represe
i as i rea is?his erai
is mis
eive a
d
mis-sae i
a hpeess fashi
he mai
prbem f Episem.
88. ANALYSIS OF THE CONCEPT OF RELATION.Reai
is
e f hse imae
eps whih des
admi f defi
ii
prper. A
d ike her
imae
eps i is famiiar a. Tw i
es, eah measri
a ard,
are _eqa_ eah her _i
e
h_: _eqai_ is a _qa
iaive_
reai
. The
mber 2 is _haf_ f 4, a
d 4 is _wie_ 2: _haf_ a
d
_dbe_ express eah a _qa
iaive_ reai
f _i
eqai_. If w
wi
brhers are _ike_ eah her we have he _qaiaive_ reai
f
_resemba
e_ r _simiari_; if a
er a
d a Erpea
are _
ike_ eah
her we have he _qaiaive_ reai
f _dissimiari_. The seam f
he mive mves he rai
: a reai
f _effiie
asai_, f
effiie
ase effe. The hma
ee is adaped he f
i
f
seei
: a reai
f _prpse_ r _fi
ai_, f mea
s e
d. A
d s
.
The bjeive
ep f reai
hs esabishes a
bewee
a pair f hi
s i
he dmai
f sme her
qa
i, qai, _ai_ a
d _passi_, e., i is
reai as apprehe
ded hrh hma
experie
e. B
_
epa
i_
aer. Like
a
imae mde f
whie he reai f
o
hee
a ubje, bu gve he lae a epe, o bea
g, o
efee
e, o od
ao
, _o_ o _oad_ omeh
g ele: elao da
ubjeo epeum vel _ee ad_ alqud alud. The le
gh of eah of o
l
e a
_abolue_ ade
of ha l
e, bu he _elao
_ of
equaly o
equaly
ellgble o
ly of boh ogehe. Deoy o
e
l
e a
d he elao
deoyed, hough he ohe l
e ea
le
gh aboluely a
d u
aleed. A
d o of he ohe example ju gve
.
Relao
, he
, o
deed fomally a uh,
o a
abolue ade
he
g
a ubje, bu a efee
e of h ubje o ome ohe
h
g, h lae be
g alled he _em_ of he elao
. He
e elao
o a
yh
g abolue, _alqud_
ha ubje, bu meely efe h
ubje o omeh
g ele a em, _ad alqud_. He
e Aole
deg
ao
of elao
a , _ad alqud_, o o oad
omeh
g. We o
eve a elao
[ ], he ay, hoe h
g
hoe vey e
y elf e egad a be
g omeho _of_ ohe h
g o
_o_ a
ohe h
g.(399)
To o
ue a elao
of haoeve k
d, hee eleme
o fao ae
ee
al: he _o exeme_ of he elao
, vz. he _ubje_ of he
elao
a
d he _em_ o hh he ubje efeed, a
d ha
alled he _fou
dao
_, o ba, o gou
d, o eao
, of he elao
(_fu
dame
um_ elao
). Th lae he aue o eao
o
aou
of hh he ubje bea he elao
o em. I alay
omeh
g abolue,
he exeme of he elao
. He
e follo ha
e may egad a
y elao
o ay, ehe _fomally_ a he aual
bo
d o l
k of o
exo
beee
he exeme, o _fu
dame
ally_, _.e._
a
aue o fou
dao
hee exeme. Th expeed
eh
ally by d
guh
g beee
he elao
_eu
dum ee
_ a
d
_eu
dum ee ad_, _.e._ beee
he abolue e
y of fou
dao
he ubje a
d he puely elave e
y
hh he elao
elf
fomally o
. Needle o ay, he lae, haeve , doe
o
add a
y _abolue e
y_ o ha of ehe exeme. Bu
ha doe h
elave e
y elf o
? Befoe aemp
g a
a
e o h
queo
e mu e
deavou o d
guh,
he
ex eo
(89),
beee
_puely logal_ elao
a
d elao
hh ae
ome ue
e
e _eal_. Hee e may
oe ea
oollae fom he o
ep of
elao
a ju a
alyed.
Reale of hh he objeve o
ep of elao
vefed deve
fom h lae ea
_popee_ o peal haae. The
_f_ of hee _epoy_: o elaed exeme ae a uh
ellgble o
ly
efee
e o eah ohe: fahe o o
, half o
double, lke o lke, e., a
d _ve vea_: _Coelava e
vem
o
oa
_. The _eo
d_ ha h
g elaed o o
e a
ohe ae
ollaeal o o
oma
_
aue_: _Coelava u
mul
aua_:
_
aually po_ o effe. The _hd_ ha elaed h
g ae
o
oma
_logally_, o
he ode of k
oledge: _Coelava u
mul og
o
e_: a ealy a
be k
o
a
d def
ed a elave o
a
ohe ealy o
ly by he mula
eou og
o
of boh exeme of he
elao
.
89. LOGICAL RELATIONS.Logal elao
ae _hoe hh ae eaed by
ou o
hough, a
d hh a
have
o be
g ohe ha
he be
g hh
hey have
a
d fo ou hough_. Tha hee ae uh elao
, hh
ae he exluve podu of ou hough-avy, u
veally
admed. The m
d a
efle o
o
de o
ep; a
ompae
a
d o-od
ae a
d ubod
ae hem amo
g hemelve; hu fom dea
of elao
beee
hoe o
ep, dea hh he hola all
_eflex_ o _logal_ dea, o _eu
d
e
o
e me
_. Thee
elao
ae _e
a ao
_, puely logal elao
. Suh, fo
a
e, ae he elao
of _ge
u_ o _pee_, of pedae o
ubje, he elao
debed
Log a he _pdabla_. Moeove
e a
ompae ou de u
veal o
ep h he
dvdual eale
hey epee
, a
d ee ha h feaue o mode of _u
vealy_
he
o
ep, _
e
o u
veala_ a _logal elao
_ of he
o
ep o he ealy hh epee
: a logal elao
,
amuh
a _ubje_ (he o
ep) a
d _fou
dao
_ (he _aba
e_ of
he o
ep) ae
hemelve pue podu of ou hough-avy.
Fuhemoe, e ae foed by he mpefeo
of he hough-poee
heeby e appehe
d ealyo
epo
of _aba_ dea, _lmao
_
of o
ep
exe
o
a
d
e
o
, _affmao
_ a
d _
egao
_,
e.o appehe
d _o
epual_ lmao
,
egao
, ompao
, e.,
a od, all _logal e
e_, a f hey ee _eale_, o afe
he ma
_e
_, o o
eve _pe modum e
_ (3). A
d he
e ompae hee
logal e
e h o
e a
ohe, o h eal e
e, he elao
hu eablhed by ou hough ae all _logal elao
_. F
ally,
follo fom h ame mpefeo
ou huma
mode of hough ha e
omeme u
dea
d h
g o
ly by abu
g o hee ea
logal
elao
, _.e._ elao
hh affe
o he ealy of hee h
g,
he _ee eale_, bu o
ly he mode of he pee
e
ou m
d,
he _ee deale_ (4).
I
ve of he d
o
beee
logal elao
a
d hoe e
hall pee
ly debe a eal elao
, a
d epeally
ve
of he pevale
e
de
y
mode
phloophy o egad all
elao
a meely logal, ould be deable o lafy
logal elao
a
d o
dae he ay
hh hey ae
eaed by, o eul fom, ou hough-poee. We k
o of
o
moe afaoy a
aly ha
ha aomplhed by S. Thoma
Aqu
a
vaou pa of h ma
y mo
ume
al a
d e
du
g
ok. I
h _Comme
ae o
he Se
e
e_(400) he e
umeae
fou ay
hh logal elao
ae fom ou
hough-poee. I
h _Quaeo
e Dpuaae_(401) he edue
hee o o: ome logal elao
, he ay, ae
ve
ed by he
elle efle
g o
o
o
ep a
d ae abued o
hee o
ep; ohe ae fom he fa ha he
elle a
u
dea
d h
g o
ly by ela
g, goup
g, lafy
g hem,
o
ly by
odu
g amo
g hem a
_aa
geme
_ o _yem of
elao
_ hough hh alo
e a
u
dea
d hem, elao
hh ould o
ly eo
eouly abe o hee h
g a hey
eally ex,
e hey ae o
ly pojeed, a ee,
o
hee h
g by he m
d. Thu, hough o
ouly h
k of
hee h
g a o elaed, delbeaely aba
fom
ae
g ha hee elao
eally affe he h
g
hemelve. No he make of all hoe phloophe, hehe
a
e
, medeval o mode
, ho de
y ha a
y elao
ae eal,
eem o be ha hey ay h abe
o
oo fa. They o
e
d
ha all elao
ae mply ead
o he ealy by ou
hough; ha
o
e ae
he ealy
a
y ue e
e
depe
de
ly of ou hough. They hu exaggeae he le of
hough a a _o
uve_ fao of k
o
o expee
ed
ealy; a
d hey ofe
do o o uh a degee ha aod
g o
he phloophy huma
hough
o meely _dove_ o _k
o_
ealy bu paally _o
ue_ o _eae_ : o a all
eve
o uh a degee ha og
o
ould be ma
ly a poe
heeby ealy amlaed o m
d a
d
o ahe a poe
heeby m
d amlaed o ealy. Aga
all uh deal
e
de
e
phloophy e ae ha
o all elao
ae
logal, ha hee ae ome elao
hh ae
o mee podu
of hough, bu hh ae hemelve eal.
90. REAL RELATIONS; THEIR EXISTENCE INDICATED.A eal elao
_o
e
hh
o a mee podu of hough, bu hh oba
beee
eal
h
g
depe
de
ly of ou hough_. Fo a eal elao
hee mu be
(_a_) a _eal_,
dvdual _ubje_; (_b_) a _eal fou
dao
_; a
d (__)
a _eal_,
dvdual _em_, eally d
fom he ubje. If he
ubje of he elao
, o fou
dao
, be
o eal, bu a mee _e
ao
_, obvouly he elao
a
o be moe ha
logal. If,
moeove, he em be
o a eally d
e
y fom he ubje, he
he elao
a
be
oh
g moe ha
a me
al ompao
of ome h
g
h elf, ehe u
de he ame ape o u
de me
ally d
ape. A elao
eal
he fulle e
e he
he exeme ae
_muually_ elaed
vue of a fou
dao
eally ex
g
boh.
He
e S Thoma def
o
of a eal elao
a a _o
exo
beee
ome o h
g
vue of omeh
g eally fou
d
boh_: _habudo
e alqua duo eu
dum alqud eale o
ve
e
uque_.(402)
No he queo
: Ae hee
he eal old, amo
g he h
g hh make
up he u
vee of ou expee
e, elao
hh ae
o meely logal,
hh ae
o a mee podu of ou hough?a
adm of o
ly o
e
eao
able a
e. Tha hee ae elao
hh ae
ome ue e
e
eal a
d
depe
de
of ou hough-avy mu be appae
o eveyo
e
hoe me
al oulook o
h
g ha
o bee
aped by he peou
ophe of ome fom o ohe of Subjeve Idealm. Fo _ex
pofeo_ efuao
of Ideal heoe he ude
mu o
ul
eae o
he _Theoy of K
oledge_. A fe o
deao
o
he
pee
po
ll be uffe
ly o
v
g hee.
F, he
, le u appeal o he famla example me
o
ed above. Ae
o o l
e, eah a yad lo
g, _eally equal_
le
gh, hehe e k
o
o
o? I
o a l
e a yad lo
g _eally geae ha
_ a
ohe l
e a
foo
le
gh, hehe e k
o o
o? Suely ou hough doe
o
_eae_ bu _dove_ he equaly o
equaly. The
bohe
_eally eemble_ eah ohe, eve
he
o o
e h
k
g of h
eembla
e; he eembla
e hee hehe a
yo
e adve o o
o.
The moo
of he a
_eally depe
d_ o
he foe of he eam;
depe
de
of ou hough: u
le
deed e ae pepaed o ay h
deal ha he l
e, he bohe, he a
, he eam, he eye, a
d
he lgh
a od, ha
o meely elao
, bu all ade
a
d
uba
e, all ealeae mee podu of hough, dea, ae of
o
ou
e.
Aga
, _ode_ bu a yem of elao
of o-od
ao
a
d
ubod
ao
beee
eally d
h
g. Bu hee eal ode
he u
vee. A
d heefoe hee ae eal elao
he u
vee.
Thee eal ode
he u
vee: I
he phyal u
vee do e
o
expee
e a eal ubod
ao
of effe o aue, a eal adapao
of
mea
o e
d? A
d
he moal u
vee
o h ll moe appae
?
The dome oey, he famly,
o meely a
aggegae of
dvdual a
y o
e of hom e may deg
ae
dm
aely huba
d o
fe, fahe o mohe, bohe o e. Thee elao
of ode ae
eal; hey ae obvouly
o he podu of ou hough,
o podued by
, bu o
ly doveed, appehe
ded by .
I a pofou
d uh ha
o all he ealy of he u
vee hh
pee
elf o he huma
m
d fo a
aly a
d
epeao
, _
o
all_ he ealy of h u
vee, o be fou
d
he mee um-oal of
he
dvdual e
e ha o
ue , o
de
g hee e
e
eah aboluely a
d
olao
fom he ohe. No doe _all_ eal
pefeo
o
he mee um-oal of he abolue pefeo
o, a
d
hee
, hoe vaou
dvdual e
e. Ove a
d
above hee
dvdual e
e a
d he abolue pefeo
, hee a
doma
of ealy, a
d of eal pefeo
, o
g
he eal
_adapao
_, _
eao
_, _
edepe
de
e_, _aa
geme
_,
_o-od
ao
_ a
d _ubod
ao
_, of hoe abolue e
e a
d
pefeo
amo
g hemelve. A
d f e ealze h pofou
d uh(403)
e hall have
o dffuly
eog
z
g ha, hle he
hough-poee heeby e
epe h u
vee podue logal
elao
hh e ulze
h
epeao
, hee alo
h
u
vee elf a yem of elao
hh ae eal, hh ae
o
ve
ed, bu ae meely deeed, by ou m
d.
Aod
g o deal, elao
a ubjeve aegoy of he m
d. I
belo
g o phe
ome
a o
ly o
he
oduo
of he lae
o he
u
dea
d
g. La
o moe ex
phe
ome
a, e Ka
,(404) ha
phe
ome
a ex
hemelve; he fome ae elave o he ubje
hh he phe
ome
a
hee,
o fa a h ubje e
doed h
u
dea
d
g; ju a he lae ae elave o h ame ubje
o
fa a e
doed h e
bly. Th ambguou a
d mlead
g.
Of oue, la o a
y ohe elao
do
o ex _fo u_, ae _
o
k
o
_ by u, ae
o _bough
o elao
o ou u
dea
d
g_, a
lo
g a e do
o o
ouly gap he o em a
d he fou
dao
o
hh he la, o a
y ohe elao
, e. Bu hee ae elao
hoe
em a
d fou
dao
ae a
eo o, a
d
depe
de
of, ou hough,
a
d hh o
eque
ly ae
o a podu of hough.
Se
ao
, o ohe feel
g be
g gve
, e J. S. Mll,(405)
ueo
a
d mula
eou
e ae he o o
do
o he ale
ave
of hh hey ae ubjeed by he
aue of ou faule. Bu, a M.
Boa pe
e
ly ak,(406) hy do e apply
a
y paula ae he
o
e ale
ave of he o-faed aegoy ahe ha
he ohe? I
o
beaue
evey ae he o
ee applao
made by ou faule
deem
ed by he obje hemelve, by a
objeve a
d eal fou
dao
of he elao
?
91. MUTUAL AND MIXED RELATIONS; TRANSCENDENTAL RELATIONS.Thee ae, he
,
elao
hh ae
ome ue e
e eal. Bu
ha doe he ealy
of a eal elao
o
? Befoe a
e
g h queo
e mu exam
e
he ma
lae of eal elao
.
We have aleady efeed o he _muual_ elao
a o
e hh ha _a eal
fou
dao
boh_ of he exeme, uh a he elao
beee
fahe
a
d o
, o beee
a geae a
d a lee qua
y, o beee
o equal
qua
e, o beee
o mla people.(407) Suh a elao
alled
a _elao aequpea
ae_, a elao
of _he ame de
om
ao
_, f
ha he ame
ame o
boh de, a _equalequal_, _mlamla_,
_fe
dfe
d_, e. I alled a _elao dqupea
ae_, of
_dffee
de
om
ao
_, f ha a dffee
ame,
da
g a
dffee
k
d of elao
, o
ehe de, a _faheo
_,
_aueeffe_, _maeeva
_, e.
D
fom h he _
o
-muual_ o _mxed_ elao
, hh ha a
eal fou
dao
o
ly
o
e exeme, o ha he elao
of h o he
ohe exeme eal, hle he elao
of he lae o he fome
o
ly logal.(408) Fo
a
e, he elao
of evey eaue o he
Ceao a eal elao
, fo he ee
al depe
de
e of he eaue
o
he Ceao a elao
gou
ded
he vey
aue of he eaue
a a o
ge
be
g. Bu he elao
of he Ceao o he eaue
o
ly logal, fo he eave a o
hh gou
ded mple
he
Ceao
o ealy d
fom H uba
e, hh uba
e ha
o
eeay elao
o a
y eaue. Smlaly, he elao
of he
(f
e) k
o
g m
d o he k
o
obje a eal elao
, fo
gou
ded
a
e qualy, _vz._ k
oledge, heeby he m
d
pefeed. Bu he elao
of he obje o he m
d
o a eal
elao
, fo by beom
g aually k
o
he obje elf doe
o
u
dego a
y eal ha
ge o aque a
y
e ealy o pefeo
. We have
ee
aleady (42, 50) ha all ealy ha a _a
e
de
al_ o
_ee
al_ elao
o
elle a
d o ll, o
ologal uh a
d
o
ologal good
e. Thee elao
of ealy o he _Dv
e_ I
elle
a
d Wll ae _fomally_ o _aually_ vefed
all h
g; heea he
a
e
de
al uh a
d good
e of a
y h
g
egad o a
y eaed
elle a
d ll ae fomal o aual o
ly he
ha h
g _aually_
k
o
a
d lled by uh eaed faule: he elao
of a h
g o a
m
d ha doe
o aually k
o a
d dee ha h
g ae o
ly
_fu
dame
al_ o _poe
al_ uh a
d good
e. Th b
g u o a
eo
d gea dvo
of elao
,
o _ee
al_ o _a
e
de
al_
a
d _ade
al_ o _pedame
al_.
A
ee
al o a
e
de
al elao
_o
e hh
volved
he
vey ee
e elf of he elaed h
g_. I e
e
o a
d
epaable fom he o
ep of he lae. Thu
he o
ep of he
_eaue_ a uh hee
volved a
_ee
al_ elao
of he
lae depe
de
e o
he _Ceao_. So, oo, evey
dvdual ealy
volve ee
al elao
of _de
y_ h elf a
d _d
o
_
fom ohe h
g, a
d ee
al elao
of _uh_ a
d _good
e_ o
he Dv
e M
d a
d eaed m
d. K
oledge
volve a
ee
al
elao
o a k
o
obje. _Ade
_
volve he ee
al elao
of
a
apude o
hee
_uba
e_. _Ao_
volve a
ee
al
elao
o a
_age
_, a
d _pao_ o a _pae
_; mae o fom a
d
fom o mae. A
d o o
. I
ge
eal, heeve a
y ubje ha a
a
d ee
al exge
e o apude o
l
ao
, heeby hee
eablhed a o
exo
of h ubje h, o a efee
e o,
omeh
g ele, a
od
ao
o _odo_ o omeh
g ele, hee e have
a
ee
al elao
.(409) Suh a elao
emed a
e
de
al
beaue a
be vefed of a ubje
a
y aegoy; a
d,
e
add
oh
g eal o ubje doe
o of elf o
ue a
y
e
aegoy of eal be
g. Lke he logal elao
efeed o hee
ode o b
g ou, by ay of o
a, he ade
al o pedame
al
elao
hh he pope ubje-mae of he pee
hape.
92. PREDICAMENTAL RELATIONS; THEIR FOUNDATIONS AND DIISIONS.A
ade
al o pedame
al elao
o
e hh _
o ee
al o he
elaed ubje, bu upeadded o, a
d epaable fom, he lae_. Suh,
fo
a
e, ae elao
of equaly o
equaly, mlay o
dmlay. I
o
volved
he
aue of he ubje elf, bu
upe
dued o
he lae by eao
of ome eal fou
dao
eally
d
fom he
aue of h ubje. I ole fu
o
o efe
he ubje o he em, hle he ee
al o a
e
de
al elao
ahe a
abue o apude of he
aue elf a a
p
ple of ao
, o a
effe of ao
. The eal, ade
al elao
he o
e hh Aole plaed
a aegoy apa a o
e of he
ulmae ade
al mode of eal be
g. He
e alled a
pedame
al elao
. Wha ae p
pal ub-lae?
Real elao
ae dvded aod
g o he
aue of he fou
dao
.
Bu ome elao
ae eal _ex uaque pae_muual elao
, hle
ohe ae eal o
ly o
he demxed elao
. Moeove, ome eal
elao
ae a
e
de
al, ohe pedame
al. Aole
ag
g
hee d
gou
d of pedame
al elao
eem o have
luded
ome elao
ha ae a
e
de
al.(410) He d
guhe(411) (_a_)
elao
gou
ded
u
y a
d mulude; (_b_) elao
gou
ded
effe
aualy; a
d (__) elao
gou
ded
omme
uao
.
(_a_) By u
y a
d mulude he ommo
ly
epeed o mea
de
y
o dvey
o meely
_qua
y_, bu
a
y fomal fao, a
d
heefoe alo
_qualy_, a
d
_
aue_ o _uba
e_. Th
g ha
ae o
e
qua
y e em _equal_; o
e
qualy, _mla_; o
e
uba
e, _de
al_. A
d f hey ae
o o
e
hee epe e all
hem _u
equal_, _dmla_, _d
_ o _dvee_, epevely. Abou
qua
y a a fou
dao
fo eal, pedame
al elao
hee a
be
o
dffuly. I
deed
a ea
e
e mpled
all elao
a
lea a appehe
ded by he huma
m
d. Fo e appehe
d elao
, of
haoeve k
d, by me
al ompao
, a
d h
volve he o
ou
e
of _
umbe_ o _plualy_, of _o_ h
g ompaed.(412) A
d he
e
ompae h
g o
he ba of a
y _qualy_ e do o o
ly by
d
guh
g a
d meau
g _
e
ve gade_
h qualy, afe he
a
alogy of _exe
ve_ o _qua
ave_ meaueme
(80). Nevehele
ju a qualy a d
ade
eduble o qua
y (77), o
ae elao
baed o
qualy dffee
fom hoe baed o
qua
y. Bu
ha abou uba
e o
aue a a fou
dao
of _pedame
al_
elao
? Fo hee, a d
fom a
e
de
al elao
, ome
ade
eally d
fom he uba
e eem o be equed. The
uba
al,
dvdual _de
y_ of a
y eal be
g h elf o
ly a
logal elao
, fo hee ae
o o eally d
exeme. The
pef de
y of Joh
h Jame
vue of he ommo
huma
of o
ologal uh. Th elao
_ee
ally_ aual
egad o
he Dv
e m
d, bu o
ly poe
al, a
d _ade
ally_ aual,
egad
o a
y eaed m
d (42). The elao
of eal d
o
beee
o
dvdual uba
e a eal bu _a
e
de
al_ elao
, gou
ded
he a
e
de
al abue of _o
e
e_ hh haaeze evey eal
be
g (26, 27).
(_b_) Effe
aualy, _ao e pao_, a
u
doubedly be he
gou
d of eal pedame
al elao
. If he ao
a
ve(414)
he _pae
_ o epe
of he eal ha
ge aque by h lae he
ba of a elao
of eal depe
de
e o
he aue o _age
_. Aga
, f
he ao
povoke eao
, o ha hee eal
eao
, eah
_age
_ be
g alo _pae
_, hee ae a muual pedame
al elao
of
edepe
de
e beee
he o age
e. Fuhemoe, f he age
elf
a
y ay eally pefeed by he ao
hee ae a eal
pedame
al elao
hh muual:
o meely a eal elao
of
effe o age
bu alo of age
o effe. Th ue
all ae of
ha hola all u
voal a d
fom equvoal auao
.
Of he fome,
hh he age
podue a
effe _lke
aue o
elf_, he popagao
of he pee by lv
g h
g he gea
example. Hee
o o
ly he elao
of offp
g o pae
a eal
elao
, bu ha of pae
o offp
g alo a eal elao
. A
d
h eal elao
pema
e
beaue gou
ded
o meely
he
a
e
ge
eave poee bu
ome eal a
d abd
g eul of
hee poeeehe ome phyal dpoo
he pae
hemelve,(415) o ome _pef_ pefeo
abued by ex
de
om
ao
o he _
dvdual_ pae
: he pae
ae
a e
e
o
ued
he offp
g: ge
eao
eally pepeuae he pee,
he pef
aue, a
d
h e
e may be ad o pefe he
dvdual pae
.(416) I
ae of equvoal auao
_.e._ hee
he effe dffee
aue fom he aue, a he
a ma
buld a
houehe age
doe
o o lealy be
ef by he ao
, o ha
uh
ae, hle he elao
of he effe o he aue eal, ome auho
ould egad ha of he aue o he effe a logal.(417) Whe
,
hoeve, e emembe ha he effe
avy of all _eaed_ aue
eealy depe
de
o
he Dv
e _Co
uu_, a
d
eealy
volve _ha
ge
he eaed aue elf_, e a
egad h ha
ge
a
all ae he gou
d of a eal elao
of he eaed aue o
effe. Bu he ea
g a
d o
ev
g avy of he Dv
e Be
g
a
o gou
d a eal elao
of he lae o eaue beaue he
Dv
e Be
g Pue a
d U
ha
geable Aualy, aqu
g
o
e
pefeo
, a
d u
dego
g
o eal ha
ge, by uh avy.(418)
(__) By omme
uao
a a ba of eal elao
Aole doe
o
mea
qua
ave meaueme
, bu he deem
ao
of he pefeo
of
o
e ealy by be
g ee
ally o
fomed o, a
d egulaed by,
a
ohe: a he pefeo
of k
oledge o e
e, fo
a
e,
deem
ed by he pefeo
of obje. Th o of omme
uao
,
o ee
al od
ao
of o
e ealy o a
ohe, obvouly he ba
of _a
e
de
al_ elao
. Some auho ould o
de ha bede
he a
e
de
al elao
of e
e o obje, a elao
hh
depe
de
of he aual exe
e of he lae, hee alo ex a
ade
al elao
e
e o obje a lo
g a h lae
aual exe
e. Bu ahe hould be ad ha ju a he
a
e
de
al uh-elao
of a
y eal obje o
elle
fu
dame
al (poe
al) o fomal (aual) aod
g a h
elle
meely _a
_ k
o h obje o aually _doe_ k
o , o alo he
a
e
de
al elao
of k
oledge o obje fu
dame
al o
fomal aod
g a h obje meely poble o aually ex
g.
We gahe fom he foego
g a
aly ha he hee ma
lae of
pedame
al elao
ae hoe baed o
_qua
y_, _qualy_, a
d
_aualy_, epevely.
93. IN WHAT DOES THE REALITY OF PREDICAMENTAL RELATIONS CONSIST?We have
ee
ha
o all elao
ae puely logal. Thee ae eal elao
;
a
d of hee ome ae
o meely ape of he ohe aegoe of eal
be
g,
o meely a
e
de
al abue vually d
fom, bu
eally de
al h, hee ohe abolue mode of eal be
g hh e
deg
ae a uba
e, qua
y, qualy, aue, effe, e.
Thee ae eal elao
hh fom a d
ade
al mode of eal
be
g a
d o o
ue a aegoy apa. The fa, hoeve, ha hee
pedame
al elao
have bee
plaed by Aole a
d h folloe
addo
o o eally d
exeme, a eal fou
dao
o
e o boh
of hee exeme, a eal ade
uh a qua
y, qualy, o
aualy. Tha o ay, o
deed
fou
dao
o aue,
o
deed fu
dame
ally o _eu
dum uum ee
ubjeo_, he
pedame
al elao
eal,
amuh a fou
dao
a ealy
depe
de
ly of he o
deao
of he m
d. No doub, f he
pedame
al elao
, adequaely o
deed, mple
o ohe ealy
ha
ha of fou
dao
a
d em, he
he pedame
al elao
doe
o o
a
a
y peal ealy _u ge
e_, d
fom
uba
e, qualy, qua
y, a
d ohe uh abolue mode of eal
be
g. Th, hoeve, doe
o peve
a
k
g a a d
aegoy
povded add a vually d
a
d alogehe peula ape o
hoe abolue eale. No, o
deed adequaely, he pedame
al
elao
add o he ealy ha
fou
dao
he _aual
efee
e_ of ubje o em. I
fa,
h efee
e of ubje
o em, h _ee ad_, ha he elao
_fomally_ o
. The
queo
heefoe may be aed hu: I h fomal elao
of ubje
o em, h _ee ad_ a eal e
y _u ge
e_, eally d
fom he abolue e
e of ubje, em a
d fou
dao
, a
d
o
ad
o
o hee a
d all abolue e
e a elave e
y,
aually ex
g
he eal u
vee
depe
de
ly of ou hough? O
, o
he o
ay, elf fomally a mee podu of ou hough, a
podu of he me
al a of ompao
, a
_e
ao
_ a
ape
upeadded by ou m
d o he exeme ompaed, a
d o he fou
dao
o be v
daedaga
deal, ho ould
edue all elao
o mee logal e
eohee ha
by aod
g
o he elao
o
deed _fomally_, _.e._ _eu
dum uum_ _ee ad_,
a
e
y
he aual ode of h
g
depe
de
of ou hough: add
g
a a
agume
ha f elao
fomally a uh a
yh
g a all, f
all elao
be
o a mee me
al fabao
, ee
ally a
elave e
y, a
d ha ma
fely a elave e
y a
o be
eally de
al h a
y abolue e
y. A
d hey lam fo h ve
he auhoy of S Thoma.(420)
The gea majoy of hola, hoeve, epoue he eo
d
ale
ave: ha he elao
, o
deed _fomally_, eu
dum _ee
ad_, a podu of ou me
al ompao
of ubje h em. I
o elf a eal e
y o a eal mode, upeadded o he ealy of
exeme a
d fou
dao
.
I
he f plae hee
o
eed o uppoe he ealy of uh a
elave e
y. _E
a
o
u
mulpla
da pe
eeaem._ I
a
abue of ealm o uppoe ha he _fomal_ eleme
of a elao
,
_ee ad_, a d
a
d epaae ealy. The ealy of he
paedame
al elao
afeguaded hou a
y uh poulae. S
e
he pedame
al elao
, o
deed _adequaely_, _.e._
o meely
fomally bu fu
dame
ally,
o meely _eu
dum ee ad_ bu _eu
dum
ee
_,
volve a fou
dao
a
abolue ade
hh eal
depe
de
ly of ou hough, he pedame
al elao
o a _mee
e
ao
_. I ha a fou
dao
ealy. I a
_e
ao
um
fu
dame
o
e_. Th a uffe
ou
e-aeo
o Idealm, a
d
a uffe
eao
fo ea
g elao
a a d
aegoy of eal
be
g.
Tha hee
o
eed fo uh a elave e
y ll be ma
fe f e
o
de he mple ae of o ba of o
eah a yad lo
g. The le
gh
of eah a
abolue ade
of eah. The le
gh of ehe, o
deed
aboluely a
d
elf,
o fomally he _equaly_ of h h he
ohe. No ae boh le
gh o
deed epaaely he fomal elao
of
equaly. Bu boh o
deed ogehe ae he adequae fou
dao
of h
fomal elao
; boh o
deed ogehe ae h elao
_poe
ally_,
_fu
dame
ally_, o ha all ha
eeded fo he _aual_, _fomal_
elao
of _equaly_ he me
al appehe
o
of he o le
gh
ogehe. The me
al poe of ompao
he o
ly h
g equed o
make he poe
al elao
aual; a
d he podu of h me
al poe
he _fomaly_ o _ee ad_ of he elao
, he aual efee
e of
he exeme o eah ohe. Bede he abolue ade
hh
o
ue he fou
dao
of he elao
omeh
g moe equed fo
he o
uo
of he adequae pedame
al elao
. Th omeh
g
moe, hoeve, a m
d apable of ompa
g he exeme, a
d
o a
y
eal e
y d
fom exeme a
d fou
dao
. A
eede
ly o he a
of ompao
he fomally elave eleme
of he elao
, _ee
ad_, a
o a
yh
g aual; a he mee _ompaably_ of he
exeme
vue of he fou
dao
. If he _ee ad_ ee a epaae
eal e
y, a elave e
y, eally d
fom exeme a
d
fou
dao
, ha o of e
y ould be? Be
g a
ade
, hould
hee
, o be a mode of ubje. Bu f dd ould loe
fomally elave haae by beom
g a
hee
mode of a
abolue
ealy. Whle o o
eve a a
e
y ade o
boh exeme, a
d
bdg
g o o
e
g hee ogehe, ould be o ubue he ude
magey of he mag
ao
fo
elleual hough.
I
he eo
d plae, f a ubje a
aque a elao
, o loe a
elao
, _hou u
dego
g a
y eal ha
ge_, he
he elao
o
deed fomally a uh, o _eu
dum_ _ee ad_, a
o be a
ealy. Bu a ubje a
aque o loe a elao
hou u
dego
g
a
y eal ha
ge. Theefoe he elao
o
deed fomally, a d
fom fou
dao
a
d exeme,
o a ealy.
The m
o of h agume
may be poved by he o
deao
of a fe
mple example. A hld aleady bo
ehe lage
o malle ha
A
d h appea o be he ve of S. Thoma. If, he e,
a
ohe ma
beome equal
ze o me by go
g hle I ema
u
ha
ged
ze, he
alhough _eo po_ I beome equal
ze
o hm, hu aqu
g a
e elao
, _
evehele I ga
o
aque
oh
g
e_:
hl adve
mh de
ovo, pe ho quod
po ee ale aequal pe eju muao
em. Relao
, he
ay, a
exame
al ealy _by eao
of fou
dao
o
aue_, heeby o
e ealy efeed o a
ohe.(422) Relao
elf, o
deed fomally a d
fom fou
dao
,
he ubje_.(425) He
e, oo, he eao
alleged by S. Thoma
hy elao
, u
lke he ohe aegoe of eal be
g, a
be
elf dvded
o logal e
y a
d eal e
y, _e
ao
_
a
d _e
eale_: beaue fomally a
_e
ao
_, a
d
o
ly fu
dame
ally, o
vue of fou
dao
, a
_e
eale_.(426) A
d he
e, f
ally, he eao
hy S. Thoma,
follo
g Aole, debe elao
a hav
g a lee
ealy, a
ee deblu,(427) ha
he ohe o abolue
aegoe of eal be
g:
o a f ee a o of dm
uve
e
y,
emedae beee
oh
g
e a
d he abolue mode of
ealy, bu beaue be
g depe
de
fo fomal aualy
o
meely o
a fou
dao
ubje, bu alo o
a em o hh
he lae efeed, a
peh
o meely by he
deuo
of ubje lke ohe ade
, bu alo by he
deuo
of em hle ubje a
d fou
dao
ema
u
ha
ged.
If, he
, he eal elao
, o
deed fomally o eu
dum _ee ad_
o a ealy, he elao
u
de h ape a _logal_,
o a
_eal_, ade
.
To o
ue a muual eal elao
hee
eeded a fou
dao
uba
e;(429) a
d o h ha bee
objeed ha
o elao
_
eaue_ a
be, _quoad em_, uba
al: Nulla elao, ay S.
Thoma,(430) e uba
a eu
dum em
eau. To h may be
epled ha eve
hee ae he elao
elf, o
deed
adequaely,
o holly de
al h he uba
e of ehe exeme.
I upeadd a epaable logal ade
o hee.(431)
F
ally objeed ha he ve hh de
e a d
ealy o
he fomal eleme
of a eal elao
, o _ee ad_, equvale
ly
de
e all ealy o elao
, a
d heefoe
uba
e de
al
h he deal do
e aleady ejeed (90). Bu h a
mo
epo
. Aod
g o deal, elao
gou
ded o
qualy,
qua
y, aualy, e., ae exluvely
he
elle,
ou me
al
avy a
d me
al podu,
ou o
ep alo
e, a
d ae
o
ue e
e haae of ealy. Th vey dffee
fom ay
g
ha ou o
ep of uh elao
ae gou
ded
he eale
ompaed, a
d ha hee eale ae eally e
doed h eveyh
g ha
o
ue uh elao
, he ompaave a of he
elle be
g
equed meely o appehe
d hee haae a
d o o gve he
elao
fomal omplee
e.(432) Thee all he dffee
e ha
ex beee
a heoy hh o exaggeae he o
uve fu
o
of
hough a o edue all
elleual k
oledge o a k
oledge of mee
ubjeve me
al appeaa
e, a
d a heoy hh, hle eog
z
g h
fu
o
a
d podu, ll
o allo ha hee a a
y loud o
vel beee
he
elle a
d a ge
u
e
gh
o objeve ealy.
Thee me
al poee ae guded by ealy; he _e
a ao
_ hh
ae he podu ae gou
ded
ealy; moeove e a
que ell
d
guh beee
hee _me
al_ mode a
d podu of ou
elleual
avy a
d he _eal_ o
e
evealed o he m
d
hee mode a
d
poee. So lo
g, heefoe, a e avod he make of ab
g o he
objeve ealy elf a
y of hee me
al mode (a, fo
a
e,
exeme eal do he
hey ae he exame
al ealy of he
_fomal_ u
veal), ou eog
o
of hem a
o ay jeopadze he
objeve valdy of
elleual k
oledge. Pehap a
exeve
mdy
h deo
ome degee aou
able fo he abue of
ealm hh abe o he fomal eleme
of a elao
a d
exame
al,(433) objeve ealy.
si
ifiai
. We
dersa
d b a ase _a
hi
whih has a psiive
i
fe
e f a
sr
he bei
r happe
i
f smehi
ese_. I
exi
bewee
w bjes f
hh is sffiie
sie he
e a pri
ipe f he her;
b a mere exri
si r ime seqe
e is
sffiie
. A _ia_
pri
ipe is sme _rh_ frm whih frher rhs are r ma be derived.
A _rea_ pri
ipe is sme _reai_ frm whih he _bei
_ r _happe
i
_
f smehi
rii
aes a
d preeds.(436) If his pressi
i
vves a
rea a
d psiive i
fe
e f he pri
ipe
ha whih preeds frm
i, sh a rea pri
ipe is a ase. B here ma be a rea a
d
i
ri
si
exi
wih a
sh i
fe
e. Fr i
sa
e, i
he
sbsa
ia ha
es whih r i
phsia
are he e
erai
f he
ew sbsa
ia frmaive pri
ipe
eessari presppses he
_privai
_ f he
e whih a
eede
i
frmed he maeria
pri
ipe; b his _privai frmae_ has
psiive i
fe
e
he
e
erai
f he
ew frm; i is, hwever, he
eessar a
d
ara
a
eede
he e
erai
f he aer; he
e ahh his _privai
frmae_ is a rea pri
ipe f sbsa
ia ha
e (he press r
_fieri_) i is
a _ase_ f he aer. The
i
f pri
ipe, eve
f rea pri
ipe, is herefre wider ha
he
i
f ase.(437)
A _
dii
_, i
he prper se
se f a
eessar
dii
r _
dii
si
e qa
_, is smehi
whih ms be reaized r ffied befre he
eve
r effe i
qesi
a
happe
r be prded. O
he side f he
aer here is rea depe
de
e, b frm he side f he frmer here is
rea a
d psiive i
fe
e
he happe
i
f he eve
. The
i
fe
e f he
dii
is
eaive; r, if psiive, i is
i
dire,
sisi
i
he remva f sme bsae_remve
s
prbibe
s_ he psiive i
fe
e f he ase. I
his preise a
dii
differs frm a ase: wi
dws, fr i
sa
e, are a
dii
fr
he ihi
f a rm i
he daih, b he s
is he ase. The
disi
i
is ear a
d i
eiibe,
r ma i be i
red i
a
phisphia a
asis f asai. A he same ime i is eas
dersa
d ha where, as i
he i
dive sie
es, here is qesi
f
disveri
_a_ he a
eede
s, psiive a
d
eaive, f a
ive
ki
d f phe
me
, i
rder bri
ih a
d frmae he aw r
aws ardi
whih sh phe
me
rs, he disi
i
bewee
ase a
d
dii
is f mi
r impra
e.(438)
A
_asi
_ is _a
irmsa
e r mbi
ai
f irmsa
es
favrabe he ai
f a free ase_. Fr i
sa
e, a fred sae is
a
asi
fr bi
heap;
ih is a
asi
f hef; bad
mpa
i
ship is a
asi
f si
. A
asi
has
i
ri
si
exi
wih he effe as i
he ase f a pri
ipe,
r is i
exi
wih he ai
f a free ase; a
d i
differs frm a ase i
havi
psiive a
d dire i
fe
e
he
prdi
f he effe. I has, hwever, a rea hh i
dire
i
fe
e
he prdi
f he effe b siii
a
d aidi
he
deermi
ai
f he free effiie
ase a. I
s far as i des
exer sh a
i
fe
e i ma be rearded as a paria effiie
ase,
fi
d a sffiie
reas
wh he are sh i
heir
siive
pri
ipes; b i
reard simpe esse
es, r he simpe
siive pri
ipes f mpsie esse
es, we a
fi
d
sffiie
reas
wh he are sh i
a
hi
eve
ia
disi
frm hemseves: he are wha he are bease he are
wha he are, a
d dema
d wh he are wha he are, is, as
Arise remarked, ask a
ide qesi
. A he same ime,
whe
we have
vi
ed rseves ha heir aa exise
e
i
vves he exise
e f a Spreme, Sef-Exise
, I
eie
Bei
, we a
see ha he esse
e f his Bei
is he imae
r
d f he i
ri
si pssibii f a fi
ie esse
es (20).
I
reard
i
e
_exise
es_ he Pri
ipe f Sffiie
Reas
is i
ide
wih he Pri
ipe f Casai, i
asmh as
he sffiie
reas
f he aa exise
e f a
i
e
hi
siss i
he exri
si rea pri
ipes whih are is
ases. The exise
e f
i
e
hi
s i
vves he exise
e
f a Neessar Bei
. We ma sa ha he sffiie
reas
fr
he exise
e f he Neessar Bei
is he Divi
e Esse
e Isef;
b his is mere de
i
ha here is side his Bei
a
sffiie
reas
, _i.e._ a
ase f he aers exise
e; i
is he re
ii
ha he Pri
ipe f Casai is i
appiabe
he Neessar Bei
. The Pri
ipe f Sffiie
Reas
, i
his appiai
f i, is ia pserir he Pri
ipe f
Casai.(440)
95. CLASSIFICATION OF CAUSES: ARISTOTLES FOURFOLD DIISION.I
mder
imes ma
sie
iss a
d phisphers have hh i pssibe expai
he rder a
d rse f
are, he whe smi press a
d he e
ire
iverse f r experie
e, b a
appea he perai
f _effiie
ases_. Espsi
a meha
ia, as ppsed a eeia,
epi
f he
iverse, he have de
ied r i
red a i
fe
e f _prpse_,
a
d eshewed a sd f _fi
a ases_. Frhermre, mis
eivi
r
eei
he aer f sbsa
e, a
d he dri
e f sbsa
ia
ha
e, he fi
d
pae i
heir speai
s fr a
siderai
f
_frma_ a
d _maeria_ ases. Ye wih fi
a, frma a
d maeria
ases, s f a
ased b Arise(441) a
d he shasis,
saisfar expa
ai
f he wrd f r experie
e a
pssib be
f
d. Le s herefre mme
e b i
i
he radii
a frfd
divisi
f ases.
We have see
aread ha ha
e i
vves mpsii
r mpsie
ess i
he hi
ha is sbje ha
e. He
e w _i
ri
si_ pri
ipes
ribe he
sii
f sh a hi
, he
e a passive,
deermi
abe pri
ipe, is _maeria ase_, he her a
aive,
deermi
i
pri
ipe, is _frma ase_. Sme ha
es i
maeria hi
s
are sperfiia,
reahi
he sbsa
e isef f he hi
; hese
are _aide
a_, i
vvi
he
i
f sme _aide
a_ frm wih he
ree pre-exisi
sbsa
e as maeria (_maeria_ _se
da_).
Ohers are mre prf
d, ha
es f he sbsa
e isef; hese are
_sbsa
ia_, i
vvi
he
i
f a
ew _sbsa
ia_ frm wih he
prima maeria pri
ipa (_maeria_ _prima_) f he sbsa
e
deri
he ha
e. B wheher he ha
e be sbsa
ia r aide
a
we a
awas disi
ish i
he resi
mpsie hi
w i
ri
si
siive pri
ipes, is _frma ase_ a
d is _maeria ase_. The
ae
ies i
are whih, b heir aivi, bri
ab ha
e, are
_effiie
ases_. Fi
a, si
e i is a
de
iabe fa ha here is
_rder_ i
he
iverse, ha is presses ive evide
e f _reari_,
f perai
ardi
_aw_, ha he sms reveas a _harm
is
-rdi
ai
f ma
ifd_ ae
ies a
d a _sbrdi
ai
f mea
s
e
ds_, i fws ha here ms be wrki
i
a
d hrh a
are a
direive pri
ipe, a pri
ipe f pa
r desi
, a pri
ipe ardi
whih hse ma
ifd ae
ies wrk eher i
ffime
f a prpse,
_fr he aai
me
f e
ds_. He
e he reai f a frh ass f
ases, _fi
a ases_.
The separae i
fe
e f eah f hse fr ki
ds f ase a
be ear
israed b refere
e he prdi
f a
wrk f ar. Whe
, fr
i
sa
e, a spr hises a sae frm a bk f marbe, he aer
is he maeria ase (_maeria se
da_) f he sae, he frm whih he
i
des
i b his abr is he frma ase (_frma aide
ais_),
he spr himsef as ae
is he effiie
ase, a
d he mive frm
whih he wrksm
e fame, eshei peasre, e.is he fi
a ase.
The frma a
d maeria ases are _i
ri
si_ he effe; he
sie he effe _i
fa esse_, he disi
i
f eah frm he
aer bei
a
i
adeqae rea disi
i
. I is
s sa
wadas
a hese i
ri
si
siive pri
ipes f hi
s _ases_ f he
aer; b he verif he e
era defi
ii
f ase. The her w
ases, he effiie
a
d he fi
a, are _exri
si_ he effe, a
d
rea a
d adeqae disi
frm i,(442) exri
si pri
ipes f is
prdi
, is _fieri_.
This assifiai
f ases is adeqae;(443) i a
swers a he
qesi
s ha a
be asked i
expa
ai
f he prdi
f a
effe: _a q?_ _ex q?_ _per qid?_ _prper qid?_ Nr is here a
sr f ase whih a
be brh
der sme
e r her f hse
fr heads. Wha is aed a
exempar ase, _asa exemparis_, _i.e._
he idea r mde r pa
i
he mi
d f a
i
eie
ae
, ardi
whih he aims a
d srives exee his wrk, ma be rearded as a
exri
si frma ase; r aai
, i
s far as i aids a
d eqips he
ae
fr his ask, a
effiie
ase; r, aai
, i
s far as i
represe
s a d be reaized, a fi
a ase.(444)
The bjes f r k
wede are i
a re se
se ases f r k
wede:
a
sh bje ma be rearded as a
effiie
ase, bh phsia a
d
mra, f his k
wede, i
s far as b is ai
r mi
ds i
deermi
es he aivi f r
iive faies; r, aai
, as a fi
a
ase, i
asmh as i is he e
d a
d aim f he k
wede.
The esse
e f he s is, as we have see
(69),
exa a
effiie
ase f he faies whih are is prperies; b i is heir fi
a
ase, i
asmh as heir _rais
dre_ is perfe i; a
d heir
sbjeive r maeria ase, i
asmh as i is he sea a
d sppr f
hese faies.
The frfd divisi
is a
aia,
iva: hh he maer, he
frm, he ae
, a
d he e
d r prpse, a
ribe psiive he
prdi
f he effe, i is ear ha he haraer f he asa
i
fe
e is wide differe
i
eah ase.
Aai
, is members d
dema
d disi
sbjes: a fr asses f
ase ma be verified i
he same sbje. Fr i
sa
e, he hma
s is
a frma ase i
reard he mpsie hma
i
divida, a maeria
ase i
reard is habis, a
effiie
ase i
reard is as,
a
d a fi
a ase i
reard is faies.
Frhermre, he frfd divisi
is
a
immediae divisi
, fr i
fws he divisi
f ase i
e
era i
_i
ri
si_ a
d _exri
si_
ases. Fi
a, i is a divisi
f he ases whih we fi
d be
peraive _i
_ he
iverse. B he phisphia sd f he
iverse
wi ead s rada he
vii
ha isef a
d a he ases i
ras wih his _U
reaed_, _Firs Case_, a he her ases we
have
w i
vesiae are aed _reaed_ r _se
d_ ases (_asae
se
dae_, _reaae_).
A ase ma be eiher _a_, _adeqae_, r _paria_, _i
adeqae_,
ardi
as he effe is de is i
fe
e se, r is
i
fe
e i
j
i
wih, r depe
de
e
, he i
fe
e f sme
her ase r ases _f he same rder_. A reaed ase, herefre, is
a a ase if he effe is de is i
fe
e i
depe
de
f her
reaed ases; hh f rse a reaed ases are depe
de
, bh as
heir exise
e a
d as heir asai,
he i
fe
e f he
Firs Case. Wih he aivi f reaed effiie
a
d fi
a ases
he Firs Case a
ampish dire whaever hese a
be aaized
wih hem, b fr whih He a
spp _emi
e
er_. Simiar, whie i
is i
mpaibe wih His I
fi
ie Perfei
ha He dishare he
f
i
f maeria r frma ase f fi
ie mpsie hi
s, He a
ihi_) a
d
i
f heir maeria a
d frma pri
ipes.
A ase is said be _i
a se
d_ whe
i is aa exerisi
is
asa i
fe
e. A
eede
sh exerise, a eas _pririae
arae_, i is said be _i
a prim_: whe
i has he expedie pwer
dishare is f
i
as ase i is _i
a prim prxim_, whie if
is pwer is i
a
wa i
mpee, hampered r
read, i is _i
a
prim rem_.
Ma
her divisi
s f ase, sbrdi
ae he Ariseia
divisi
,
wi be expai
ed i
exi
wih he members f his aer.
96. MATERIAL AND FORMAL CAUSES.These are prper sbje-maer fr
_Csm_. We wi herefre ver brief sppeme
wha has bee
said
aread
er
i
hem i
exi
wih he dri
e f _Cha
e_ (h.
ii.). B a maeria ase we mea
_ha f whih a
hi
is made_:
_id ex q aiqid fi_. Maer is rreaive wih frm: frm he
i
pri
ipe, _maeria prima_, a
d a mipii f differe
iai
,
speifi
, frmaive pri
ipes, _frmae sbsa
iaes_. Tha he
disi
i
bewee
hese w pri
ipes i
he
sii
f a
i
divida rprea sbsa
e, wheher ivi
r i
ra
i, is
mere
a vira disi
i
bewee
meaphsia (e
eri a
d speifi) rades
f bei
i
he i
divida, b a rea disi
i
bewee
separabe
e
iies, is a shasi hesis esabished i
he Speia Meaphsis f
he ra
i a
d i
ra
i dmai
s f he
iverse.(449)
Si
e he _frm_ is a perfei
, aai
pri
ipe, he erm is fe
sed s
ms wih _as_, _aai_. A
d si
e besides he
esse
ia perfei
whih a bei
has b vire f is sbsa
ia frm
i ma have aide
a perfei
s b reas
f sperve
i
aide
a
frms, hese, , are frma ases.
I
wha des he asa i
fe
e f he frma ase
sis? I
mm
iai
isef i
ri
sia he maeria pri
ipe r passive
sbje frm whse pe
iai i is evked b he ai
f effiie
ases; i
aai
ha pe
iai b i
ri
si
i
herewih, a
d
hs deermi
i
he i
divida sbje be aa r frma a
i
divida f sh r sh a ki
d.
The maeria a
d frma ases are _i
ri
si_ pri
ipes f he
sii
f hi
s. We
ex pass a
a
asis f he w _exri
si_
ases, a
d firs f he effiie
ase a
d is asai.
97. EFFICIENT CAUSE; TRADITIONAL CONCEPT EXPLAINED.B effiie
ase we
dersa
d ha _b whih_ a
hi
akes pae, happe
s, rs: _id a
q aiqid fi_. The wrd f r exer
a a
d i
er
a experie
e is he
se
e f i
essa
_ha
es_: me
a
d hi
s
are, b are
sa
_bemi
_. Nw ever sh ha
e is rii
aed b sme aive
pri
ipe, a
d his we a he effiie
ase f he ha
e. Arise
aed i o , _
nc_ _mvn_
nc; aan, , _pincipium motus
vl mutationis in alio_, th pincipl of motion o chang in som oth
thing. Th sult achivd by this chang, th actualizd potntiality,
is calld th _ffct_; th causality itslf of th fficint caus is
calld _action_ (), _mi
_, _ha
e_a
d, frm he pi
f view
f he effe, _passi_ (). The perfei
r e
dwme
whereb a
effiie
ase as, _i.e._ is effiie
(), s c lle _ ctve
power_ (_potent seu vrtus ctv _); t s lso c lle _force_ or
_potent l energy_ n reference to n nm te gents, _f culty_ n
reference to nm te gents, espec lly men n nm ls. Ts ctve power
of n effcent c use or gent s to be c refully stnguse from te
_p ssve potent lty_ cte upon n unergong c nge. Te former
connotes perfecton, te l tter n mperfecton: _unumquoque gt
nqu ntum est n ctu, p ttur vero nqu ntum, est n potent _. Te scope
of te ctve power of c use s te me sure of ts ctu lty, of ts
perfecton n te sc le of re lty; wle te extent of te p ssve
potent lty of _p tens_ s me sure of ts rel tve mperfecton. Te
ctu ton of te former s _ cto_, t t of te l tter _p sso_. Te pont
of ontologc l connexon of te two _potent e_ s te _c nge_ (_motus_,
), his bei
a
e he frma perfei
f he passive
pe
iai i
he _paie
s_ r effe, a
d he immediae erm f he
effiie
r aive pwer f he _ae
s_ r ase. _Ai_ a
d _passi_,
herefre, are
expressi
s f
e a
d he same
ep; he express
w disi
eps f
e a
d he same reai, _viz._ he ha
e:
_ai e passi s
idem
mer ms_. This ha
e akes pae
_frma_ i
he sbje p
whih he effiie
ase as, fr i is
a
aai
f he pe
iai f he frmer
der he i
fe
e f he
aer: ; . C
sidered i
he pe
iai f his sbje : _uju n cc_
cad _a_. Cndd a a m acv w
cau : _uju c_ cad _ac_.
T ac a _ac_ and _a_ a ay and bjcvy n and
am _mu_ d n ma aan bn add a w
aa um ca, y a bjc dnc
cnc,(450) and ucn cnu m dnc
ca (60).
Dub a mm ad, a S. Tma ma
,(451) abu
an a acn an an n may n a bu n
_an_: _ac n a_. I ca, wv, cnnu,
a acn may n _an_ acuan n
any nay an, bu av nay
_an_: n a a _mu_ can, wc b
_ac_ and _a_, a
ac, dndny cu n nunc
an, cn cau can. T acv w an
cn cau an ndx a acuay; xc
w (_.._ _acn_) d n may c an,
n an acuan any av nay a; may
c _an_. Ony _mmann_ acn c an, and
n n a an bu a _an_ cv acuay cd
by acn (_c._ 103 _na_).
W may, n, dn cn cau a _ xnc nc
can ducn anyn by man acn_: _ncum
xncum a u u mu v duc mdan acn_.
I a nc a cmad w maa and ma cau
nunc bvuy n nau ; a a cmad
w xnc cau, na cau, _n dn xcun_,
n, wv, _n dn nnn_. T nd, n a azd bu a
azab, n n xcun bu n nnn, dca uncn and
x nunc a na _cau_ and n d na cau,
a w aa a, _ a cau_: _n umu n
xcun d mu n nnn_.
Can ducn, n dnn, b undd n n
c n n wc u an xn ubjc maa, bu
n wd n n wc ncud any ducn nw ay, vn
can ducn _x n_.
Acn, , b undd n wd n n wc ncud
acn F Cau, wc acn ay dnca w
nc a. W cncv can a anay
cn acn cad cnd cau: w av n __
cnc nn cn Dvn acvy. In a cad
cn cau n ny acn , bu a cncy,
c, w, acuy, wc _xma_ nc, ay dnc
m nau nc an; m a ubanc,
a an accdn.
Fnay, acn a cad cn cau anv
(_ann_) mmann (_mmann_) accdn a can wu by
acn a
ac n mn (a wn _ un_ a
_ a_) n cau (a wn a man an
w). In m ca acn c n an bu
n, _an_; n a ca c an ,
c mu av an ad ua cn cau_, _.._ a cau
c, ucny n ca bn, av
duc c n un; w c wud
uncaud, wc mb.
(_c_) _An c cann a uc b acuay m c an ad ua
(cad) cau_. T an a c a uc ay
dndn acuay n ad ua cad cau. I dv
acuay m a. Nw ncncvab a an an cud b
acv, ducv nc a a cn, a ad
acuay, an . Wav b nau cn
cauay, _ac_ and _a_ (102), dndnc
ducd acuay un acv w ad ua cn cau
(10), ay dndnc bd u n
a n
naua d cn cauan a ad ay can b
acuazd an an caab acuazn, a an can
nauay acuaz a m c ad ay an
_cnjunca_.
T nn an numna cau nvv n (_a_) ubdnan
a, n numna acvy, a nca cau, (_b_)
ncaacy duc c w an by mdyn and dcn
nunc nca cau. T y wby
numna cau md dmn n a acua way
nunc nca cau, cad by S. Tma an _ac_
_a_ m; dncn bwn nca and
numna cau bn a wa m ac by vu a w
manny nn n a a naua cn, a ac a an
numn ny by vu ann mn wc dv m
nca cau wc uz .(458)
W may, , dn an _numna_ cau a _n wc, wn
acn a an numn, duc c n by vu nn
w an, bu by vu a w cmmuncad by m nca
cau wc ac u _. A _nca_ cau, n and,
_n wc duc c by vu an acv w manny
nn n _.
T dnan _nca_ and _numna_ a bvuy cav.
Mv, _a cad_ cau may b cad _numna_ n an
_F Cau_. F, n ny a y dndn n a
_cnvan_ nau and acv w; y a a dndn,
n acn, n acua xc w, n F
Cau ( _cncuu_ a).(459) Y m cad cau
av w manny, and can xc m wu ubdnan
cau; w nd, xc
uncn, n ny Dvn _cncuu_, bu a mn
cau. Hnc m a y cad _nca_ cad cau,
and a _numna_ cad cau.
(_d_) Ecn cau a dvdd n __ cau and _ncay_
cau. A -dmnn cau _n wc n dmnd
by nau n n acn_, bu _a w cn,
dmnn _, ac aban, wn a cndn u
acn a n. Man a an, cau,
dba acn. A ncay cau, naua cau a mm
cad, _n wc dmnd by nau n nvaab n
acn_, a, and cndn u acn,
cann nauay aban m acn n a nvaab mann. A
yca anc nanc wd, a an and anma anm
bna man m, a ncay cau.
T dm uman w abd aan dmnm n
Pycy.(460) T dcu dmn aan dcn
a m a bad n mcncn, n nu and
auu aumn. W may mnn w m .(461) F
acvy, y ay, wud b _cau_ acvy: wud va
aw unva cauan. W y a acvy by n man
cau acvy. T an m n u and u
n cn cau ac. I by caua, cn
nunc a ac cc dmnd and cd. F
cauay vdny d n va ncay, _a _ nc
abv und Pnc Cauay. Buy
u n cnd ac va aw unva cauan,
_.._ aw a vy vn n nau mu b u m
nmna ancdn wc _nca_ , and wc, ,
wnv vd, _mu_ duc u and n ; and by
n wc bv.
ay m
dnay nnc
_xnc_ a ac
and bv n
nunc cau n
xand.
n any u n cn cau. A dad n uy n nau
acv w, c n nanc unv, _.._
n nau _ca_ cn cauay, bn Cmy;
ju a a ma n uy n _va_, _nn_ and _ua_
cn cauay bn Pycy. H w av ny acan
wa cmmn and na a cn cauay a uc, wa n
na nvvd n xc cn cauay, n _ac_ and
_a_, and wa a man mcan vad n a udy .
102. ANALYSIS OF EFFICIENT CAUSALITY, OR _Ac_ AND _Pa_: (_a_) THE
FIRST CAUSE AND CREATED CAUSES.W av aady d unva
dndnc a cad cau n F Cau; and w a av
ccan un n cnnxn w Occanam. Gd a cad
a cnd cau; H a vn m w acn; H cnv
bn and w n xnc; H a w u
m n ac; H cncu w a acn; H
_nca_ cau a c; and n an Hm y a a
numna cau: Du caua acn cujub n uanum _da_
vum and, n uanum _cnva_ am, n uanum _aca_
acn, n uanum _ju vu_ mn aa vu a.(476)
In u anay can (10) w aw wy n n, cad an can b
_ad ua_ cau _nw acua_ cn nvvd n
can, and w w a bd, by a ncy u,
n xnc a F Cau, an Uncann, Inn Suc
nw acua.(477)
T nc un wc aumn wa bad : a
acuay c mn v and abv ay wc
ad n av nay cad maa cau and n
acv w cad cn cau ancdny
ducn: a ducn acuay, _nvum
_, m nuncby way c-an _cncuu_ w
cad cn cau an Acua Bn n wm acuay
a c cnand n an mnny c way. Evn w Dvn
_cncuu_ a cad cau cann _ca_, bcau vn w
_cncuu_ cncy aan ny mdyn cann
-xn bn: and n can n -xn bn, n
maa cau, n a av nay b acuad. Bu _wu_
_cncuu_ n ny can n ca; cann vn, a an
cn cau, acua a a -xn nay. And wy?
Bcau cncy cann aan _ducn nw acuay_.
I dmn md acuay, and n cy
cncy cad cau. Bu _ v ny cn_
nw acuay can b ducd ny by Inn, Can,
Inxaub Suc a acuay, c-an w cad
cau(478) (103).
Bu, m b bjcd, a cad cn cau a mv
ad ua and abuy ndndn nc w acuay
c? Ty cann b uc; and a m an a
y a n away _n ac_. W y uc y ud b away and
ncay n ac: y ud away and ncay cnan n
mv, and a acuay and n an mnny c mann, a
cn a c wc y aduay duc n
unv. Bu xnc w u a cad cau a n away
acn, a acv w, cauay _n acu m_ n
b dnd w acn, cauay _n acu cund_; and
an u a nc , nc acn mn m an
_acv w_, nc a cau acn a m acuay an am
cau n acn, mu av bn dmnd ducd acn by
m acuay an . T uu acuay cn
n an acn cau, a cmad w am cau acn,
Dvn _cncuu_. In wd, an acv w wc ay
dnc m acn u b mvd ducd __ ac
(wc _ac_) n an a av nay ud b
mvd __ ac (wc _a_), by m ay dnc acua
bn. A cad cn cau, , by an m a
, m w ac, n a acn, cd by
avn acv w acuazd, _.._ by Dvn _cncuu_: n
n acn a cn an. Bu n an
nav cn a nc; n a mann
ab van cn a w; n
cmn any av nay a; n
y a
n a _can_ an a uc; , a w av ad
aady, a an ndx a cn n ca a
bn.(479) Acn ay c _an_; and ny wn
dnca n cnc ndvduay w _an_ a
manny cd by acn.
T acn cad cau, , dnd n acn
F Cau. W dv u nn acn m m and ay
anacay a. I w cma m w a nd a,
nwandn many dnc, nn acn n na nvv
a m unmxd cn wc can, wu anmm, b
ad anacay Dvn Acn. T Dvn Acn dnca
w Dvn Pw and Dvn Enc. In cau nc, w
and acn a ay dnc. T Dvn Acn, wn cav, a n
m a _can_ n c n (10, 11), duc
bn _x n_, wa acn cau cann av m
ducn nw bn _x n_, bu ny can
-xn bn. T Dvn Acn, w n can cnvn
cncun w cau, m n Gd n a ann m w
ac; wa acn cau d my uc ann n
m. Suc a dnc; bu w m n
amn: Dvn Acn m n Gd an cncy wc a
m _ n nw bn dndny n cncy_.(480)
S, , d _acn cau_. _Pv cn nunc n
n d, and n, ducn, __ nw acua bn
n , w a an a dndnc n cncy_: uc
na n a cn cauay, w Gd
cau.(481)
103. (_b_) ACTIO IMMANENS AND ACTIO TRANSIENS.L u cma n nx
ac cy mmann ua cauay u,
cy mmann anc cauay vn n, and anv
yca cauay anc nanc nau. T m an
mmann acn man wn vy acuy wc c ,
acn acuy a a ab: u ac u mna n
ncua ab cad _cnc_, ac cc n ab
w cad _vu_ _vc_.(482) O man a a wn
an: a wn n va c nun vau a and
mmb vn anm nac a cu w and
dvmn vn ndvdua wc cau
uncn.(483) In ca an _an_, wa
vy ancy n nanc unv ac n un , bu ny n
m n, _anvy_. Bu mmann acn, n an
anv acn, ducv a cann, cu, n
yca n n wc m dnd w mn and
undd ca can, bu n mayca n an
w d n
nw w a vn cud mv any an mmb u
bd.(493) Y Mabanc, a c ncnncy w wn
nc, auad w n man by awn an xcuvy
_mmann_ cncy ua cau.(494)
Suc acn Occanam. Ou ccm w b
b.(495)
(1) Aan dcn a cau nay a n, and cann b,
cn cau, w dc aumn aady und (100)
aan Pnmnm and Pvm, aumn m unva b
man
nd, bad n mny cncun a anay
nd by uman nnc. Cncun n my a
c u, manan, nan, vn, c., _a
ac_
wn u mnd; n my a u bdy mvmn, uc a a
n,
wa
n, wn, _ccu_; bu a _w a cau m_.(496) I
d ay a w d n cny mv u mb bcau w may
n b ab undand xan uy _w_ an unxndd vn
can mv a maa mb.(497) Cncun ac a
vn d mv mb; and a nu.(498) T ac n
n, _ umd_ ac u an n. N any
und wav an a a cau, n d duc an
c, mu _undand w_ xc wn cncy bn
a c abu. Mv, Mabanc cncn a a mmann
acvy w a a vn an admn a n
nau cau a uc nn ncmab w bn an
cn cau.
(2) Au Mabanc ba y many n dducv, _a
_ ann m a cndan Dvn abu,
ym ay day cn F Cau, and
cay Dvn Wdm. T ay, nanc, a Gd cad an
an w adad dca uncn n a uman
y, and n dny a a dca any uncn,
anamun accun Gd y. T n an n ym wy
any cad n cndn n wud b vn aa
_ccan_ F Cau ducn any dn c. Evyn
wud b an uay aa ccan, a nn wud b n
any nb n an aa ccan, any xc
Dvn cauay. T admab d unvw uny n
vay, adaan man nd, adan cad
cn an nb manan Dvn cn n
aumn a cau cny c-a w F Cau
n azn and manann d. Bu y w a n,
nav, u u, wa cud b _an d_
dvd ndwmn and cn? S a m mann
wdm, w and dn Gd y wud vdnc an am and
n day.
(3) Occanam m dncn bwn cau and a
na Gd. Au Mabanc, vn cac a wa,
d aan anm mab Snza, wn ym
cnan undvd m ncu . F, cau
a n cn cau n ny a vay and mucy
mann, a cnbun nn wad d unv,
bu vy xnc _a dnc a_ m av n _an
d_. Mabanc maz u a _Gd d nn u_:
_Du n a n dnu_. Vy w. I, n, a bn _d
nn_, wa u vd by xnc? O wa u ? Wa
mau a cau ay, n acn and w
cu nau a ducd by Gd und b ma; bu a by
cad cau und b ma: namuc a ma a
bu mnay dnc ac n a u wc , a ad
xnc cau, ndvdua and ndvb. T dncn
ma ac ny u az w _d ac_ uc an c
du can F Cau and cad cau. Ta Gd
_cud_ duc a uc c wu any cad cauw mu
dnu. Sm uc c H cud n duc wu cad
cau, uc ducn wud b -cnadcy. H cud n
duc, nanc, a vn xc a ac a cad w,
a u xc a ac a cad nc, a va can
xc a ac a vn cau. Bu aa m uc ca wc
wud nvv an nnc mby, Gd cud cu duc,
wu cad an, c wc H d duc u
cad cncy. I , wv, n a un wa _cud b_, bu
wa _acuay _. And w n
a aumn aady
v cncuvy a cau a n _d ac_ n, nacv,
am and unmann n y wud b Occanam w u
nan unv u acua xnc; bu a
cau a n a u n cn cau, and a ju a by
vy c-xnc w Gd, a cnnn bn, y d n da
m H Inn Acuay bu a w H Inny, by
can w Hm a ubdna and dndn cn cau
y d n da m H umacy a F Cau, bu a w
nn and nxaub c H Wdm and Omnnc.
gent t t see s t.
a a
aes expressive f his experie
e_ass_, _srs_, _fr
a_,
, etc. Te noton unerlyng ll of tem s t t of sometng
occurrng unntenton lly, _pr eter ntentonem gents_. Weter c nce
effects result from te cton of ntellgent gents or from te oper ton
of pysc l c uses tey re not ntene,by te elber te purpose of
te ntellgent gent n te one c se, or by te n tur l tenency, te
_ntento n tur e_, of te mere pysc l gency n te oter. Suc n
effect, terefore, s not _n tur l_ c use; ence t s consere
_excepton l_, n s lw ys more or less unexpecte. _N ture_, s
Arstotle rgtly observes,(519) never prouces
c nce effect. Hs
me nng s, t t wenever suc n effect occurs t s not brougt bout n
ccor nce wt te n tur l tenency of ny pysc l gency. It results
from collson or concence of two or more suc gences, e c ctng
ccorng to ts n ture. Te unters ct of frng t wl fowl s n
ntenton l ct. Te boys ct of comng nto te tc
et to g ter wl
flowers s n ntenton l ct. Te ccent l sootng of te boy s te
result of
concence of te two ntenton l cts. Sml rly, e c of
ll te v rous gences wc brng bout te evelopment of n embryo n
te m tern l womb s ts own mme te n p rtcul r n tur l effect, n
only me tely contrbutes to te gener l effect of brngng te embryo to
m turty. As rule tese p rtcul r effects re f vour ble to te gener l
effect. But sometmes te mme te ens o not subserve ts ulteror
purpose. Te result s ccent l, excepton l,
ev ton from te
norm l type, n nom ly, monster n te om n of lvng org nsms.
Arstotles n lyss, correct so f r, s ncomplete. It ssgns no
ultm te expl n ton of te f ct t t tere re suc encounters of
nvu l n tur l tenences n te unverse, suc f lures n te
suborn ton of p rtcul r ens to wer ulteror ens. As m tter of
f ct tese c nce effects, ltoug not ntene by te n tures of
nvu l cre te gences, re not wolly n entrely unntene. Tey
n cl w
INDEX.
Absolute, te, 47 _sq._;
n rel tve, 332 _sqq._
Accents, nvu
c uses of, 235-6;
vsons of, 237
exstence n rel
_n._,
n n ture, 416-17.
ctu l, 51 _sqq._
n re son, 5.
s _m ter _
GEULINCX, 397.
GIOBERTI, 94.
Goo, n lyss of te, 167 _sqq._;
vsons of te, 175 _sqq._;
n beng, 177 _sqq._;
n be uty, 193.
GOUDIN, 108 _n._
Gr ceful, eleg nt, te, 199 _n._
GREGORY OF VALENTIA, 110 _n._
MALEBRANCHE, 397-400.
M ncesm, 182, 189-91.
MASTRIUS, 99 _n._
_M ter
_M ter
n logy, 39.
rt, 205-6.
on
on
on
on
FOOTNOTES
1 2 vols. Longm ns, 1912.
_
7 Cf._ E
ia _Aeer
i Paris_,
Phisphia Sdies, b Ppe
Le XIII., As 4,1880.
8 I
rdi
, 1.
9 As a brief e
era saeme
f he maer his is sffiie
arae a
d wi
be mis
dersd. Of rse he e
era
sa
dpi
f imae ases a
d reas
s admis wihi
isef sme
varie f aspes. Ths Episem a
d Psh dea wih hma
hh, b
der differe
aspes; Psh a
d Ehis dea
wih hma
vii
, b
der differe
aspes, e.
10 Thereis sive speaivis i
ees, i
h prprie ab
12 Cf._ _Sie
e f Li_, i., I
rdi
, h. ii. a
d iii.
13 ARISTOTLE a
d he shasis disi
ished bewee
he dmai
f
he praia (, , _aere_, _aibiia_) a
d he
peraive r prdive (, , _faere_, _faibiia_).
14 Cf._ _Sie
e f Li_, i., 8.
15 dam iir s
_speabiim_ q depe
de
a maeria se
dm
esse, qia
isi i
maeria esse pss
, e h disi
r
qia depe
de
qdam a maeria se
dm esse e i
eem, si
ia i
qrm defi
ii
e p
ir maeria se
sibiis:
de si
e
maeria se
sibii i
eii
pss
; i
defi
ii
e hmi
is
pre aipere ar
em e ssa: e de his es _phsia_ sive
sie
ia
arais. dam ver s
q, qamvis depe
dea
a
maeria se
sibii se
dm esse,
ame
se
dm i
eem,
qia i
erm defi
ii
ibs
p
ir maeria se
sibiis,
i
ea e
mers: e de his es _mahemaia_. dam ver s
speabiia q
depe
de
a maeria se
dm esse, qia si
e
maeria esse pss
: sive
qam si
i
maeria, si Des e
a
es, sive i
qibsdam si
i
maeria e i
qibsdam
,
sbsa
ia, qaias, pe
ia e as,
m e ma, e., de
qibs m
ibs es _heia_, id es sie
ia divi
a, qia
pripm
irm i
ea es Des. Ai
mi
e diir
_meaphsia_, id es, ra
sphsia, qia ps phsiam die
da
rri
bis, qibs ex se
sibiibs mpei i
i
se
sibiia
deve
ire. Diir eiam _phisphia prima_, i
qa
m sie
iae
ai ab ea pri
ipia sa aipie
es eam seq
r.ST. THOMAS, _I
18 Cf._ _Se
e of Log_, ., 251-5.
19 Whe
he em e
e ued
oaday
o
ad
o
o
phloophy, uually g
fe he k
oledge emboded
ha
ae alled he peal, o pove, o
duve e
ea
k
oledge hh Aole ould
o egad a ly o fully
e
f.
20 Aole o
epo
of he loe elao
beee
_Phy_ (o
he _Phloophy_ of Naue) a
d hoe a
aly ude hh e
o
he o
e ha
d a
d ao
al peulao
o
he ohe. Th a
e
ve of he o
uy of huma
k
oledge, a ve o hh he
Shoolme
of he Mddle Age ee eve fahful, a uppla
ed a
he da
of mode
phloophy
he xee
h a
d eve
ee
h
e
ue by he oppoe ve, hh led o a dvoe beee
phy a
d meaphy, a
d o a ee of mu
dea
d
g hh
ll peval h equal deme
o e
e a
d phloophy alke.
e
bla deve
e.ST. THOMAS, _I
Lb. Boe de T
ae_,
q. 5, a. 1.
23 Th alo he le of he oal a
d eh
ologal udy of he
vaou ae of me
, he pmve hab, uom,
uo
,
e.
24 No e
ely; fo
a
e, ha pehap he mo ompehe
ve
oue of phloophy publhed
ee
me, he _Phloopha
Lae
_ (11 vol., Hede, 1888-1900) appae
ly follo he
aa
geme
of meaphy oul
ed above. The fu
dame
al queo
o
_k
o
g_ a
d _be
g_, hh uually o
ue d
depame
u
de he epeve le of _Epemology_ a
d
_O
ology_, ae hee eaed u
de he ompehe
ve le of
_I
uo
e Logale_ (3 vol.). Hoeve, hey ae eally
meaphyal poblem, poblem of peulave phloophy, heeve
hey be eaed; a
d he fa ha he queo
uually eaed
O
ology ae hee eaed
a volume apa (vol. . of he
_I
uo
e Logale_: u
de he peula le of _Loga
Real_), a
d
o
he volume ag
ed o ge
eal meaphy,
ho he
eey a
d o
ve
e
e of he moe mode
aa
geme
.
Ge
eal meaphy ae deal h
2 vol. of _I
uo
e
Phloophae Naual_ a
d 3 vol. of _I
uo
e
Pyhologae_; peal meaphy
he _I
uo
e
Theodae_ (1 vol.); eh
2 vol. of _I
uo
e Ju
Nauae_.
28 Cf._ _Se
e of Log_, ., 17.
29 Cf._ _bd._ ., I
od., h. .
30 CAJETAN, _I
2 Po A
al._, h. x.
31 Cf._ MERCIER, _O
ologe_, 6-13; LADD, _A Theoy of Realy_,
h. .
32
fa_, h. v.; _Cf._ _Se
e of Log_, ., Pa I., h.
.-v.; Pa ., h. .
33 p. 18
hh o
ex ll be fou
d a maely a
aly a
d
m of ue
pejude a
d objeo
aga
yema
meaphy.
o o
ly he udy of phloophy ompleed by a fulle oue of
Cha
Theology,boh dpl
e hu omb
g o gve he
ude
all he ee
al eleme
of a omplee _Phloophy of
Lfe_ (.),bu peeded by a
eleme
ay a
g
he
phyal e
e a
d aompa
ed by oue o
he hoy of
e
f heoe
hemy, phy, phyology, a
d ge
eal
bology.
44 We may me
o
pa
g, e Mee
h ge
eal
oduo
o phloophy (_Logque_, 1, p. 6) a h
feel
g of
dvdual mpoe
e
fae of he ak o
fo
g he
phloophe a he pee
day, ha
ped he fou
dao
of he
Phloophal I
ue a he U
vey of Louva
. He had
pevouly oul
ed he poje
h _Rappo u le ude
phloophque_ a he Co
ge of Mehl
1891. Hee ae a fe
bef exa fom ha memoable doume
: S
e
dvdual
effo feel elf ell
gh poele
he pee
e of he feld
of obevao
hh goe o
de
g day by day, aoao
mu
make up fo he
uffe
y of he olaed oke; me
of
a
aly a
d me
of y
he mu ome ogehe a
d fom, by he
daly
eoue a
d u
ed ao
, a
amophee ued o he
hamo
ou developme
of e
e a
d phloophy alke.... Ma
ha
mulpled h poe of vo
; he e
e he old of he
f
ely mall; he fxe h u
z
g gaze upo
ego
hee
ou mo poeful eleope de
o lm. Phy a
d
Chemy poge h ga
de
he udy of he popee
of mae a
d of he omb
ao
of eleme
. Geology a
d
Ao
omy eo
u he hoy of he og
a
d fomao
of ou
pla
e. Bology a
d he
aual e
e udy he m
ue uue
of lv
g oga
m, he dbuo
pae a
d ueo
me; a
d Embyology exploe he og
. The ahologal,
phlologal a
d oal e
e eo
u he pa age of ou
hoy a
d vlzao
. Wha a
exhauble m
e hee o
explo, ha ego
o exploe a
d maeal o a
alye a
d
epe; f
ally ha po
ee e mu e
gage
he ok f e
ae o have a hae
ga
e
g hoe eaue!
_
45 Gamma of Ae
_, p. 229.
46 Lue
a pedbu me vebum uum, e lume
em me.P.
xv., 105.
47 TENNYSON, _I
Memoam_.
vay
g a
d u
equal degee of pefeo
. He
e, oo, h u
voal
elao
of he ge
u o ubod
ae ubje omeme
(mpopely) alled a
alogy of
equaly.
54 Cf._ _
fa_, h. v.
58 Cf._ SCOTUS, _op. ._, ., pp. 318-22, 125-131, 102-7 (epeally
p. 128, _Ad eum_); p. 131, _Ad exum_; p. 321, _Ad eum_.
59 KLEUTGEN, _op. ._, 599.
60 bd._, 600.
61 SUAREZ, _Meaph._, D. xxv., 3; D. xxx., 2.
62 SCOTUS, _op. ._, ., pp. 106-7, 128-9.
63 bd._, p. 107.
_e
ao
_. Tue judgme
may be aed abou logal e
e
a ell a abou eale. Bu
e he fome a
be o
eved
o
ly afe he ma
poe, ed
e addo
e o
deau. No
e
m a
mal poe ee
abque ao
al vel ao
al dffee
a, quamv
e h
dffee
o
deeu; le e
m ogeu u
veale abque
addo
e,
o
ame
abque eepblae addo
e. Nam
a
mal
ulla dffee
a add poe, ge
u
o
ee; e mle
e de om
bu al
om
bu. Dv
um auem ee e abque
addo
e,
o
olum ogao
e, ed eam
eum
aua; e
o
hl e add poe.
_
74 Co
a Ge
e_, II., . v.
o
aga, qua ade
o
a
de ubjeo
ubjeum;
o
e
m ho modo du opu aldum alefaee, quod dem
umeo
alo, qu e
alefae
e opoe, a
ea ad opu
alefaum; ed qua vue alo, qu e
alefae
e
opoe, alu alo
umeo f au
opoe alefao, qu po
ea
eo
poe
a. Age
e
m
auale
o
e adue
popam fomam
aleum ubjeum, ed edue
ubjeum quod
pau de poe
a
aum._Co
a Ge
e_, L. III., . lxx.
77 Cf._ ZIGLIARA, _O
ologa_ (8), x., _Qu
um_. _Cf._ alo
ARISTOTLE, _Meaph._ v., ST. THOMAS, _I
Meaph._, v., 14, a
d
_Co
a Ge
e_, ., . xv., hee he emphaze he uh ha
poe
al be
g peuppoe aual be
g: Quamv d quod qua
doque
e
poe
a, qua
doque
au, pu empoe
poe
a
quam
au, ame
mple au e po poe
a; qua
poe
a
o
edu e
aum, ed oppoe quod eduau
aum
pe alqud quod
au. Om
e gu quod e alquo modo
poe
a, habe alqud pu e.
78 KLIMKE, _De Mo
mu u
d e
e phloophhe
Gu
dlage
_, p. 185.
_Cf._ _Ih Theologal Quaely_, vol. v. (Apl, 1912), p. 157
_qq._, a. _Refleo
o
Some Fom of Mo
m_.
79 Fo elao
of _poe
a_ a
d _au_, _f._ MERCIER, _O
ologe_,
214.
De_, q. x.,
89 Cf._ MERCIER, _Psycologe_, vol. ., 169 (6t et., 1903, pp.
24-5).
91 Cf._ MERCIER, _Ontologe_, pp. 42-3. How o we
now t t not only
w ter (H2O) s possble essence but lso yrogen -oxe (H2O2)?
Bec use te l tter subst nce s been _ ctu lly forme_ by cemsts
(_Cf._ ROSCOE, _Element ry Cemstry_, Lesson VI.). Is yrogen
tr-oxye (H2O3)
possble subst nce? We m y s
cemsts, n tey
m y not be ble to tell us wt ny cert nty weter t s or not.
92 Te ctu l exstence of
tn
ng mn s of course necess ry
conton, n te ctu l orer, for te ppreenson of objects n
ts bstr ct w y. But suc exstence s no p rt of te ppreene
object. T t te um n mn, wc s tself fnte, contngent,
lle wt m tter, n epenent on te ctvty of corpore l sense
org ns for te objects of ts
nowlege, soul neverteless ve
te power to ppreen contngent re ltes p rt from ter
contngent ctu l exstence n tme n sp ce,s f ct of te
gre test sgnfc nce s reg rs te n ture of te mn tself. But
f we try to prove te exstence of Go from conser ton of te
n ture n powers of te um n mn, our rgument procees from te
ctu l, n s stnct from ny rgument b se exclusvely on te
n ture n propertes of possble essences s suc. St. Augustnes
rgument ssumes s f ct t t te um n mn represents to tself
possble essences s vng re lty nepenently bot of ts own
tougt n of ny ctu l exstence of suc essences (_Cf._ DE
MUNNYNCK, _Pr electones e De Exstent _, p. 23). But _s_ ts
f ct? Ts s te re lly eb t ble pont.
93 Among oters Henry of GHENT ( 1293; _Cf._ DE WULF, _Hstory of
Meev l Plosopy_, pp. 364-6; KLEUTGEN, _Plosope er
Vorzet_, Dssert, v., c p. ., 2 581-5), C preolus
(1380-1444), cert n Scotsts, n cert n teosopsts of te
trteent n fourteent centures, re crete wt ts pecul r
vew. For numerous references, _Cf._ URRABURU, _Ontolog _, Dsp.
., c p. ., rt. v. pp. 650-63.
94 Cf._ URRABURU, _op. ct._, pp. 652-3, for references; mong oters,
to ST. THOMAS, _De Potent _, q. 3, rt. 1, 2um; rt. 7, 10um;
rt. 5, rgum. 2o; _b._, 2um. _Summ Teol._, ., q. 14, rt.
9; q. 45, rt. 1; _b._ , rt. 2, 2um; q. 61, rt. 2, corp.
95 Among oters, BALMES (_Fun ment l Plosopy_, b
. v., c. xxv.),
LEPIDI (_Ontolog _, quote by DE MUNYNCK, _Pr electones e De
Exstent _, Louv n, 1904, p. 19); DE MUNYNCK (_b._, pp. 19-23,
46-7, 75); HICKEY (_Teolog N tur ls_, pp. 31-4); DRISCOLL
(_Go_, pp. 72 sqq.); LACORDAIRE (_Go_, p. 21); KLEUTGEN,
_Plosope er Vorzet_, Dssert. v., 476.
96 Trut s not te wor
of ny um n ntellgence, s ys St. Augustne,
nor c n ny one rrog te to mself te rgt to s y _my_ trut,
or _ty_ trut, but ll must s y smply _te_ trut:
Qu propter, nullo moo neg vers esse ncommut blem vert tem,
ec omn , qu e ncommut blter ver sunt, contnentem, qu m non
posss cere vel tu m vel me m, vel cujuscumque omns, se
omnbus ncommut bl ver cernentbus, t mqu m mrs mos
mnu ab a na.ST. THOMAS, _In Ma._, L. v., . 2.
127 Amn advca vw a Axand Ha ( 1245),
Auu ( 1322), Duandu ( 1332), Gab B ( 1495), Suaz
(1548-1617), Tu (1532-1596), Va uz (1551-1604), Gy
Vana ( _cca_ 1600), and Ju nay: m w
adn dncn a _uy_ ca, _.._ Fanzn
(_aud_ MERCIER, _. c._, 47, . 110, n. 2). F da and
aumn n b d, _c._ URRABURU, _. c._, D. v., ca.
., a. 2.
128 Cmum x na dcu d an n ca
cundum undamnum, ud n n ca ab; c aum
undamnum nn aud n ua caua nn ab x acu
x, d anum n na, ud ab a
aca: nam nc , u na caua cncau a nb
u na ud, v u mdu u acu, u a na
n n acu cnuu.SUAREZ, _Ma._, D. xxx., 13.
129 Wn w a
an nc a _cvn_ xnc, w d n
ncay my a a dncn bwn cv and cvd:
Nn manandum ud una , ua aca cu
na, aa ua acau cu , d ua una
adm aa md aca vm au cu
vm an: ac nm aa d nn n ub md
b; ud aum vca acu, c ab vm
an.ALEXANDER OF HALES, _In Ma._, L. v., x 22. Nn
mn accum, w S. Tma, cum n a u ubjc;
a un nn dc ud a ubana caa
acca a D, cum u ubana nn a ud ubjcum
cvum_Summa T._, I., . xxv., a. ., ad. 3um.
_ 130 C._ MERCIER, _. c._, 49. Sm dcn w a
xamn a, by way uan, n cnnxn w _Uny_
bn.
_ 131 C._ URRABURU, _bd._, a. ., Obj. 9, R.
132 T vw advcad by, amn , Dun Scu (1266-1308),
Hny Gn ( 1293), Fanc d Va (1480-1566), Dmncu
d S (1496-1560), Mna (1535-1600), Fnca (1548-97), and
Sc nay.
133 ARISTOTLE, _Ma._, b. 5, x ., ca. 6; ST. THOMAS, _n
c._ ab.
134 S ... mdu n accau ... cundum dvnm unu ab
a, ... c xm c nmn _a ud_, dcu nm a ud
ua _aud ud_. Und cu n dcu _unum_ n uanum
_ndvum n _, a dcu _a ud_ n uanum _ab a
dvum_.ST. THOMAS, _D Va_, . 1, a. 1.
135 Nam mn n au mx, au cmum. Qud aum
mx, ndvum acu na. Qud aum
cmum, nn ab , uamdu a ju n dva, d
uam cnuun cmnun um cmum. Und manum
ud cujub cn n ndvn; nd ,
ud unum ud u cu cud uum , a cud uam
unam.ST. THOMAS, _Summa T._, ., . x., a. 1.
141 Omn uaa cn uu a uam dvnm. E aum dux
dv: una maa u cundum dvnm cnnu,
anc uu numu, u c uana. Und a
numu, nn n n bu maabu abnbu uanam.
Aa dv ma, u a v dva
ma: anc dvnm uu muud u nn n a u
n, d d ancndnbu, cundum ud n dvdu
unum mua. E am muudnm am cnn n bu
mmaabu.ST. THOMAS, _Summa T._, ., . xxx., a. 3.
142 W may cnn u ann ubanc, aumn
n a accdn a ndvduad by ndvdua ubanc
n wc y n. W may n u a ny ca
ndvdua a a dcy wn u xnc. W can,
cu, n m a acua xnc ndvdua
ua a ubn aa m ma, _vz._ uman u
a da, and a by uy ua ndvdua
bn uc a an. Bu wn w cncv a ndvdua w
mu cncv m a anay ndvdua n dman
ca ay: ny u cnc dvd m
dman, and ndn __ acan wn , a w
can av any
nwd uanb ua a,
_vz._ by ayn cnc _anacay_ a.
143 T _ma-acua_ dncn, wc Sc advca bwn
187 M lum est efectus bon quo n tum est et ebet ber.ST.
THOMAS, _Summ Teol._, ., q. 49, rt. 1, c.
_ 188 b._
189 C us m form lem m lum non bet, se est m gs prv to
form e.St. THOMAS, _Summ Teol._, ., q. 49, rt. 1, c.
190 Nec c us m fn lem bet m lum, se m gs est prv to orns
ebtum fnem._b._
191 Non est c us effcens se _efcens_ m l, qu m lum non est
effecto se _efecto_._De Cv. De_, x., 7.
192 O, lttuo vt rum s pent e, et scent e De! Qu m
ncompreensbl sunt juc ejus, et nvestg bles v e
ejus!Rom. x., 33.
193 Connecte wt te tr nscenent l noton of unty s noter
concept, t t of _orer_, wc wll be more fully ex mne wen we
come to tre t of c uses.
194 BAUMGARTEN, Germ n plosoper of te egteent century, w s te
frst to use te term _Aestetc _ n ts sense.
195 Dcenum est quo pulcrum est em bono sol r tone fferens.
Cum enm bonum st quo omn
ppetunt, e r tone bon est, quo n
eo quetetur ppettus; se r tonem pulcr ttnet quo _n
ejus spectu seu cogntone_ quetetur ppettus; une et ll
sensus prcpue respcunt pulcrum, qu m xme cognosctv sunt,
sclcet vsus et utus r ton eserventes; cmus enm pulcr
vsbl et pulcros sonos; n sensblbus utem lorum sensuum
non utmur nomne pulcrtuns; non enm cmus pulcros s pores,
ut oores.ST. THOMAS, _Summ Teol._, . ., q. 27, rt. 1,
. 3.
196 A r tonem pulcr pertnet, quo n ejus spectu seu _cogntone_
quetetur ppettus ... t quo pulcrum c tur , cujus ps
_ ppreenso_ pl cet.ST. THOMAS, _Summ Teol._, . ., q. 27,
rt. 1, . 3. An te Angelc Doctor justfes te extene use of
te term _vson_: De lquo nomne uplcter convent loqu, uno
moo secunum ejus prm m mpostonem, lo moo secunum usum
nomns, scut p tet n nomne _vsons_, quo prmo mpostum est
sgnfc num ctum sensus vsus; se propter gnt tem et
certtunem ujus sensus extensum est oc nomen, secunum usum
loquentum, omnem _cogntonem lorum_ sensuum; cmus enm:
Ve quomoo s pt, vel quomoo reolet, vel quomoo est c lum; et
ulterus et m _cogntonem ntellectus_, secunum llu M tt. v.
8: Be t mun core quon m ps Deum vebunt.., q. 67, rt. 1,
c.
197 Pulcrum et bonum n subjecto quem sunt em, qu super e nem
rem fun ntur, sclcet super form m, et propter oc bonum l u tur
ut pulcrum: se r tone fferunt: n m bonum propre respct
ppettum: ... et eo bet r tonem fns.... Pulcrum utem
respct vm cognosctv m: pulcr enm cuntur qu vs
pl cent.ST. THOMAS, _Summ Teol._, ., q. 5, rt. 4, . 1.
_ 198 Cf._ DE WULF, _L
28-9.
_ 199 LArt et l
si phrm. Phra, sas S. Thmas, di
r qae visa
pae
;
de phrm i
debia prpri
e
sisi (_Smma
The._, i., q. 5, ar. 4, ad. 1).
205 Ad phridi
em ria reqir
r; prim qidem i
erias sive
perfei; qae e
im dimi
a s
, h ips rpia s
; e debia
prpri sive
s
a
ia; e ierm arias._Smma The._, i.,
q. 39, ar. 8, . Esewhere he mis i
eri, sppsi
i impied
i
rder: ad rai
em phri sive deri
rri e arias e
debia prpri. A
d esewhere aai
he mis ari, his bei
a
eessar effe f rder: phrm i
debia prpri
e
sisi.
206 B
ara perfei
is mea
he perfei
whih a
are
aqires b he reaizai
f is e
d (5):
(Arise).
207 This defi
ii
i
ides wih ha f
d i
a medieva shasi
reaise _De Phr e B
_, aribed S. Thmas r Abers
Ma
as: Rai phri i
iversai
sisi i
respe
de
ia
frmae sper pares maeriae prpri
aas, ve sper diversas
vires ve ai
es. _Cf._ MERCIER, _O
ie_, p. 554.
_ 208 LIde d bea da
s a phisphie de S. Thmas dAqi
_, p. 2.
_ 209 D rai, d Bea e d Bie
_, viie e
.
_ 210 Kriik der Urheiskraf_, Th. i., Absh
. 1, B. 1, passim.
211 Om
is rprea reara ... b
m es i
fimm, _e i
e
ere s
phrm_ q
iam frma e speie
i
er.ST. AUGUSTINE, _De
era Rei._, . 20.
bei
; whih is
de
iabe.SULLY-PRUDHOMME, _LExpressi
da
s es
beax ars_, p. 104.
213 Prverbs, xxxi. 30.
214 ST. THOMAS, _Smma The._, ia, iiae, q. 57, ar. 3, .
_ 215 Cf._ _Sie
e f Li_, i., 70 _sqq._
_ 216 Cf._ WINDELBAND, _Hisr f Phisph_ (r. Tfs),
_I
rdi
_.
_ 217 Cf._ _Sie
e f Li_, ii. P. iv., h. v.
_ 218 Meaph._, vi., 1.
_ 219 Cf._ ST. THOMAS, _Smma The._, i., q. 90, ar. 2: Id prprie
diir esse qd ipsm habe esse qasi i
s esse sbsise
s.
U
de _s sbsa
i prprie e vere di
r e
ia_; aide
s ver
habe esse sed e aiqid es, e ha rai
e e
s diir ...
aide
s diir _mais e
is qam e
s_.
_ 220 I
Meaph._, L. v., e. 9; f. _I
Phsi._, L. iii., e. 5.
_ 221 Sie
e f Li_, i., 71, 73-76.
_ 222 ibid._, 74, 76.
_ 223 Cf._ URRABURU, _p. i._, 268 (p. 668); MERCIER, _Liqe_, 33
(4h edi., p. 99).
_ 224 Cf._ ST. THOMAS, _I
Meaph._, L. xi., e. 9: Sed sie
dm es
qd prdiame
a diversifia
r se
dm diverss mds
prdia
di. U
de idem, se
dm qd diversimde de diversis
prdiar, ad diversa prdiame
a peri
e.... Simiier ms
se
dm qd prdiar de sbje i
q es,
sii
prdiame
m passi
is. Se
dm aem qd prdiar de e a q
es,
sii prdiame
m ai
is.
_ 225 O
ie_, 138 (3rd edi., p. 263).
_ 226 Cf._ _Essa
er
i
Hma
U
dersa
di
_, bk iv., h. vi.,
11: Had we sh ideas f sbsa
es, as k
w wha rea
sii
s prde hse se
sibe qaiies we fi
d i
hem, a
d
hw hese qaiies fwed frm he
e, we d, b he speifi
, ha
we a
w b r se
ses: a
d k
w he prperies f
d, i wd be
mre
eessar ha d shd exis, ha
i
is
eessar fr he k
wi
he prperies f a ria
e, ha he
ria
e shd exis i
a
maer; he idea i
r mi
ds wd
serve fr he
e as we as he her.
227 Se
sai
vi
es s ha here are sid, exe
ded sbsa
es;
a
d refei
, ha here are hi
ki
es: experie
e assres s
f he exise
e f sh bei
s._ibid._, bk ii., h. xxiii.,
29. Lke presed repeaed aai
s he hare ha he de
ied he
exise
e f sbsa
es.
228 The
i
e has f pre sbsa
e is
a sppsii
f he
k
ws
wha sppr f sh qaiies, whih are apabe f
prdi
simpe ideas i
s; whih qaiies are mm
aed
aide
s.... The idea he
we have, whih we ive he e
era
ame sbsa
e, bei
hi
b he sppsed, b
k
w
sppr
f hse qaiies we fi
d exisi
, whih we imai
e a
sbsis, si
e re sbsa
e, wih smehi
sppr hem, we
a ha sppr _sbsa
ia_.bk ii., h. xxiii., 2. I
he
fwi
passae we ma dee he ideaisi i
si
ai
ha
k
wede reahes
ideas r me
a saes,
he
exrame
a reai, he sere, absra
are f sbsa
e:
Whaever herefre be he sere absra
are f sbsa
e i
e
era, a he ideas we have f pariar disi
srs f
sbsa
es, are
hi
b severa mbi
ai
s f simpe ideas,
-exisi
i
sh, hh
k
w
, ase f heir
i
, as makes
he whe sbsis f isef. I be
s, f rse, he Ther
f K
wede,
he Ther f Bei
, shw hw r
dess he
ideaisi assmpi
is.
229 I
qiri
i
he ases f r impressi
s a
d ideas, he
admis he exise
e f bdies whih ase hem a
d mi
ds whih
experie
e hem: We ma we ask, _Wha ases i
de s beieve
i
he exise
e f bd_? b is vai
ask, _Wheher here be
bd r
_? Tha is a pi
, whih we ms ake fr ra
ed i
a
r reas
i
s._A Treaise
Hma
Nare_, Par iv., ii.
230 Of he defi
ii
f a sbsa
e as _smehi
whih ma exis b
isef_, he sas: his defi
ii
arees everhi
ha a
pssib be
eivd; a
d wi
ever serve disi
ish sbsa
e
frm aide
, r he s frm is perepi
s.... Si
e a r
perepi
s are differe
frm eah her, a
d frm everhi
ese
i
he
iverse, he are as disi
a
d separabe, a
d ma be
siderd as separae exise
, a
d ma exis separae, a
d
have
eed f a
hi
ese sppr heir exise
e. The are,
herefre, sbsa
es, as far as his defi
ii
expai
s a
sbsa
e._ibid._, v. We have
perfe idea f sbsa
e, b
... aki
i fr _smehi
ha a
exis b isef_, is evide
ever perepi
is a sbsa
e, a
d ever disi
par f a
perepi
a disi
sbsa
e._ibid._
_ 231 Cf._ MERCIER, _p. i._, 142 (p. 272).
_ 232 Cf._ KLEUTGEN, _p. i._, Disser. vi., h. iii., i, 592.
233 Assmi
fr he mme
ha we a
k
w sbsa
e be
_
e_
b _ma
ifd_: ha experie
e reveas s a prai f
meria r _rea_, a
d eve
speifia a
d e
eria,
disi
sbsa
es. _Cf._ _i
fra_, p. 221.
_ 234 Cf._ HUXLEY, _Hme_, bk. ii., h. ii. TAINE, _De LI
eie
e_,
. i., Prefae, a
d _passim_.
_ 235 Cf._ 65, _i
fra_.
236 Sh erms as rrpibe, desribe, e., imp erai
ara sbsa
e. We a
eas a
d bvis. If mi
d a
d maer are s abse ppsed as
hh a
d exe
si
, hw a
he
ie frm
e hma
i
divida i
ma
? If bh are pre passive, a
d if Gd a
e ps
i
hem heir
sis saes a
d heir meha
ia mveme
s
respeive, wha remai
s prper eah b a pre passivi ha
wd rea be mm
bh? Wd i
be mre
sise
he
resa esse
ia qdam, si ex
j
i
e frm m maeria:
prper qd aide
s
eqe rai
em mpe esse
i habe,
eqe
pars mpe esse
i es, sed si es e
s se
dm qid, ia e
esse
iam se
dm qid habe._De E
e e Esse
ia_, h. vii.
250 N
es defi
ii sbsa
i, e
s per se si
e sbje,
e
defi
ii aide
is, e
s i
sbje; sed qiddiai se esse
i
sbsa
i _mpei_ habere _esse_
i
sbje; qiddiai
aem sive esse
i aide
is _mpei_ habere _esse_ i
eed b a
abse ia
exi
,
a
exi
f hh, wih he
ep f he ia sbje.
_ 256 Cf._ ST. THOMAS, _aes. Disp._, _De Spir. Crea._, ar. 11, ad.
7.
_ 257 Cf._, hwever, 68, p. 246,
. 2, _i
fra_.
258 S. Thmas, whse a
ae is sa s mderae, hs expresses
his view f he dri
e aferwards prp
ded b Desares whe
he
aer deared he esse
e f he s be hh: idqid
diar de pe
iis a
imae, ame
s
qam pi
ar,
isi
i
sa
s, qd habis e as a
imae si
ipsa ejs
esse
ia._aes. Disp., De Spir. Crea._, ar. 11, ad 1. Fr a
ver
vi
i
reame
f his qesi
, _f._ KLEUTGEN, _p.
i._, 625-626.
259 DE SAN, _Csmia_, 323, _apd_ MERCIER, _p. i._, 158.
_ 260 p. i._, 625.
261 ST. THOMAS, _Smma The._, iii., q. 17, ar. 2, .
262 He
e S. Thmas sas, i
reard he Bessed Eharis, ha he
aide
s f bread a
d wi
e had
a
exise
e f heir w
as
as he sbsa
e f bread a
d wi
e was here; ha his is re
f aide
s e
era; ha i is
he ha exis, b raher
heir sbjes; ha heir f
i
is deermi
e hese sbjes
exis as haraerized i
a erai
wa, as whie
ess ives s
w
a whie exise
e: Die
dm qd aide
ia pa
is e vi
i, ma
e
e
sbsa
ia pa
is e vi
i
habeba
ipsa _esse_ si
e aia
aide
ia, sed sbjea erm habeba
hjsmdi _esse_ per ea,
si
ix es aba per abedi
em._Smma The._, iii., q. 77, ar.
1, ad. 4.
263 Fr he arme
s
bh sides _f._ MERCIER, _O
ie_, 156
(pp. 308 _sqq._). The i
dire arme
whih he ahr derives
frm he fa ha he Divi
e _C
rss_ is
eessar fr he
aivi f reares, whie fferi
a
i
eiibe expa
ai
f
his
eessi
Thmisi pri
ipes, des
h he
prbabii f her expa
ai
s.
_ 264 Cf._ URRABURUS defi
ii
: e
ias ve reaias a sbje
reaier disi
a, js m esse
sisi i
ima
deermi
ai
e rei ad aiqd m
s be
dm, ve ad aiqam reaem
de
mi
ai
em a habe
dam, si
e qa, saem i
i
divid smpa,
res eadem pes exisere abse._p. i._, 120 (p. 380).
_ 265 Cf._ URRABURU, _p. i._, 291 (p. 854, _qara pi
i_), p. 854.
266 Wheher imma
e
via asespeia f he spiria faies i
ma
: hhs, vii
s, e.are mere mdes, r wheher he are
abse aide
s, havi
heir w
prper a
d psiive reai
whih perfes heir sbje b affei
i, is a disped
qesi
. Habis, aqired b repeii
f sh as, _e.._
k
wede a
d vire, be
i
as he d he aer f
qai, are mre ha
mere mdaiies f he hma
sbje: he
have a
abse, psiive e
i, whereb he add he a
perfei
f he aer.
_ 267 Cf._ URRABURU, _p. i._, 121 (pp. 386 _sqq._).
268 The fa ha Arise [_Meaph._, ib. vii. (a. vi.), h. iii.]
seems have paed a _rea disi
i
_ bewee
exe
si
a
d
rprea sbsa
e, whie he d
have sspeed he abse
_separabii_ f he frmer frm he aer, wd shw ha
he did
reard separabii as he
es f a rea
disi
i
. _Cf._ KLEUTGEN, _p. i._, _ibid._
269 Obvis we are
er
ed herewih _a_ he aribes whih
b a
eessi f hh we asribe a
esse
e, _e.._ he
_rrpibii_ f a rprea sbsa
e, r he _immrai_ f a
spiria sbsa
e. These are
e
iies rea disi
frm he
sbsa
e, b
aspes whih we re
ize be
eessar
raries f is
are. We are
er
ed
wih prperies
whih are rea pwers, faies, fres, apides f hi
s._Cf._
KLEUTGEN, _p. i._, 627.
_ 270 p. i._, 628.
271 Terii s
, qi di
, qd pe
iae a
imae
e ade s
idem
ipsi a
imae, si s
ejs pri
ipia i
ri
sia e esse
iaia,
ame
ed
, eas simpiier diversifiari se
dm
esse
iam, ia dia
r diversae esse
iae, sed differre
esse
iaier i
e
ere pe
iae, ia dia
r diversa
i
srme
a ejsdem sbsa
iae._I
ib._ ii., dis. xxiv., p. 1,
ar. 2, q. 1.
I
he same
ex he expai
s wha we are
dersa
d b
referri
a
hi
a erai
aer _per redi
em_: S
e
im qaedam, qae s
i
e
ere _per se_, aiqa _per redi
em_
ad idem e
s. Ia per se s
i
e
ere, qae pariipa
esse
iam mpeam e
eris, speies e i
divida; ia ver per
redi
em, qae
a
di
mpeam esse
iam.... aedam
red
r si pri
ipia ... a esse
iaia, si s
maeria
e frma i
e
ere sbsa
iae; a i
era
ia, si pares
sbsa
iae.... aedam red
r si _viae_ ... a si _viae
ad res_, e si ms e mai
es, e
erai, red
r ad
sbsa
iam; a si _viae a rebs_, e si habe
redi
pe
iae ad e
s sbsa
iae. Prima e
im ae
di pe
ia, qae
eressm diir habere ab ipsa sbsa
ia, ad idem e
s redir,
qae
ade e
ar ab ipsa sbsa
ia, dia aiam esse
iam
mpeam._ibid._, ad. 8.
272
iam pe
ia rearae araa es,
pi reara habere
psse perfem,
isi esse i
ea pe
iarm mid, ex qarm
ei
e sive ad
ai
e,
a sppe
e defem aeris,
resare
m psse mpem, si ma
ifese a
imadveri pes
i
ra
is hma
i rpris, qrm
mqdqe i
die a vire
aeris adjvari._I
ib._ ii., dis. xxiv., p. 1, ar. 2, q. 8.
273 The sde
wi fi
d i
MAHERS _Psh_ (h. iii.) a ear a
d
we-reas
ed expsii
f he i
sise
a
d r
dess
ess f
sh aaks
he dri
e f faies.
_ 274 Cf._ KLEUTGEN, _p. i._, 636-637.
275 Cm rps hmi
is a jsibe aeris a
imais si qddam
m
arae, dii
m ex e qd
am frmam habea qa
perfiir
sm se
dm areai
em a mpsii
em,
aidi i
dm e i
aiis hjsmdi. U
de ppre qd qaeibe
pars hmi
is e a
imais reipia esse [_i.e._ sibi prprim] e
speiem ab a
ima si a prpria frma. U
de Phisphs dii (.
ii. de a
ima, ex. 9), qd reede
e a
ima
eqe s
eqe ar
perfei
s. The separaed s, hh i is a
exisi
i
divida
sbsa
e, reai
s is esse
ia mm
iabii is
ara
maeria pri
ipe, he bd. He
e i has
sbsise
e, i is
a pers
._Cf._ _i
fra_, p. 264.
287 Per se aere _
ve
i per se exise
i_. Sed per se exise
s
qa
dqe pes dii aiqid, si
si i
hre
s aide
s, ve
frma maeriais, eiamsi si pars. Sed prprie e per se
sbsise
s diir qd
eqe es praedi md i
hre
s
eqe es
pars. Se
dm qem mdm s a ma
s
pes dii per se
sbsise
s, e per
seqe
s
e per se pera
s. U
de e
perai
es parim arib
r i per pares. Diims e
im qd
hm vide per m e papa per ma
m.ST. THOMAS, _Smma
The._, i., q. 75, ar. 2, ad. 2.
_ 288 Cf._ preedi
e. S. Thmas
i
es: Pes iir dii qd
a
ima i
eii, si s vide, sed mais prprie diir qd
hm i
eia per a
imam (ibid.); a
d esewhere he wries:
Die
dm qd a
ima es pars hma
ae speiei [_i.e._
arae]. E
ide, ie si separaa, qia ame
rei
e
aram
ibiiais,
pes dii sbsa
ia i
divida qae es hpsasis ve
sbsa
ia prima, si
e ma
s,
e qaemqe aia parim
hmi
is; e si
mpei ei
eqe defi
ii pers
ae,
eqe
me
._Smma The._, i., q. 29, ar. 1, ad. 5.
_ 289 Cf._ _Sie
e f Li_, i., 54-5.
290 A _reaed_ sbsisi
hi
s a
d pers
s depe
d, f rse,
esse
ia
he Neessar Bei
fr heir exise
e a
d fr heir
aivi. This Neessar Bei
we k
w frm Reveai
be
_Tri
e_, Three i
Pers
s, O
e i
Nare. The sbsise
e f eah
Divi
e Pers
f he Bessed Tri
i exdes _a_ mdes f
depe
de
e.
291 H ... qd es per se aere, exee
iri md
ve
i
sbsa
iis rai
ais
arae qam aiis. Nam sae sbsa
iae
rai
aes habe
dmi
im si as, ia qd i
eis es aere e
aere; aiae ver sbsa
iae mais a
r qam a
. E ide
ve
ie
s fi sbsa
ia i
divida _rai
ais_
arae
speiae
me
habere.ST. THOMAS, _aes. Disp. de Pe
ia_, q.
ix., ar. 1, ad. 3.
_ 292 Cf._ BILLOT, _De erb I
ar
a_, q. ii._apd_ MERCIER, _p.
i._, 151 (pp. 299-300).
_ 293 Cf._ URRABURU, _p. i._, 291, fr a
exhasive is f he
ahriies i
favr f eah f he varis views prp
ded i
his prese
ex.
294 Nara si
aris e i
era per se
siir i
sa
i
depe
de
ia,
aiq psiiv addi ra iam e
iaem
psiivam, qa es hae
ara.SCOTUS, iii., Dis. i. q. 1,
. 9
a
d
. 11, ad. 3. _Cf._ SUAREZ, _Meaph._, Disp. xxxiv. 2;
KLEUTGEN, _p. i._, 616; FRANZELIN, _De verb I
ar
a_, Th.
xxix.
_ 295 p. i._, 293 (p. 861).
296 Neiher is i a _
ara_
i
i
he se
se f bei
_de_ he
hma
are; i is wh _
de_ he aer, a
d is i
his
se
se _sper
ara_.
_ 297 p. i._, 293 (p. 861).
_ 298 ibid._ Farher
(p. 863) he sas i is erai
ha he Divi
e
Nare f he Wrd is _sbsa
ia_
ied wih hma
i i
a
i f pers
r sbsise
e: erm es eamdem [
aram divi
am]
sbsa
iaier
iri m hma
iae i
iae sppsii; a
d fr
his he
siders ha he hma
are ms be i
mpee i
rai
e pers
ae. B his prves
hi
; fr f rse he hma
are ms be wa
i
i
pers
ai. B i is mpee _as a
arae,
ame
habe imm mpeme
m i
e
ere sbsa
iae
m i
se
sbsisa._ibid._, 296 (p. 866).
300 This view, whih has ma
spprers, is ear expai
ed a
d ab
defe
ded b MERCIER i
his _O
ie_, 151 (pp. 298-302), 52
(pp. 134-5), 49 (p. 127,
. 1).
_ 301 Cf._ MERCIER, _p. i._, 49 (p. 127,
. 1).
302 He
e Urrabr ives his _rea_ defi
ii
f sbsise
e: _ims
arae ermi
s i
rdi
e sbsa
iai_ sive i
rai
e exise
is
per se: he imae erm (r deermi
ai
) f a
are i
he
rder f sbsa
iai r f exisi
b isef_p. i._, 296
(p. 866).
303 Si e
im mds aide
ais firae ermi
a qa
iaem, e
mds biai
is
sii rem hi e
aibi, ia mds
sbsa
iais pers
aiais ermi
a
s
aram reddi iam
i
mm
iabiem aie
sppsi.URRABURU, _p. i._, 291 (p.
854).
304 The erms Sef, _E_, a
d Pers
we ake be ide
ia i
refere
e he hma
i
divida. The _mi
d_ is
he _E_,
sef, r pers
, b
a par f i._Cf._ MAHER, _Psh_,
h. vi., p. 104.
_ 305 Cf._ MAHER, _Psh_, h. xvii.
_ 306 ibid._, p. 365.
_ 307 Cf._ MAHER, _Psh_, p. 363.
_ 308 Cf._ MAHER, _Psh_, p. 365 (iais i
as se
e
e rs).
_ 309 Cf._ RICKABY, _Firs Pri
ipes_, p. 370.
_ 310 Cf._ MAHER, _ibid._, pp. 487-92; MERCIER, _Pshie_, ii., pp.
197-224 (6h edi.); _O
ie_, 153 (p. 304).
311 There are e
heia reas
s as aai
s he view ha
sis
ess
sies pers
ai. Fr i
sa
e, he hma
everheess, des
sie his
are a pers
.
_ 312 Essa C
er
i
Hma
U
dersa
di
_, bk. ii., h. xxvii.
313 Tha bei
he
e pa
whih has sh a
ra
izai
f pars
i
e here
bd paraki
f
e mm
ife, i
i
es
be he same pa
as
as i
i
es parake f he same
ife, hh ha ife be mm
iaed differe
paries f
maer via
ied he ivi
pa
, i
a ike
i
ed
ra
izai
frmabe ha sr f pa
s....
The ase is
s mh differe
i
bres, b ha a
e ma
he
e see wha makes a
a
ima a
d
i
es i he same....
This as shws wherei
he ide
i f he same ma
siss:
_viz._ i
hi
b a pariipai
f he same
i
ed ife, b
sa
feei
paries f maer, i
sessi
via
ied he same ra
ized bd.... Fr if he ide
i f s
a
e makes he same ma
, a
d here be
hi
i
he
are f
maer wh he same i
divida spiri ma be
ied [_i.e._
sessive] differe
bdies, i wi be pssibe ha ... me
ivi
i
disa
aes, a
d f differe
empers, ma have bee
he
same ma
...._Essa C
er
i
Hma
U
dersa
di
_, bk. ii. h.
xxvii. 4-6. Ye hh ide
i f s des
make he same
ma
, Lke es
immediae asser ha ide
i f
_
sis
ess_, whih is b a f
i
f he s, makes _he
same pers
_.
_ 314 Essa C
er
i
Hma
U
dersa
di
_, bk. ii.,
Names d
sa
d fr ideas r
eps b fr
reaiies; a
d he qesi
here is: Wha is he
(i
he exisi
hma
i
divida) fr whih he
sa
ds?
h. xxvii., 7.
_
eived_
eived reai
erm pers
_ 315 ibid._, 9.
_ 316 Essa C
er
i
Hma
U
dersa
di
_, bk. ii., h. xxvii., 13,
14.
_ 317 Essa C
er
i
Hma
U
dersa
di
_, bk. ii., h. xxvii., 13.
318 Fr a searhi
riiism f sh heries f he E r hma
pers
, _f._ MAHER, _Psh_, h. xxii.
_ 319 ibid._, 19.
320 p. 276.
_ 321 Cf._ MAHERS riiism f Prfessr James her
dbe
pers
ai (_p. i._, h. xxii., pp. 491-2): Prfessr James
deves mh spae hese mai
s f he E, e verks
he fa ha he are peiar faa,
his adversaries, b
his w
her ha he prese
hh is he
hi
ker,
a
d ha seemi
ide
i is sffiie
preserved b eah hh
apprpriai
a
d i
herii
he
e
s f is predeessr.
The diffiies prese
ed his press f i
heria
e b sh
fas as seep a
d sw
i
have bee
aread dwe p
[_f._
_ibid._, p. 480 ()]; b here he are if pssibe i
reased. The
as
sis hh f, sa, Feida 2 has ra
smi is
ahered experie
e
is _prximae_
sis sessr,
whih is Feida 1, b arss seve
m
hs f vam
i
he
exi
i
f Feida 1 he
ex
sis hh whih
sies
Feida 2 is br
i
exise
e. If he si
e pers
ai is hard
fr Mr. James expai
, dbe-pers
ai a eas dbes his
diffiies.
_ 322 Cf._ _i
fra_, 82.
323 , ._C teg._, c.
v. _Cf._ ST. THOMAS: H ec est r to form ls qu lt ts, per qu m
responemus nterrog nt qu ls res st.
324 Te oter ccents, _e.g._ _ cto_ n _p sso_, n so f r s tey
c nge te perfecton of te subst nce, o so only by proucng
qu ltes n t. Qu ntty, wc s te conn tur l ccent of ll
corpore l subst nce, s of tself no spec l complement or egree
of ccent l perfecton to te l tter, n te sense of sposng
(or nsposng) te l tter for te tt nment of te full n fn l
perfecton ue to ts specfc n ture; but only n te sense t t t
supposes more or less of t t
n of subst nce to exst, or n te
sense n wc t s unerstoo to nclue te _qu ltes_ of wc
t m y be te _mme te_ subject._Cf._ URRABURU, _op. ct._,
326.
_ 325 In Pr ec ment _, c. .
_ 326 Cf._ MAHER, _Psycology_, c. x, x, xx, xxv. BERGSON
rgtly recognzes te rreucblty of qu lty to qu ntty (_Ess
sur les onnes mme tes e l conscence, p ssm_). But e
wrongly nfers from ts fun ment l ntnomy, s e c lls t, te
exstence, n e c um n nvu l, of two-fol _Ego_,
eeper
self were ll s qu lty, n
superfc l self wc projects
conscous st tes, n st tc n numerc l sol ton from one
noter, nto omogeneous sp ce were ll s qu ntt tve,
m tem tc l. Te re son ble nference s merely t t te um n mn
recognzes n te t of ts experence cert n rcness n
v rety of moes of re l beng.
_ 327 Met p._ V., c. xv., were te four groups re fn lly reuce to
two.
_ 328 Summ
_uno moo_,
moo_, secunum
quo oper ntur
et n tur ; et
btus, t
nstnctu
ara exe
si
exiss i
spae i
a
ma
er a
as ha i
whih he s is i
he bd. The Bd
f r Divi
e Lrd is i
he Eharis i
his
ma
er_sarame
aier_.
_ 369 Cf._ KLEUTGEN, _p. i._, 624.
_ 370 Cf._ ZIGLIARA, _O
ia_ (35), iv.
_ 371 Cf._ NYS, _La Ni
dEspae_ (Lvai
, 1901), pp. 95 _sqq.__La
Ni
de Temps_ (Lvai
, 1898), pp. 123 _sqq._
372 id es er emps? Si
em ex me qaera, si; si qaere
i
expiare veim,
esi._C
fess_. L. xi., h. xiv.
373 Cm e
im i
eiims exrema diversa aijs medii, e a
ima
dia, ia esse d _
_, h _pris_, id _pseris_ qasi
mera
d _pris_ e _pseris_ i
m,
h diims esse
emps.ST. THOMAS, i
_Phs._, L. iv. e. 17a.
_ 374 Se
e
._, Dis. xix., q. ii., ar. 1._Cf._ Le. xxiii. i
iv.
_Phsi._
_ 375 Phsi._, iv., h. xi._Cf._ ST. THOMAS _i
_.
376 The
epi
f variai
ied wih same
ess is
, hwever,
he whe
ii
f ime. Fr his he mi
d ms be abe
mbi
e i
hh w differe
mveme
s r psai
s f
sis
ess, s as represe
a
i
erva bewee
hem. I ms
hd eher w _
ws_,
eivi
hem, i
sessi
, e
ii
hem hrh ha i
eea s
hei aivi b whih
we _e
merae_ a ei
f bjesa press r a whih
arries
mia
he
sis
ess f is w
i
s
i.MAHER, _Psh_, h. xvii.
377 Tha is, prvided we absra frm a mparis
f his i
er
a
ime drai
wih ha f a
her rre
f
sis
experie
es i
he esimai
mi
d. As a maer f fa we awas
a
d
eessari mpare he ime drai
f a
pariar
experie
ed ha
e wih ha f he remai
i
pri
f he whe
rre
f sessive
sis saes whih make p r me
a
ife. A
d hs we fee,
ha he fr-mie wak had a
er
ime drai
ha
he hree-mie wak, b raher ha i k
pae a a qiker _rae_, mre rapid, ha
he aer. B if a
mi
d whih had
her
sis
ess f ha
e whasever ha
,
ra
smai
e
sisi
e es sbjem ra
smai
is; ame
habe
ra
smai
em adj
am ve i
a ve i
pe
ia ...
pae de a
eis, qd siie habe
esse i
ra
smabie m
ra
smabiiae se
dm eei
em, qa
m ad erm
aram
peri
e, e m ra
smabiiae i
eie
iarm, e affei
m,
e rm s md. E ide hjsmdi me
sra
r _aev_, qd es
medim i
er aeer
iaem e emps. Esse aem qd me
sra
_aeer
ias_,
e es mabie
e mabiiai adj
m. Si er
emps habe pris e pseris, aevm
habe i
se pris e
pseris, sed ei
j
i pss
; aeer
ias aem
habe pris
eqe pseris,
eqe ea mpair.ST. THOMAS, _Smma The._,
i., q. x., ar. 5, i
.
390 pp. 517-57.
_ 391 I
visibiia e
im ipsis a reara m
di, per ea qae faa s
i
eea,
spii
r, sempier
a qqe ejs virs e
divi
ias, ia [qi veriaem Dei i
i
jsiia dei
e
] si
i
exsabies._Rm. ii. 20 [18].
_ 392 Cf._ MAHER, _Psh_ (4h edi.), pp. 90-2.
393 Fr a ear a
d re
ha
riiism f mder
reaivis heries,
_f._ EITCH, _K
wi
a
d Bei
_, espeia h. iv., Reai
,
pp. 129 _sqq._
_ 394 Cf._ MERCIER, _p. i._, 179-80.
_ 395 Pri
ipes f Psh_, P. ii., h. iii., 88.
_ 396 Cf._ MAHER, _Psh_, pp. 157-9.
397 We a
f rse _pereive_ a
_
pereived_ wrd,
r a
we
eive a wrd he
epi
f whih is
i
he mi
d; b
here is
radii
r absrdi i
he prpsii
: A
maeria wrd f hree dime
si
s has exised fr a ime
pereived a
d
hh f b a
reaed bei
, a
d he
reveaed
isef hma
mi
ds.MAHER, _Psh_, p. iii,
.
398 I d
pree
d dem
srae a
hi
,
r d I fee mh
er
, ab a
k
wabe _
me
_ whih
ever reveas isef
i
m
sis
ess. If here be i
exise
e a
i
srabe
ra
se
de
a E, eer
a sree
ed frm m ke
b his
sef-asseri
empiria E, I
fess I fee ver ie
i
eres i
he
are r he wefare f he frmer. _The
s
ab whih I are is ha whih immediae prese
s isef i
is
as, whih hi
ks, wis, remembers, beieves, ves, repe
s, a
d
hpes._MAHER, _p. i._, p. 475. _Cf._ MERCIER, _p. i._,
180, pp. 363.
399 , , ,
, ._Cae._ v. 1.
400 I _Se
e
._, Dis. xxvi., q. 2, ar. 1.
401 Si reais reai
sisi i
rdi
e rei ad rem, ia reai
rai
is
sisi i
rdi
e i
eem [rdi
ai
f
eps];
qd qidem dpiier pes
i
ere. U
md se
dm qd
ise rd es adi
ve
s per i
eem, e aribs ei, qd
reaive diir; e hjsmdi s
reai
es qae arib
r ab
i
ee rebs i
eeis, pr s
i
eeae, si reai
e
eris e speiei; has e
im reai
es rai adi
ve
i
sidera
d
rdi
em ejs, qd es i
i
ee ad res, qae s
exra, ve
eiam rdi
em i
eem ad i
viem. Ai md se
dm qd
hjsmdi reai
es
seq
r mdm i
eie
di, videie qd
i
ees i
eii aiqid i
rdi
e ad aid; ie im
rdi
em i
ees
adi
ve
ia, sed mais ex qadam
eessiae
seqar mdm i
eie
di. E hjsmdi reai
es i
ees
aribi ei, qd es i
i
ee, sed ei, qd es i
re. E
h qidem
i
i se
dm qd aiqa
habe
ia se
dm se
rdi
em, rdi
ae i
ei
r; ie i
ees
i
eii ea
habere rdi
em, qia si esse fass. Ad h aem qd aiqa
habea
rdi
em, pre qd rmqe si e
s, e rmqe
rdi
abie ad aid. a
dqe aem i
ees aipi aiqa d
e
ia, qrm aerm a
m ve
erm es e
s; si m
aipi d fra, ve
m praese
s e aid frm, e
i
eii
m m rdi
e ad aid, dii aerm esse pris
aer;
de isae reai
es s
rai
is a
m, pe mdm
i
eie
di
seqe
es. a
dqe ver aipi
m d, e
i
eii ea m qdam rdi
e; si m diir aiqid esse idem
sibi: e si ais reai es rai
is a
m. a
dqe ver
aipi aiqa d rdi
abiia ad i
viem, i
er qae
es
rd medis, imm aerm ipsrm esse
iaier es rd; si m
dii reai
em aidere sbje;
de ais reai reai
is ad
qdmqe aid es rai
is a
m. a
dqe ver aipi aiqid
m rdi
e ad aid, i
qa
m es ermi
s rdi
is aeris ad
ipsm, ie ipsm
rdi
er ad aid: si aipie
d sibie
ermi
m rdi
is sie
iae ad ipsm._De Pe
ia_, q. vii.,
ar. 11; _f._ _ibid._ ar. 10.
Cm reai reqiri d exrema, ripiier se habe ad h qd
si res
arae a rai
is. a
dqe e
im ex raqe pare es
res rai
is a
m, qa
d siie rd ve habid
pes
esse i
er aiqa
isi se
dm apprehe
si
em i
ees a
m,
pe m diims idem eidem idem. Nam se
dm qd rai
apprehe
di bis aiqd
m sai id d; e si
apprehe
di qa
dam habidi
em ipsis ad seipsm. E simiier es
de m
ibs reai
ibs qae s
i
er e
s e
e
s, qas frma
rai, i
qa
m apprehe
di
e
s qddam exremm. E idem
es de m
ibs reai
ibs qae
seq
r am rai
is,
e
s, speies, e hjsmdi...._Smma The._, i., q. xiii., ar.
7.
_ 402 Smma The._,1. q. xiii. ar. 7. Esewhere he pi
s he
disi
i
i
hese erms: Respes ad aid aiqa
d es i
ipsa
ara rerm, pe qa
d aiqae res se
dm sam
aram
ad i
viem rdi
aae s
, e ad i
viem i
i
ai
em habe
; e
hjsmdi reai
es pre esse reaes.... Aiqa
d ver
respes si
ifias per ea, qae di
r _Ad aiqid_, es
a
m i
ipsa apprehe
si
e rai
is
fere
is
m aeri; e
es reai rai
is a
m, si m mpara rai hmi
em
a
imai, speiem ad e
s._ibid._, q. xxviii., ar. 1.
403 S. Thmas ives expressi
i i
hese se
e
es: Perfei e
b
m qae s
i
rebs exra a
imam,
sm ae
d
r
se
dm aiqid abse i
haere
s rebs, sed eiam se
dm
rdi
em
is rei ad aiam; si eiam i
rdi
e parim exeris,
b
m exeris
sisi: hi e
im rdi
i mpara Phisphs
[Aris., xii. (x.) _Meaph._, Cmme
. 52 _sqq._] rdi
em
iversi. Opre, er i
ipsis rebs rdi
em qemdam esse; hi
aem rd reai qaedam es.... Si er pre qd res
habe
es rdi
em ad aiqid, reaier refera
r ad ipsm, e qd
i
eis aiqa res si reai._. Disp. De Pe
ia_, q. vii.,
ar. 9.
_ 404 Kriik der rei
e
er
f_, bk. i., Haps. ii., Absh
. ii.,
26.
arae, qa
d siie es habid i
er aiqa d se
dm
aiqid reaier
ve
ie
s riqe; si pae de m
ibs
reai
ibs qae
seq
r qa
iaem, ma
m e parvm,
dpm e dimidim, e hjsmdi;
am qa
ias es i
rqe
exremrm: e simie es de reai
ibs qae
seq
r ai
em
e passi
em, mivm e mbie, paer e fiis, e
simiia.ST. THOMAS, _Smma The._, i., q. xiii., ar. 7.
408 a
dqe ver reai i
exremrm es res
arae, e i
esse
arae exise
es, s
exra rdi
em esse se
sibiis e
i
eiibiis. E ide i
sie
ia qidem e se
s es reai
reais, i
qa
m rdi
a
r ad sie
dm ve se
ie
dm res; sed res
ipsae i
se
sideraae s
exra rdi
em hjsmdi;
de i
eis
es aiqa reai reaier ad sie
iam e se
sm, sed se
dm
rai
em a
m, i
qa
m i
ees apprehe
di ea ermi
s
reai
m sie
iae e se
ss. U
de Phisphs dii i
5 Meaph.,
ex. 20, qd
di
r reaive, e qd ipsa refera
r ad
aia, sed qia aia refera
r ad ipsa._ibid._
409 Bei
rea a
d adeqae ide
ia wih is f
dai
, whih is
he esse
e f is sbje, his reai
des
eessari
eed
he _aa_ exise
e f is erm. Ths aa k
wede r
sie
e, whih is a habi f he mi
d, has a ra
se
de
a reai
ara sbsa
e i
he Eharis, reai
s is
ra
se
de
a reai
he aer._Cf._ URRABURU, _p. i._,
335 (p. 997).
_ 410 Cf._ URRABURU, _p. i._, 336 (p. 990).
_ 411 Meaph._, L. v., h. xv. _Cf._ ST. THOMAS, _i
._, e. 17,
where, apprvi
f his ripe divisi
, he wries: Cm e
im
reai qae es i
rebs,
sisa i
rdi
e
is rei ad aiam,
pre mdis hjsmdi reai
es esse, q mdis
i
i
am rem ad aiam rdi
ari. Ordi
ar aem
a res ad aiam, ve
se
dm esse, pr esse
is rei depe
de ab aia, e si es
eris mds. e se
dm virem aivam e passivam, se
dm
qd
a res ab aia reipi, ve aeri
fer aiqid; e si es
se
ds mds. e se
dm qd qa
ias
is rei pes
me
srari per aiam; e si es prims mds.
_ 412 Cf._ MERCIER, _p. i._, 175. Fr ra
se
de
a a
d
prediame
a
i, _f._ _spra_, 26, 28.
_ 413 Cf._ _i
fra_, p. 355. Sme ahrs hd ha he reai
i
qesi
is prediame
a. _Cf._ URRABURU, _p. i._, p. 987. The
are r esse
e f a
i
divida wd seem imp i
is ver
ep a ra
se
de
a reai
f speifi ide
i wih a
her aa a
d pssibe i
divida embdime
s f his esse
e.
The pi
is
e f se
dar impra
e.
414 Eve
vira, hh
frma. The reaive a is
frma ra
siive; i is vira s: a
d i
he reare i
r
ds he aers reai
f rea depe
de
e
he Crear.
415 Cf. URRABURU, _p. i._, 336 (p. 989), 341 (p. 1011); ST.
THOMAS, iii. _Se
e
._, Dis., viii., q. i., ar. 5.
416 MERCIER, _p. i._, 175.
417 MERCIER, _ibid._
418 Cm iir Des si exra m rdi
em rearae, e m
es
rearae rdi
e
r ad ipsm e
e
vers; ma
ifesm es qd
rearae reaier, refer
r ad ipsm Dem; sed i
De
es
aiqa reais reai ejs ad rearas, sed se
dm rai
em
a
m, i
qa
m rearae refera
r ad ipsm.ST. THOMAS, _Smma
The._, i., q. xiii., ar. 7.
419 Am
hers Cajea
, Ferriarie
sis, Capres, Baez, Ja
es a S.
Thma. _Cf._ URRABURU, _p. i._, 338 (p. 994); MERCIER, _p.
i._, 174. I wd be i
eresi
k
w hw preise hse
ahrs
eived his reaive e
i, his _esse ad_ as a
reai i
depe
de
f heir w
hh-aivi. _Cf._ ar. b he
prese
wrier i
he _Irish Theia arer_ (v. vii.,
Apri, 1912: Refei
s
sme Frms f M
ism, pp. 167-8): The
whe
iverse f dire experie
e dispas a
i f rder r
desi
whih pervades i hrh a
d hrh; i is a reveai
f
i
eie
prpse. Nw a _Csms_, a
rder
iversewhih is
i
eiibe
as he expressi
f i
eie
prpse, a
d
herwiseis a ssem f _i
erreaed_ fars. B _reai
_ is
i
eiibe exep as a
expressi
f he aivi f mi
d r
spiri, ha is, f smehi
a eas a
as r me
a
aivi f mpari
a
d jdi
. Shasi phisphers, as we
k
w, disss he qesi
wheher r hw far he exa bje f
r reai
ep is rea; ha is, wheher his bje is, i
isef a
d apar frm he erms reaed [a
d he f
dai
], a mere
_e
s rai
is_, a prd f r hh, r wheher i is i
isef
smehi
mre ha
his; a
d sme f hem hd ha here are
reai
s whih, i
hemseves a
d frma as reai
s, _are_
smehi
mre ha
mere prds f r hh. Nw if here be
sh reai
s, si
e he are
prds f _r_ hh, we ma
fair ask: Ms he be he prd f _sme_ hh? A
d frm r
a
asis f r ver
i
f wha a reai
is, i wd seem
ha he ms be i
sme sr r her a prd r expressi
f
sme hh-aivi: eve
reai
s bewee
_maeria_ hi
s. I
is i
deermi
i
hw preise his is, r a
be, ha he heis
a
d he m
is differ. The heis reards a maeria hi
s, wih
heir rea reai
sa
d a r fi
ie hma
mi
ds, whih apprehe
d
he maeria wrd a
d is reai
s a
d hemseves a
d
e
a
heras bei
i
deed i
a re se
se erms r bjes f he
Thh f Gd;
, hwever, as herefre ide
ia r
sbsa
ia wih he Divi
e Spiri, b as disi
frm I
hh depe
de
I: i
asmh as he hds he Divi
e Thh
be reaive, a
d reards a hese hi
s as is _reaed_ erms.
The ki
ship he dees bewee
maer a
d spiri ies preise i
i
reai wih he hh-aivi f he Divi
e Mi
d, as
O
iss have ah [_f._ _spra_, 14, 18, 19];
r ha we a
dire i
fer he exise
e f a Spreme Spiri frm he exise
e
f maer, as Berkee ried d b err
es reardi
he
aer mere as a
esse
ia mi
d-depe
de
phe
me
; bease
fr he rhdx heis maer is i
is w
prper
are
spiria, me
a, pshia;
a
hi
afer he ma
er f a
hh-press, r e
dwed wih he spiri-mde f bei
. If
prediame
a reai
s, sh as _qai_ r _simiari_ f
maeria hi
s, are, as hse medieva shasis
e
ded, rea
e
iies, reaive i
heir
are, a
d rea disi
frm heir
exremes a
d f
dai
s, did hse shasis
eive sh
reaive e
iies as esse
ia mi
d-depe
de
e
iies? If he
did he wd prbab have
eived hem i
he se
se f
Berkee, as reaed erms f he Divi
e Thh, raher ha
i
he
O
is se
se whih wd ide
if hem wih he Divi
e Thh
isef. B i is
ike ha he
eived sh reaive
e
iies as esse
ia hh-depe
de
, a
mre ha
he
abse maeria reaiies reaed
e a
her b mea
s f hese
reaive e
iies. O
he her ha
d i is
eas see hw sh
reaive e
iies a
be a
hi
mre ha
mere prds f sme
hh-aivi r her.
420 The re espeia
his ex frm he _De Pe
ia_ (q. vii.,
ar. 9): Reai es debiiris esse i
er m
ia praediame
a;
ide paver
qidam eam esse ex se
dis i
eeibs. Se
dm
er ha
psii
em seqerer qd reai
si i
rebs exra
a
imam sed i
s i
ee, si i
e
i e
eris e speiei, e
se
darm sbsa
iarm. H aem esse
pes. I
e
im
praediame
p
ir aiqid
isi res praeer a
imam exise
s. Nam
e
s rai
is dividir
ra e
s divism per deem
praediame
a.... Si aem reai
es i
rebs exra a
imam
p
erer _ad aiqid_
m e
s praediame
i.
_ 421 Cf._ ST. ANSELM, _M
._, h. xxvi.
422 Reai habe qd si res
arae ex sa asa per qam
a res
araem rdi
em habe ad aeram._d._ 1, ar. 2.
423 I
h differ _Ad Aiqid_ [_i.e._ Reai
] ab aiis e
eribs;
qd aia e
era ex prpria si rai
e habe
, qd aiqid si
,
si qa
ias ex h ips qd es qa
ias, aiqid p
i: e
simiier es de aiis. Sed _Ad Aiqid_ ex prpria si e
eris
rai
e
habe, qd p
a aiqid, sed ad aiqid.... Habe
aem reai qd si aiqid reae ex e, qd reai
em
asa._d._ 9, ar. 4. _Cf._ _De Pe
ia_, q. ii., ar. 5.
424 Reai es aiqid i
haere
s _ie
ex h ips qd es
reai_.... E ide
ihi prhibe, _qd esse desi
a hjsmdi
aide
s si
e mai
e ejs i
q es_._De Pe
ia_, q. vii.,
ar. 9, ad. 7.
425 E rqe md
i
i i
reaibs reai
ibs desri
reai
em: ve per desri
em qa
iais [r her f
dai
],
de ad ha
mai
em qa
iais seqir per aide
s mai
reai
is: ve eiam se
dm qd essa respes ad aerm,
_rem i ad qd referebar_; e
_reai essa,
a
mai
e faa i
ipsa_. U
de i
iis i
qibs
es reai
isi se
dm h
respem, _ve
i
e reed
reai
es si
e
aiqa mai
e ejs, qd referr_.I
i. _Se
._, Dis. xxvi.,
a _mere ia e
i_, ex se
dis i
eeibs, i
asmh
as, havi
_a rea f
dai
_ i
hi
s side he mi
d, i is i
es sbsa
ia ... ve pis qia semper reai, eiam m i
sbsa
ia f
dar, aiqid addi spra sbsa
iam jsibe
exremi reai si
iaim smpi, qia
ide
ifiar m
f
dame
pr se e
e ex pare sis sbjei, ve sis
ermi
i, sed pr se e
e ea pare risqe. are reai ...
semper exprimi de
mi
ai
em
i
e
em e aide
aier
sperve
ie
em sbje, pe qae adesse ve abesse pes, pr
adsi ve defiia ermi
s.
432 Ii e
im [he refere
e is erai
medieva ideaiss] qamvis
a
sere
d aba exise
ia
eaba
dari a i
rebs frmaem
simiariaem [_i.e._ eve
afer he mparaive aivi f
hh], sed frmaem simiidi
em, e aiam qamvis reai
em,
rep
eba
i
a i
ees
m m ai mpara
is;
s ver
a
e am i
ees a
sims i
rebs, qidqid sffii ad
sie
dam reai
em simiidi
is, diversiais, paer
iais,
e., ia hjsmdi de
mi
ai
es
verifie
r de a
i
ees
m m ai mpara
is, sed pe
am habea
i
rebs
ipsis verifiai
em.URRABURU, _p. i._, p. 1010.
433 I
wha se
se exrame
a?_Cf._ _spra_, p. 350,
. 1 (e
d).
_ 434 Cf._ _Sie
e f Li_, ii., 218. Fr he
eps f ase
a
d asai i
he i
dive sie
es, as we as fr mh ha
a
cuntur et m rel tve
448 M ter cum st nfnt rum form rum etermn tur per form m, et
per e m consequtur lqu m specem.ST. THOMAS, _Summ Teol._,
., q. v., rt. 1.
449 To Spec l Met pyscs lso belongs te controverte queston
weter or not plur lty of re lly stnct subst nt l forms c n
enter nto te consttuton of n nvu l corpore l subst nce.
Wen we cl ssfy corpore l tngs nto _gener _ n _speces_
ccorng to ter _n tur l
ns_ (_cf._ _Scence of Logc_, .,
67), tese l tter re etermne by te _form e subst nt les_ of
te tngs cl ssfe, n re c lle _nfm speces_. Numerc lly
stnct nvu ls wc ve (conceptu lly) te s me _form
subst nt ls_, f ll nto te s me _nfm speces_; wle f suc
nvu ls ve (conceptu lly n numerc lly) stnct _form e
subst n ls_ tey f ll nto stnct _nfm e speces_ of some
ger common genus. Te wer te generc concept te l rger te
group of nvu ls wc t unfes: t s prncple of
conceptu l unty, _.e._ of unvers lty. Te objects of our
_generc_, _fferent l_, n _specfc_ concepts, trougout ts
process of cl ssfc ton, re only vrtu lly stnct met pysc l
gr es of beng n te nvu ls. Now f te _form subst nt ls_
wc yels te unfyng concept of te _speces nfm _ for te
nvu ls, n te m ter l prncple wc s te groun of te
numerc l stncton between tese l tter, were l
ewse reg re
by te scol stcs s beng merely vrtu lly stnct met pysc l
gr es of beng, n e c nvu l, ten te queston of
plur lty of re lly stnct forms n one n te s me nvu l
woul ve no me nng: ll forms n te l tter woul be only
vrtu lly stnct from one noter n from te m ter l prncple.
But te scol stcs not conceve t t te re l groun for
groupng nvu ls nto _speces nfm e_ w s te s me s t t for
groupng tese l tter nto wer gener . Tey reg re te rel ton
between te _form subst nt ls_ n te _m ter prm _ n te
nvu l s qute fferent from t t between te generc n
specfc gr es of beng n te nvu l (_cf._ _supr _, 38;
_Scence of Logc_, ., 44; JOSEPH, _Introucton to Logc_, pp.
93-6). Wle tey consere te l tter
rel ton of vrtu l
stncton tey el te former to be one of re l stncton. An
wle tey recognze te concept of te _speces nfm _ to be
prncple of conceptu l unty n groupng te nvu ls togeter
ment lly, St. Tom s emp sze espec lly te rle of te _form
subst nt ls_ (on wc t t concept w s foune) s prncple of
_re l unty_ n te nvu l: Ab eo m bet res _esse_ et
_unt tem_. M nfestum est utem quo res bet esse per form m.
Une et per form m res bet unt tem (_Quolb._ ., rt. 6). If
we ccept ts octrne of St. Tom s te rguments wc e b ses
on t g nst te possblty of plur lty of stnct subst nt l
forms n te s me corpore l nvu l re un nswer ble (_Cf._
MERCIER, _Ontologe_, 215).
450 Iem ctus secunum rem est uorum secunum vers m r tonem:
gents quem, secunum quo est b eo, p tents utem, secunum
quo est n pso.... Ex eo quo cto et p sso sunt unus motus non
sequtur quo cto et p sso, vel octo et octrn , snt em;
se quo motus cu nest utrumque eorum, st em. Qu quem motus
secunum un m r tonem est cto, et secunum l m r tonem est
p sso; lterum enm est secunum r tonem esse ctus ujus, ut _n
oc_, et esse ctus ujus, ut _ b oc_; motus utem ctur cto
rt. 7, n c.
Gentes_, ., 69.
491 Une c use vrt ble est une c use, entre l quelle et son effet
lesprt perot une l son ncess re: cest ns que je
lentenes. [Ts s mbguous.] Or l ny que ltre nfnment
p rf t entre l volont uquel et les effets lesprt perove une
l son ncess re. Il ny onc que Deu qu sot vrt ble c use,
et l semble mme qul y t contr cton re que les ommes
pussent ltre_De l rcerce e l vrt_, Lv. 6me, 2e
p rte, c. .
492 S lon vent consrer ttentvement le que lon
e c use
ou e puss nce gr, on ne peut en outer que cette e ne
prsente quelque cose e vn._b._
493 Il ny pont omme qu s ce seulement ce qul f ut f re pour
remuer un e ses ogts p r le moyen es esprts nm ux._b._
494 J toujours soutenue que lme t t lunque c use e ses ctes,
cest re e ses termn tons lbres ou e ses ctes bons ou
m uv s.... J toujours soutenu que lme t t ctve, m s que
ses ctes ne prous ent ren e pysque._Rflexons sur l
prmoton pysque_. Je cros que l volont est une _puss nce
ctve_, quelle
un vrt ble pouvor e se termner; m s son
cton est _mm nente_; cest une cton qu ne prout ren p r son
effc ce propre, p s mme le mouvement e son br s._Rponse l
3__me__ lettre Arn ul_.
_ 495 Cf._ MERCIER, _op. ct._, 230-2; ZIGLIARA, _Ontolog _ (45);
URRABURU, _op. ct._, 393 _sqq._
496 We
t
w
be
., q. xlx., rt. 1.
507 C us effcens et fns sb corresponent nvcem, qu effcens
est prncpum motus, fns utem termnus. Et smlter m ter et
form : n m form t esse, m ter
utem recpt. Est gtur
effcens c us fns, fns utem c us effcents. Effcens est
c us fns qu ntum esse, quem, qu moveno peruct effcens
oc, quo _st_ fns. Fns utem est c us effcents non
qu ntum esse se qu ntum _r tonem c us lt ts_. N m
effcens est c us n qu ntum gt; non utem gt ns c us
[gr t ] fns. Une ex fne bet su m c us lt tem effcens.ST.
THOMAS, _In Met p._, v., 2.
Scenum quo lcet fns st ultmus n esse n qubus m, n
c us lt te t men est pror semper, une ctur _c us c us rum_,
qu est c us c us lt ts n omnbus c uss. Est enm c us
c us lt ts effcents, ut j m ctum est. Effcens utem est
c us c us lt ts et m ter e et form e._b._, lect. 3.
508
, . Naua e p
pum
quoddam e aua u d moveau e quea,
quo
e pmum,
pe e e
o
eu
dum ade
._Phy._, L. ., ap. 1.
509 A
hl alud e quam ea ao alquoum opeum
fae
doum._Summa Theol._ a ae, q. lv., a. 3._Cf._ _I
Po. A
al._, l. 1.
510 Naua
hl alud e quam ao ujudam a, le dv
ae,
da ebu qua pae e move
u ad f
em deem
aum; u
afex fao
av poe lg
buee quod ex ep
movee
u ad
av fomam
due
dam._I
II Phy._, le. 14.
Om
a
auala,
ea quae e o
ve
u
, u
l
aa,
habe
a
ep alquod
l
ao
p
pum, ao
e uju
eoum
l
ao
aual e, _a u quodammodo pa vada
, e
o
olum dua
u
f
e debo_._De eae_, q. xx., a.
7.
511 I
ullo e
m alo
aua ab ae vdeu dffee,
qua
aua e p
pum
eum, e a e p
pum
ex
um. S e
m a fava
av ee
ea lg
o, faa
fue
av a
aua, u modo f ab ae._I
II. Phy._,
le. 13.
_ 512 Cf._ _Se
e of Log_, ., 217.
_ 513 Cf._ _Se
e of Log_, , 227.
_ 514 Cf._ _Se
e of Log_, ., 226-31.
515 ARISTOTLE, _Meaph._, v., h. v.
_ 516 Phy._, ., h. v.
_ 517 bd._
_ 518 Cf._ _Se
e of Log_, ., 264, 268-9.
519 ._De Ce_, ii., 8.
I
eie
Wia
d meha
iss de
ha i a
be s raedi is
rih desribed as faaisi, bi
d, prpseess,
i
eiibe.
_ 521 Cf._ MERCIER, _p. i._, 259, 260.
522 Expiqer par
e re
re frie, a
vere
e dme
s,
d
ha
a sa psse prpre, es re
dre rais
de a
_
vere
e_ par des pri
ipes de _divere
e_.... I es d
radiire dariber a hasard a rais
expiaive de
rdre.MERCIER, _p. i._, 260.
_ 523 Cf._ _Sie
e f Li_, ii., 224, 250, a
d _passim_.
524 Simiier ex priribs perve
ir ad pserira i
are e i
ara:
de si arifiiaia, dms, fiere
a
ara, h rdi
e
fiere
, q
fi
per arem: siie pris i
sierer
f
dame
m, e psea eriere
r pariees, e im spp
erer
em.... E simiier si ea qae fi
a
ara fiere
ab are,
h md fiere
si apa
aa s
fieri a
ara; pae i
sa
iae, qam
ii fieri, e ab are e a
ara.... U
de
ma
ifesm es qd i
ara es aerm prper aerm, siie
prira prper pserira, si e i
are.ST. THOMAS, _I
II.
Phs._, e. 13._Cf._ _spra_, p. 417,
. 3.
525 Ord es parim disparimqe rerm sa iqe a ribe
s
dispsii._De Civ. Dei_, xix., 13.
_ 526 Cf._ MERCIER, _p. i._, 257-61.
527 _La
vere
e de ases i
diffre
es qi raise
d
e ma
ire
harm
iese e persisa
e
mme bje rd
,
e sexpiqe
pi
par des i
ide
es fries; ee rame
pri
ipe
i
er
e de
vere
e.__Ibid._, 260.
528 TENNYSON, _I
Memriam_, vi.
529 BROWNING, _A Ss Traed_, A. 1.
530 U
iversm habe b
m rdi
is e b
m separam._I
Meaph._,
xii., . 12.
531 ARISTOTLE, _Meaph._, xi., 10. Des Arise eah ha Gd mves
he
iverse
as is Fi
a Case, as he Spreme Gd wards
whih i e
ds, r as as Effiie
Case? His hh is here
bsre, a
d has ive
rise mh
rvers am
his
i
erpreers.
532
, ._Ibid._,
xi., 8.
533 ( ) , ._bd._,
7.
534 Tu d unv mum mvnm, u cc
xcu n unv dna d ud n ncu
vuna m mvn. E c ud a m mvn
a dna unv._Ibd._, x., . 12.
535 ... Amn mv a n
Hav d; and m nc m, wc ma
T unv mb Gd. In
T cau nd
O a na w, wc nd
W n dawn. A nau an
In d, dvy, m m,
Sm aacn ma uc.
Tu y dn avn a mvd n
Tu va a bn, and ac n
W nnc vn, a ba n cu;
T una dc ,
T m a ma anma,
T bu a
n and bnd.
N ny cau, vd nc,
A amd a by bw; bu vn
Ta av nnc and v, a cd.
Ta Pvdnc, w w d a,
W wn ma
v cam avn,
In wc ubanc a a a d
I und: and nw, a u a
Pdnd, w a cad by c
O a n cd, a nv da,
Bu a a am and ad ...
DANTE, _Paad_, Can. . (. by CARY).
CREDITS
Mac 30, 2011
Pjc Gunb TEI dn 1
Pducd by Davd Ca
, Davd Kn, and Onn
Dbud Padn Tam a <://www.d.n/>.
This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/3/5/7/2/35722/
Updated editions will replace the previous one the old editions will be
renamed.
Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no one
owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and
you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission
and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the
General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying and
distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works to protect the Project
Gutenberg concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered
trademark, and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you
receive specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of
this eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given away
you may do practically _anything_ with public domain eBooks.
Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
redistribution.
1.B.
Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark. It may only be used on or
associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be
bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can
do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works even without complying
with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are
a lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg electronic works if you
follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to
Project Gutenberg electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C.
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (the Foundation or
PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual
work is in the public domain in the United States and you are located in
the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from copying,
distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works based on
the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of
course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of
promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project
Gutenberg works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for
keeping the Project Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can
easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you
share it without charge with others.
1.D.
The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern what you
can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a constant
state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the laws of
your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before
downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating
derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg work.
The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status of
any work in any country outside the United States.
1.E.
Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1.
The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate access
to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently whenever
any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which the phrase
Project Gutenberg appears, or with which the phrase Project Gutenberg
1.F.
1.F.1.
Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable effort to
identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread public domain
works in creating the Project Gutenberg collection. Despite these
efforts, Project Gutenberg electronic works, and the medium on which they
may be stored, may contain Defects, such as, but not limited to,
incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright
or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk
or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot
be read by your equipment.
1.F.2.
LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES Except for the Right of
Replacement or Refund described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project Gutenberg
trademark, and any other party distributing a Project Gutenberg
electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to you for
damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE
NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH
OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT
WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF SUCH DAMAGE.
1.F.3.
LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND If you discover a defect in this
electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a refund
of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written explanation to
the person you received the work from. If you received the work on a
physical medium, you must return the medium with your written explanation.
The person or entity that provided you with the defective work may elect
to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the
work electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose
to give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in
lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4.
Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you AS-IS, WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5.
Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or the
exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or
limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state
applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make
the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state
law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement
shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6.
INDEMNITY You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the trademark
owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone providing copies of
Project Gutenberg electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and
any volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs
and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from
any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of
this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration, modification, or
additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work, and (c) any Defect
you cause.
Section 2.
Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic
works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including
obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the
efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks
of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance
they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenbergs goals and ensuring
that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely available for
generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for
Project Gutenberg and future generations. To learn more about the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations
can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation web page at
http://www.pglaf.org.
Section 3.
Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of
Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service.
Section 5.
General Information About Project Gutenberg electronic works.
Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with
anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg
eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed editions,
all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. unless a copyright
notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in compliance
with any particular paper edition.
Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBooks eBook
number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, compressed
(zipped), HTML and others.
Corrected _editions_ of our eBooks replace the old file and take over the
old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed.
_Versions_ based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
new filenames and etext numbers.
Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
http://www.gutenberg.org
This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg, including how
to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email
newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
***FINIS***